Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10-K

 

 

FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number: 001-32877

 

 

MasterCard Incorporated

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   13-4172551

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2000 Purchase Street, Purchase, New York   10577
(Address of Registrant’s principal executive offices)   (zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (914) 249-2000

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b):

 

Title of each Class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Class A common stock, par value $.0001 per share   New York Stock Exchange
Class B common stock, par value $.0001 per share  
Class M common stock, par value $.0001 per share  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g):

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

Large accelerated filer   þ                 Accelerated filer   ¨                 Non-accelerated filer   ¨                 Smaller reporting company   ¨

(do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   þ

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s Class A common stock, par value $.0001 per share, held by non-affiliates (using the New York Stock Exchange closing price as of June 30, 2008, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was approximately $26.1 billion. There is currently no established public trading market for the registrant’s Class B common stock, par value $.0001 per share or the registrant’s Class M common stock, par value $.0001 per share. As of February 12, 2009, there were 98,514,196 shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class A common stock, par value $.0001 per share, 30,848,778 shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class B common stock, par value $.0001 per share, and 1,765 shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class M common stock, par value $.0001 per share.

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference to Part III hereof.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

FISCAL YEAR 2008 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
   PART I   
Item 1.    Business    3
Item 1A.    Risk Factors    25
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments    43
Item 2.    Properties    43
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings    43
Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    43
   PART II   
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    44
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data    46
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    47
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    74
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    76
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    136
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures    136
Item 9B.    Other Information    136
   PART III   
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance    137
Item 11.    Executive Compensation    137
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    137
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    137
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services    137
   PART IV   
Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    137


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

This Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. When used in this Report, the words “believe,” “expect,” “could,” “may,” “would”, “will” and similar words are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements relate to the Company’s future prospects, developments and business strategies and include, without limitation, the Company’s belief in its ability to drive growth by further penetrating its existing customer base and by expanding its role in targeted geographies and higher-growth segments of the global payments industry, enhancing its relationships with merchants, expanding points of acceptance for its brands, seeking to maintain unsurpassed acceptance and continuing to invest in its brands, pursuing incremental payment opportunities throughout the world, increasing its volume of business with customers over time, continuing to develop opportunities to further enhance MasterCard Integrated Processing Solutions (“IPS”) offerings, continuing to explore opportunities to further enhance its debit transaction processing and maintaining a strong business presence in Europe as well as effectively positioning the business as the Single European Payment Area (“SEPA”) initiative creates a more integrated payment market in Europe. Many factors and uncertainties relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are outside of our control, influence whether any forward-looking statements can or will be achieved. Any one of those factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in writing in any forward-looking statements made by MasterCard or on its behalf. We believe there are certain risk factors that are important to our business, and these could cause actual results to differ from our expectations. Please see a complete discussion of these risk factors in Item 1A—Risk Factors of this report.

In this Report, references to the “Company,” “MasterCard,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to the MasterCard brand generally, and to the business conducted by MasterCard Incorporated and its consolidated subsidiaries, including our principal operating subsidiary, MasterCard International Incorporated (d/b/a MasterCard Worldwide).

Item 1.     Business

Overview

MasterCard is a leading global payment solutions company that provides a variety of services in support of the credit, debit and related payment programs of over 24,000 financial institutions and other entities that are our customers. Through our three-tiered business model as franchisor, processor and advisor, we develop and market payment solutions, process payment transactions, and provide support services to our customers and, depending upon the service, to merchants and other clients. We manage a family of well-known, widely accepted payment card brands, including MasterCard ® , MasterCard Electronic™, Maestro ® and Cirrus ® , which we license to our customers. As part of managing these brands, we also establish and enforce rules and standards surrounding the use of our payment card network. We generate revenues from the fees that we charge our customers for providing transaction processing and other payment-related services (operations fees) and by assessing our customers based primarily on the dollar volume of activity on the cards that carry our brands (assessments).

A typical transaction processed over our network involves four parties in addition to us: the cardholder, the merchant, the issuer (the cardholder’s bank) and the acquirer (the merchant’s bank). Consequently, the payment network we operate is often referred to as a “four-party” payment system. Our customers are the financial institutions and other entities that act as issuers and acquirers. Using our transaction processing services, issuers and acquirers facilitate payment transactions between cardholders and merchants throughout the world, providing merchants with an efficient and secure means of receiving payment, and consumers and businesses with a convenient, quick and secure payment method that is accepted worldwide. We guarantee the settlement of many of these transactions among our customer financial institutions to ensure the integrity of our payment network. In addition, we undertake a variety of marketing activities designed to maintain and enhance the value of our brands. However, cardholder and merchant transaction relationships are managed principally by our customers. Accordingly, we do not issue cards, extend credit to cardholders, determine the interest rates (if applicable) or

 

3


Table of Contents

other fees charged to cardholders by issuers, or establish the merchant discount charged by acquirers in connection with the acceptance of cards that carry our brands.

Our business has a global reach and has continued to experience growth. Gross dollar volume (“GDV”) on cards carrying the MasterCard brand as reported by our customers was approximately $2.5 trillion in 2008, an 11.5% increase in U.S. dollar terms and a 10.7% increase in local currency terms over the GDV reported in 2007. In 2008, we processed 21.0 billion transactions, an 11.8% increase over the number of transactions processed in 2007.

We believe the trend within the global payments industry from paper-based forms of payment, such as cash and checks, toward electronic forms of payment, such as card payment transactions, creates significant opportunities for the growth of our business. Our strategy is to continue to grow by further penetrating our existing customer base and by expanding our role in targeted geographies and higher-growth segments of the global payments industry (such as premium/affluent and contactless cards, commercial payments, debit, prepaid and issuer processor and terminal driving services), enhancing our merchant relationships, expanding points of acceptance for our brands, seeking to maintain unsurpassed acceptance and continuing to invest in our brands. We also intend to pursue incremental payment processing opportunities throughout the world. We are committed to providing our customers with coordinated services through integrated, dedicated account teams in a manner that allows us to capitalize on our expertise in payment programs, marketing, product development, technology, processing and consulting and information services for these customers. By investing in strong customer relationships over the long term, we believe that we can increase our volume of business with customers over time.

We operate in a dynamic and rapidly evolving legal and regulatory environment. In recent years, we have faced heightened regulatory scrutiny and other legal challenges, particularly with respect to interchange fees. Interchange fees, which represent a sharing of payment system costs among acquirers and issuers, have been the subject of increased regulatory and legislative scrutiny and litigation as card-based forms of payment have become relatively more important to local economies. Although we establish certain interchange rates and collect and remit interchange fees on behalf of our customers, we do not earn revenues from interchange fees. However, if issuers were unable to collect interchange fees or were to receive reduced interchange fees, we may experience a reduction in the number of financial institutions willing to participate in a four-party payment card system such as ours and/or a reduction in the rate of number of cards issued, as well as lower overall transaction volumes. Proprietary end-to-end networks or other forms of payment may also become more attractive. Issuers might also decide to charge higher fees to cardholders, thereby making our card programs less desirable and reducing our transaction volumes and profitability. They also may attempt to decrease the expense of their card programs by seeking a reduction in the fees that we charge. In addition to those challenges relating to interchange fees, we are also exposed to a variety of significant lawsuits and regulatory actions, including federal antitrust claims, and claims under state unfair competition statutes. See “Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks” in Item 1A of this Report.

MasterCard Incorporated was incorporated as a Delaware stock corporation in May 2001. We conduct our business principally through MasterCard Incorporated’s principal operating subsidiary, MasterCard International Incorporated (“MasterCard International”), a Delaware membership corporation that was formed in November 1966. Our financial institution customers are generally either principal members of MasterCard International, which participate directly in MasterCard International’s business, or affiliate members of MasterCard International, which participate indirectly in MasterCard International’s business through a principal member. In May 2006, we completed a plan for a new ownership and governance structure for MasterCard Incorporated, which we refer to as the “ownership and governance transactions”, and which included the appointment of a new Board of Directors comprised of a majority of directors who are independent from our financial institution customers and the establishment of a charitable foundation incorporated in Canada, The MasterCard Foundation (the “Foundation”). Part of the ownership and governance transactions included an initial public offering of a new class of common stock (the “IPO”) in May 2006. Prior to our change in governance and ownership structure,

 

4


Table of Contents

the common stock of MasterCard Incorporated was owned by principal members of MasterCard International. For more information about our capital structure, voting rights of our common stock, repurchases of our Class A common stock and conversions of shares of our Class B common stock into shares of our voting Class A common stock, see Note 14 (Stockholders’ Equity) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Our Industry

We operate in the global payments industry, which consists of all forms of payment including:

 

   

Paper—cash, personal checks, money orders, official checks, travelers checks and other paper-based means of transferring value;

 

   

Cards—credit cards, charge cards, debit cards (including Automated Teller Machine (“ATM”) cards), pre-paid cards and other types of cards; and

 

   

Other Electronic and Emerging—wire transfers, electronic benefits transfers, bill payments, Automated Clearing House payments and mobile devices, among others.

The most common card-based forms of payment are general purpose cards, which are payment cards carrying logos that permit widespread usage of the cards within countries, regions or around the world. General purpose cards have different attributes depending on the type of accounts to which they are linked:

 

   

“pay later” cards, such as credit or charge cards, typically access a credit account that either requires payment of the full balance within a specified period (a charge card) or that permits the cardholder to carry a balance in a revolving credit account (a credit card);

 

   

“pay now” cards, such as debit cards, typically access a demand deposit or current account maintained by the cardholder; and

 

   

“pay before” cards, such as prepaid or electronic purse cards, typically access a pool of value previously funded.

The primary general purpose card brands include MasterCard, Maestro, Visa ® , American Express ® , JCB ® , Diners Club ® and Discover ® . Historically, these brands—including MasterCard—were principally associated with “pay later” (credit or charge) cards in the United States and other major international markets. Today, MasterCard (and Visa) cards may be issued in any of the “pay later,” “pay now” or “pay before” categories.

“Pay Now” cards may be further categorized into several sub-segments:

 

   

Signature-based debit cards are cards where the primary means of cardholder validation at the point of sale (“POS”) is for the cardholder to sign a sales receipt. MasterCard and Visa-branded cards constitute the majority of signature-based debit cards.

 

 

 

PIN-based debit cards are cards with which cardholders generally enter a personal identification number (“PIN”) at a POS terminal for validation. PIN-based debit card brands include our Maestro brand and Visa’s Electron ® and Interlink ® brands. The MasterCard brand also functions as a PIN-based debit brand in the United States.

 

 

 

Cash access cards, such as our Cirrus-branded cards, are cards which permit cardholders to obtain cash principally at ATMs by entering a PIN. In addition to Cirrus, the primary global cash access card brand is Visa’s Plus ® brand.

Regional and domestic/local PIN-based debit brands are the primary brands in many countries. In these markets, issuers have historically relied on the Maestro and Cirrus brands (and other brands) to enable cross-border transactions, which typically constitute a small portion of the overall number of transactions.

 

5


Table of Contents

In addition to general purpose cards, private label cards comprise a significant portion of all card-based forms of payment. Typically, private label cards are “pay later” cards issued by, or on behalf of, a merchant (such as a department store or gasoline retailer) and can be used only at the issuing merchant’s locations.

Payment Services

We provide transaction processing and other payment-related services to our financial institution customers. In connection with these services, we deploy dedicated customer relationship management teams to our customers to provide them with customized solutions built upon our expertise in payment programs, marketing, product development, technology, processing and consulting and information services.

We generate revenues from the fees we charge our customers for providing transaction processing and other payment-related services. We also earn revenues by charging our customers assessments based on the GDV of activity on the cards that carry our brands. Accordingly, our revenues are impacted by the number of transactions that we process and by the use of cards carrying our brands.

Transaction Processing

Introduction.     We operate the MasterCard Worldwide Network, which links issuers and acquirers around the globe for transaction processing services and, through them, permits MasterCard cardholders to use their cards at millions of merchants worldwide. A typical transaction processed over our network involves four participants in addition to us: issuer (the cardholder’s bank), acquirer (the merchant’s bank), merchant and cardholder. The following diagram depicts a typical point-of-sale card transaction.

LOGO

In a typical transaction, a cardholder (A) purchases goods or services from a merchant (B) using a card. After the transaction is authorized by the issuer (D) using our network, the acquirer (C) pays the amount of the purchase, net of a discount, to the merchant. This discount, which we refer to as the merchant discount, takes into consideration the amount of the interchange fee described below. The issuer pays the acquirer an amount equal to the value of the transaction minus any interchange fee and posts the transaction to the cardholder’s account. Our rules generally guarantee the payment of transactions using MasterCard-branded cards and certain transactions using Cirrus- and Maestro-branded cards between issuers and acquirers.

In this four-party payment system, the economics of a payment transaction relative to MasterCard vary widely depending on such factors as whether the transaction is domestic (and, if it is domestic, the country in which it takes place) or cross-border, whether it is a point-of-sale purchase transaction or cash withdrawal, and whether the transaction is processed over our network or is handled solely by a financial institution that is both the acquirer for the merchant and the issuer to the cardholder (an “on-us” transaction).

 

6


Table of Contents

A significant portion of the merchant discount is generally paid from the acquirer to the issuer (or netted by the issuer against amounts paid to the acquirer) in the form of an interchange fee. The balance of the merchant discount is retained by the acquirer to cover its costs and profit margin. Acquirers may charge merchants processing and related fees in addition to the merchant discount. Issuers may also charge cardholders fees for the transaction, including, for example, fees for extending revolving credit. As described below, we charge issuers and acquirers transaction-based and related fees and assessments for the services we provide them.

Interchange fees represent a sharing of a portion of payment system costs among the financial institutions participating in a four-party payment card system such as ours. Generally, interchange fees are collected from acquirers and passed to issuers (or netted by issuers against amounts paid to acquirers) to reimburse the issuers for a portion of the costs incurred by them in providing services that benefit all participants in the system, including acquirers and merchants. In some circumstances, such as cash withdrawal transactions, this situation is reversed and interchange fees are paid by issuers. We establish default interchange fees that apply when there are no other interchange fee arrangements in place between an issuer and an acquirer. We administer the collection and remittance of interchange fees through the settlement process; however, we do not earn revenues from them. As noted above, interchange fees are a significant component of the costs that merchants pay to accept payment cards and are currently subject to regulatory, legislative and/or legal challenges in a number of jurisdictions. We are devoting substantial management and financial resources to the defense of interchange fees and to the other legal and regulatory challenges we face. See “Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks” in Item 1A of this Report.

MasterCard Worldwide Network .    We facilitate the authorization, clearing and settlement of the transactions described above and similar transactions through the MasterCard Worldwide Network, our proprietary, global telecommunications network. Among the platforms and systems encompassed in the MasterCard Worldwide Network are the Global Clearing Management System (“GCMS”); the MasterCard Single Message System (the “Single Message System”), also known as the MasterCard Debit Switch (“MDS”); the MasterCard Dual Message System (the “Dual Message System”), formerly known as Banknet; and settlement systems. The MasterCard Worldwide Network provides an intelligent architecture that combines both centralized and peer-to-peer distributed transaction processing. This infrastructure is designed to automatically adapt to the individual needs of each transaction, blending the speed and redundancy of peer-to-peer networking with the real-time availability of value-added services provided from a central site. We believe our network is unique, providing distinct advantages over networks deployed by our competitors and enabling us to provide our customers around the world with quality scalable transaction processing that is consistently reliable, secure and available.

Types of Transactions.     Generally, the MasterCard Worldwide Network processes three types of transactions: credit transactions; debit transactions that require the cardholder’s signature, which are referred to as offline debit transactions; and debit transactions that require the cardholder to use a PIN, or personal identification number, for verification, which are referred to as online debit transactions. In addition, some payment cards are equipped with an RFID (radio frequency identification) microchip, which provides an advanced authentification technique, and MasterCard PayPass ® (described below), which allows contactless payments requiring neither signature nor PIN.

Authorization, Clearing and Settlement.     Authorization refers to the process by which a transaction is approved by the issuer or, in certain circumstances such as when the issuer’s systems are unavailable or cannot be contacted, by MasterCard or others on behalf of the issuer in accordance with the issuer’s instructions. For credit and offline debit transactions, the Dual Message System provides for the transmission of authorization requests and results among issuers, acquirers and other transaction processors or networks. For online debit transactions, the Single Message System (or MDS) switches financial messages and provides transaction and settlement reporting. Our rules, which may vary across regions, establish the circumstances under which merchants and acquirers must seek authorization of transactions.

 

7


Table of Contents

Clearing refers to the exchange of financial transaction information between issuers and acquirers after a transaction has been completed. MasterCard clears transactions among customers through our central and regional processing systems. Credit and offline debit transactions using MasterCard-branded cards are generally cleared via centralized processing through GCMS, and the related information is typically routed among customers via the MasterCard Worldwide Network. GCMS has helped us to improve our time-to-market in introducing new programs and services. More importantly, using GCMS, we can partner with our customers to provide value-added services to merchants and cardholders. For example, issuers can use GCMS to develop marketing promotions for segments of their card portfolios without investing in their own systems development. We believe that GCMS and our other recent system enhancements position us well to pursue incremental processing opportunities. For online debit transactions, the Single Message System (or MDS) performs clearing between customers and other debit transaction processing networks. Since 2004, MasterCard has worked with issuers and acquirers to increase the routing priority of our systems for the processing of PIN point-of-sale transactions, and has begun to establish direct processing connections to major U.S. merchants.

Once transactions have been authorized and cleared, MasterCard provides services in connection with the settlement of the transactions—that is, the exchange of funds along with associated fees. Settlement for credit, offline debit and online debit transactions is provided through the MasterCard Worldwide Network. Once clearing is completed, a daily reconciliation is provided to each customer involved in settlement, detailing the net amounts by clearing cycle and a final settlement position. The actual exchange of funds takes place between a clearing bank chosen by the customer and approved by MasterCard, and a settlement bank chosen by MasterCard. Customer settlement occurs in U.S. dollars or in a limited number of other currencies in accordance with our established rules.

MasterCard Integrated Processing Solutions (IPS).     In April 2008, we introduced MasterCard Integrated Processing Solutions (“IPS”), a MasterCard-engineered debit processing platform. IPS is designed to provide an issuing financial institution with a complete processing solution to help create differentiated products and services and allow quick deployment of payments portfolios across banking channels. Through a single connection, the IPS platform is designed to provide customers with an integrated suite of branded debit network and card issuer processing services in support of PIN-based and signature debit payments, prepaid payment cards and ATM driving as well as real-time card management and back-office processing services. The proprietary MasterCard Portfolio Viewer feature of IPS, a user-friendly customer interface, can deliver aggregate cardholder intelligence across accounts and product lines, providing issuers a view of information that can help them customize their products and programs. In 2008, we announced our first customer to implement IPS for complete branded debit network and issuer processing. We also announced in 2008 the first financial institution to take advantage of the global prepaid transaction processing capabilities of IPS. We continue to develop opportunities to further enhance our IPS offerings.

Regional Transaction Processing.     We provide transaction processing (authorization, clearing and settlement) services for customers in our Europe region through our subsidiary, MasterCard Europe sprl (“MasterCard Europe”). These services allow European customers to facilitate payment transactions between cardholders and merchants throughout Europe. Recently, we substantially completed a multi-year technical convergence project to integrate our European systems into our global processing systems. In Australia, we operate a processing facility that manages a majority of MasterCard-branded transaction volumes for Australia and New Zealand.

Outside of the United States and a select number of other countries, most intra-country (as opposed to cross-border) transaction activity conducted with MasterCard, Maestro and Cirrus cards is authorized, cleared and/or settled by our customers or other processors without the involvement of our central processing systems. We do not earn transaction processing fees for such activity. Accordingly, we derive a significant portion of our non-U.S. revenues from processing cross-border transactions. As part of our strategy, we are developing and promoting domestic processing solutions (such as IPS) for our customers that are designed to capitalize on our significant investments the MasterCard Worldwide Network.

 

8


Table of Contents

Operations and Business Continuity .    Our transaction processing services are managed principally through our Global Technology and Operations headquarters in O’Fallon, Missouri. Our headquarters is a state-of-the-art worldwide network control facility with over 50,000 square feet of white computer room environment. Our core processing network has the capacity to handle 140 million transactions per hour with an average response time of 140 milliseconds. We typically operate at about 80% capacity, and we can substantially scale capacity to meet demand. The O’Fallon facility also houses the MasterCard Data Warehouse. MasterCard processes transactions for approximately 24,000 financial institutions in more than 160 currencies from approximately 210 countries and territories.

Our transaction processing services are available 24 hours per day, every day of the year. Our processing systems are built with redundancy and automatic back-up procedures to ensure continued operation in the event of a service interruption. We have consistently maintained availability of our core global processing systems in excess of 99.9%. Should our O’ Fallon facility be disabled, our co-processing facility in Kansas City, Missouri would continue operations.

Gross Dollar Volume (GDV)

The table below provides some information regarding GDV, which is one of the key drivers of our revenue, as it forms the basis of volume-based assessments. The MasterCard-branded GDV table below provides information regarding the GDV for all MasterCard-branded cards (excluding Cirrus and Maestro) and for both MasterCard credit and charge card programs and MasterCard debit programs in the United States and in all of our regions other than the United States for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. Growth rates are provided on both a U.S. dollar and local currency basis for the periods indicated. GDV represents the aggregate dollar amount of purchases made and cash disbursements obtained with MasterCard-branded cards and includes the impact of balance transfers and convenience checks.

 

     MasterCard Branded GDV 1
            Year-over-year growth      
     Year ended
December 31, 2008
   U.S. $     Local
Currency 2
    Year ended
December 31, 2007
     (In billions, except percentages)

All MasterCard Branded Programs

         

Asia/Pacific

   $ 366    19.7 %   18.5 %   $ 306

Canada

     102    11.5     11.7       91

Europe

     774    18.0     15.5       656

Latin America

     184    16.6     16.1       158

South Asia/Middle East Africa

     53    24.4     32.6       43

United States

     1,054    3.5     3.5       1,019
                 

Worldwide

   $ 2,533    11.5 %   10.7 %   $ 2,272
                 

All MasterCard Credit and Charge Programs

         

United States

   $ 631    (2.2 )%   (2.2 )%   $ 645

Worldwide less United States

     1,167    16.5     15.5       1,001
                 

Worldwide

   $ 1,798    9.2 %   8.6 %   $ 1,647
                 

All MasterCard Debit Programs

         

United States

   $ 422    13.2 %   13.2 %   $ 373

Worldwide less United States

     313    23.9     20.6       252
                 

Worldwide

   $ 735    17.5 %   16.2 %   $ 626
                 

 

 * Note that figures in the above table may not sum due to rounding.

(1)

GDV generated by Maestro and Cirrus cards is not included. The data set forth for GDV is provided by MasterCard customers and includes information with respect to MasterCard-branded transactions that are not processed by MasterCard and for which MasterCard does not earn significant revenues. All data is

 

9


Table of Contents
 

subject to revision and amendment by MasterCard’s customers subsequent to the date of its release, which revisions and amendments may be material.

(2)

Local currency growth eliminates the impact of currency fluctuations and represents local market performance.

MasterCard Revenue Sources.     MasterCard generates revenues by charging transaction processing and related fees and GDV-based and card-based assessments to both issuers and acquirers. We generally process the majority of MasterCard-branded domestic transactions in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Brazil and Australia, and we process substantially all cross-border transactions related to MasterCard, Maestro and Cirrus-branded cards. The allocation of our revenues varies among issuers and acquirers across our regions. Typical transaction-based fees include those associated with authorization, clearing and settlement and other value-added network products. We also charge cross-border and currency conversion fees, and other fees, such as those associated with acceptance development fees, cardholder services, compliance, penalties, holograms and user-pay fees for a variety of account and transaction enhancement services and manuals and publications. Assessments are primarily based on a customer’s GDV for a specific time period and the rates vary depending on the nature of the transactions that generate GDV and by region. Rebates and incentives, which are paid to customers and merchants to encourage issuance, usage and acceptance of our cards, are recorded as contra-revenues in accordance with Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Revenues” in Item 7 of this Report.

Our gross revenues from transactions, cross border and currency conversion fees, assessments and other fees, vary by region and are dependent on the nature of the transactions and GDV generated from those transactions. Pricing is determined based on the combination of transaction characteristics, including whether the transaction is domestic or cross-border, credit, online debit, offline debit, tiered pricing, geographic region or country, retail purchase or cash withdrawal. Cross-border transactions generate greater revenue than domestic transactions due to higher fees for settlement, authorization and switch, and are also subject to cross-border and currency conversion fees. In addition, higher fees are charged on credit and off-line debit transactions than on online debit transactions.

On a global scale, we have the ability to process transactions denominated in more than 160 currencies. For example, we may process a transaction in a merchant’s local currency; however the charge for the transaction would appear on the cardholder’s statement in the cardholder’s home currency. MasterCard generally uses a wholesale rate increased by a certain percentage, or a government-mandated rate, to convert transactions in other currencies into U.S. dollars. Revenues from processing cross-border and currency conversion transactions fluctuate with cross-border travel. See “Risk Factors—Business Risks—A significant portion of the revenue we earn outside the United States is generated from cross-border transactions, and a decline in cross-border business and leisure travel could adversely affect our revenues and profitability” in Item 1A of this Report.

Customer Relationship Management

We are committed to providing our customers with coordinated services through integrated, dedicated account teams in a manner that allows us to take advantage of our expertise in payment programs, marketing, product development, technology, processing and consulting and information services. We have implemented an internal process to manage our relationships with our customers on a global and regional basis to ensure that their priorities are consistently identified and incorporated into our project, brand, processing, technology and related strategies.

We also seek to enter into business agreements pursuant to which we offer to customers financial incentives and other support benefits to issue and promote MasterCard-branded cards. Financial incentives may be based on GDV or other performance-based criteria, such as issuance of new cards, launch of new programs or execution of marketing initiatives. We believe that our business agreements with customers have contributed to our strong volume and revenue growth in recent years.

 

10


Table of Contents

The pricing terms and duration of the agreements with our customers vary significantly. Most of our customer relationships are not exclusive and may be terminated in a variety of circumstances. See “Risk Factors—Business Risks—We face increasingly intense competitive pressure on the prices we charge our customers, which may materially and adversely affect our revenue and profitability” and “—Our revenue would decline significantly if we lose one or more of our most significant customers, which could have a material adverse impact on our business” in Item 1A of this Report. In addition to our customer agreements, we have standard licensing arrangements with all of our customers that permit them to use our trademarks and subject them to the rules governing our payment programs. Those customers with which we do not have customized agreements are generally subject to our standard pricing arrangements.

In addition, our MasterCard Advisors group serves to help differentiate us from our competitors by providing our customers and other clients with a wide range of consulting and information services designed to help them improve the performance of their payments businesses. Services include strategic consulting and strategy development, information and analytics, marketing management, and risk and operations management advice. In 2008, MasterCard Advisors continued its series of research reports covering topics such as cardholder satisfaction and loyalty based on analysis of surveys of 50,000 U.S. consumers known as Comparative Cardholder Dynamics. MasterCard Advisors charges our customers and other clients fees for its professional services or may offer these services as an incentive under business agreements with certain customers.

MasterCard Programs

MasterCard offers a wide range of payment solutions to enable our customers to design, package and implement programs targeted to the specific needs of their customers, the cardholders. Our principal payment programs, which are facilitated through our brands, include consumer credit and debit programs, commercial payment solutions, prepaid programs, contactless payment solutions and emerging technologies. Our issuer customers determine the competitive features for the cards issued under our programs, including interest rates and fees. We determine other aspects of our card programs—such as required services and marketing strategy—in order to ensure consistency in connection with these programs.

Consumer Programs—Credit and Charge

Overview.     MasterCard offers a number of consumer credit and charge (“pay later”) programs that are designed to meet the needs of our customers. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our consumer credit and charge programs generated approximately $1.6 trillion in GDV globally, representing 62% of our total GDV for the year ended December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2008, the MasterCard brand mark appeared on approximately 726 million consumer credit and charge cards worldwide, representing 3.6% growth from December 31, 2007.

United States .    We offer customized programs to customers to address specific consumer segments. Our consumer credit programs include Standard, Gold, Platinum, World and World Elite MasterCard ® cards. Standard MasterCard cards are general purpose credit cards targeted to consumers with basic needs for a credit card. Gold MasterCard ® cards are targeted to consumers typically requiring a higher line of credit or spending limit and one or more card enhancement services associated with a card. Platinum MasterCard ® cards provide still higher credit lines or spending limits and also provide a full range of card enhancement services, such as loyalty reward programs. World MasterCard ® cards are offered to affluent consumers and are required to have no preset spending limit and the option to revolve a designated portion of the charges made. In 2008, MasterCard continued to focus on the World Elite MasterCard card, a card platform for high-income, high net worth consumers that offers a mix of travel benefits, rewards and global acceptance, including personalized travel agency benefits.

International.     In addition to programs offered in the United States, MasterCard makes available to customers outside of the United States a variety of consumer card programs in selected markets throughout the world. For example, MasterCard Electronic cards offer additional control and risk management features by

 

11


Table of Contents

requiring 100% issuer authorization. The MasterCard Electronic program is designed to curb fraud and control exposure in high risk markets. The MasterCard Unembossed program encourages merchants to submit transactions electronically for authorization while providing cardholders with a global acceptance network. MasterCard offers to customers cards targeted to affluent consumers outside of the United States, such as the MasterCard Black™ card in Latin America, World and World Signia MasterCard ® in Europe and World and Titanium MasterCard™ in Asia/Pacific, Middle East and Africa. MasterCard has created innovative, alternate card forms to help our customers differentiate their programs.

General Services.     The services provided in connection with all MasterCard credit cards and for which we charge issuers include lost/stolen card reporting, emergency card replacement and emergency cash advance. Optional services, such as emergency travel assistance, are also available to holders of many MasterCard cards. These services are generally arranged by MasterCard and are provided through third-party service providers, including licensed insurance companies retained by MasterCard to provide insurance services.

Consumer Programs—Deposit Access

Overview.     MasterCard supports a range of payment solutions that allow our customers to provide consumers with convenient access to funds on deposit in checking, demand deposit and other accounts. Our deposit access (“pay now”) programs may be branded with the MasterCard, Maestro and/or Cirrus logo types, and can be used to obtain cash in bank branches or at ATMs. In addition, MasterCard- and Maestro-branded debit cards may be used to make purchases at the point of sale. As with our consumer credit programs, we support debit Gold MasterCard ® programs and debit Platinum MasterCard ® programs that issuers can offer as premium services to cardholders. Issuers may also provide enhancement services and loyalty rewards programs in connection with debit cards carrying our brands.

MasterCard-branded Debit Card Programs.     We offer MasterCard-branded debit card programs to customers in the United States and other countries. Also, as described above, in April 2008 we introduced IPS, a MasterCard-engineered debit processing platform. Through a single connection, the IPS platform is designed to provide customers with an integrated suite of branded debit network and card issuer processing services in support of PIN-based and signature debit payments, prepaid payment cards and ATM driving as well as real-time card management and back-office processing services. We continue to explore opportunities to further enhance our debit processing capabilities.

As a result of the settlement agreement in the U.S. merchant lawsuit in 2003, MasterCard has taken a number of actions to modify its MasterCard-branded debit card programs in the United States. Among other actions, MasterCard has adopted rules that allow merchants to reject MasterCard-branded debit cards issued in the United States, while still accepting other MasterCard-branded cards, and vice versa. However, U.S. merchants who choose to accept MasterCard-branded debit cards must accept all MasterCard-branded debit cards.

Maestro.     Maestro is our global online debit program. Based on information from our customers, we estimate that, at December 31, 2008, the Maestro brand mark appeared on approximately 652 million cards worldwide, representing 0.3% growth from December 31, 2007. Based on the same information, we also estimate that Maestro was accepted for purchases at more than 10 million merchant locations globally as of December 31, 2008. Our Maestro brand has a leading position among online debit brands in many markets throughout the world, particularly in Europe. The strong presence of Maestro in Europe positions us well as the Single European Payment Area (“SEPA”) initiative creates a more integrated payment market in Europe. The global acceptance of Maestro contributes to the growth of our debit business and adds value to the services that we provide to our customers. Maestro cards are issued, and transactions on those cards are processed, pursuant to a set of rules and procedures that are separate from the rules applicable to transactions on MasterCard credit and offline debit cards.

 

12


Table of Contents

MasterCard Global ATM Network.     Any debit, credit or ATM accessible prepaid card bearing the MasterCard, Maestro or Cirrus logos had access to cash and account information at approximately 1.5 million participating ATMs around the world as of December 31, 2008, making the MasterCard Global ATM Network one of the largest ATM networks in the world. The MasterCard Global ATM Network provides domestic (in-country) and international (global cross-border) access to cards allowing for varied types of transactions including cash withdrawal (deposit accounts), cash advance (credit accounts), cash drawdown (prepaid accounts), balance inquiries, account transfers and deposits at ATMs in the network. The MasterCard ATM locator can be utilized to find any MasterCard Global ATM Network location globally through multiple channels including on-line at MasterCard.com, mobile phones, as well as automated call centers. In the United States, the MasterCard ATM Alliance network service provides surcharge-free services to cardholders of participating issuers.

Commercial Payment Solutions

MasterCard offers commercial payment solutions that help large corporations, mid-sized companies, small businesses and public sector organizations to streamline their payment processes, manage information and reduce administrative costs. In the year ended December 31, 2008, our commercial credit and charge programs generated approximately $230 billion in GDV globally, representing approximately 9% of our total GDV for this period. GDV from commercial credit and charge programs grew globally by 13.7% on a U.S. dollar basis, and 13.2% on a local currency basis, for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to the same period in 2007.

We offer various corporate payment products, including corporate cards, corporate premium cards, corporate purchasing cards and fleet cards that allow corporations to manage travel and entertainment expenses and provide corporations with additional transactional detail. The MasterCard Corporate Multi Card ® is an integrated card program that combines the functionality of one or more of our MasterCard corporate programs—travel, purchasing and fleet—into a single card or account, thereby reducing the costs of managing multiple card programs. Our Multinational Corporate Program allows issuers to manage and consolidate these corporate card programs for multinational organizations that require commercial cards in more than one country. We also offer public sector entities a variety of payment programs that are similar to the travel, purchasing, fleet and Multi Card programs offered to corporations. The MasterCard BusinessCard ® , the Debit MasterCard BusinessCard TM , the World MasterCard for Business TM and the World Elite for Business TM are targeted at the small-business segment, offering business owners the ability to gain access to working capital, to extend payments and to separate business expenses from personal expenses.

MasterCard also has developed programs that offer benefits to organizations ranging from small businesses to large corporations by integrating payment transaction data into financial systems. Such programs, which aim to facilitate paperless end-to-end corporate purchasing for businesses, include the MasterCard Payment Gateway ® (processing payments between buyers, sellers and financial institutions), MasterCard ExpenSys ® (expense reporting) and MasterCard Smart Data (management reporting), as well as tools to facilitate integration into enterprise planning systems (ERPs).

Prepaid Programs

Prepaid (“pay before”) programs involve a balance that is funded with monetary value prior to use. Holders access funds via a traditional magnetic stripe or chip-enabled payment card. MasterCard customers may implement prepaid payment programs using any of the MasterCard family of brands (MasterCard, MasterCard Electronic, Maestro or Cirrus). MasterCard provides processing services, including authorization, clearing and settlement, in support of either magnetic stripe or chip-enabled prepaid card programs. Prepaid card programs can be customized to meet the needs of unique commercial and consumer segments and can be issued in connection with various programs such as gift, employee benefit, general purpose, payroll, travel, incentive and government disbursement programs.

 

13


Table of Contents

While MasterCard has capabilities in all prepaid segments, MasterCard’s strategy focuses on three key segments with respect to prepaid—public sector, corporate and consumer reloadable. MasterCard has successfully leveraged its global public sector prepaid platform to introduce government benefits programs around the world. In particular, in 2008, we partnered with government agencies to introduce the largest public sector benefits prepaid program awarded in the United States and Europe. MasterCard continues to work with corporate clients on a global basis to realize cost savings and efficiencies from prepaid solutions. In 2008, we had continued success with our consumer reloadable programs around the world, which provide access to millions of underserved individuals who are not traditional users of credit or debit cards. Also in 2008, we expanded our U.S. reload network (referred to as rePower ® ). As a result of this expansion, consumers using MasterCard and Maestro prepaid cards enrolled in the network can reload these cards at the point of sale at nearly 50,000 locations. Moreover, in 2008, as discussed above, MasterCard introduced IPS, which is designed to provide customers with, among other things, a suite of branded debit network and issuer services in support of various cards, including prepaid cards. In particular, in 2008 MasterCard announced its first customer to take advantage of the global prepaid transaction processing capability of IPS to include foreign currency and chip-enabled technology.

Contactless Payment Solutions

MasterCard PayPass is a “contactless” payment solution that enables consumers simply to tap or wave their payment card or other payment device, such as a phone, key fob or wristband, on a specially equipped terminal. PayPass utilizes radio frequency technology to securely transmit payment details wirelessly to the payment card terminals for processing through our network. Our PayPass program targets purchases of $25 and under and is designed to help our customers further expand their businesses by capturing a portion of transactions that were previously cash-based, resulting in increased card activity. PayPass also reduces transaction times, which appeals to merchants in fast through-put businesses and allows us to expand the number of locations that accept our cards. PayPass programs expanded in 2008 to include customers and merchants in 28 countries as of December 31, 2008, an increase from 22 countries as of December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2008, more than 50 million PayPass cards and devices were issued globally with acceptance at more than 141,000 merchant locations worldwide.

Emerging Technologies

MasterCard contributes to innovation in the payments industry through numerous initiatives, including developments in the areas of electronic commerce, smart cards, mobile commerce, person-to-person payments, corporate electronic payments, transit and emerging technologies. MasterCard encourages new initiatives in the area of electronic commerce by researching and developing a range of technologies designed to offer business opportunities to MasterCard and our customers. MasterCard manages smart card development by working with our customers to help them replace traditional payment cards relying solely on magnetic stripe technology with chip-enabled payment cards that offer additional point-of-sale functionality and the ability to provide value-added services to the cardholder. We are also involved in a number of organizations that facilitate the development and use of smart cards globally, including a smart cards standards organization with other participants in the industry that maintains standards and specifications designed to ensure interoperability and acceptance of chip-based payment applications on a worldwide basis. MasterCard also encourages new initiatives in the area of mobile commerce and wireless payment development such as contactless payment solutions, mobile payment and payment-related information services and person-to-person transfers by working with customers and leading technology companies. In the area of corporate payments between buyers and suppliers, MasterCard offers a payment processing platform supporting card and electronic funds transfer payments. We have also developed an innovative transit platform solution that leverages the contactless functionality in cards and other devices to enable MasterCard acceptance in low value, high volume merchant environments. Finally, MasterCard is working to develop standards and programs that will allow consumers to conduct their financial transactions securely using a variety of new point-of-interaction devices.

 

14


Table of Contents

In addition, in December 2008, MasterCard acquired Orbiscom Ltd., a leading payments solutions software provider for financial institutions. The acquisition builds on the existing partnership between MasterCard and Orbiscom that created MasterCard inControl, an innovative platform featuring an array of advanced authorization, transaction routing and alert controls designed to assist financial institutions in creating new and enhanced payment offerings.

Marketing

We manage and promote our brands for the benefit of all customers through brand advertising, promotional and interactive programs and sponsorship initiatives. In 2006, we adopted a new corporate brand, MasterCard Worldwide, to reflect our three-tiered business model as franchisor, processor and advisor and a new corporate vision statement, The Heart of Commerce™, to represent our strategic vision of advancing commerce globally. Our marketing activities combine advertising, sponsorships, promotions, customer marketing, interactive media and public relations as part of an integrated program designed to increase consumer awareness of MasterCard and usage of MasterCard cards. We also seek to tailor our global marketing messages by customizing them in individual countries, while maintaining a common global theme. Our initiatives are designed to build the value of the MasterCard brand.

Our advertising plays an important role in building brand visibility, usage and loyalty among cardholders globally. Our award-winning “Priceless ® ” advertising campaign has run in 51 languages in 110 countries. The “Priceless” campaign promotes MasterCard acceptance and usage benefits that permit cardholders to pay for what they need, when they need it. It also provides MasterCard with a consistent, recognizable message that supports our brand positioning. In order to promote usage of our cards, we conduct frequent promotions on a regional and national basis, often in conjunction with merchants or our customers. To engage consumers directly and advance our presence in new digital media, we launched Priceless.com in the United States in 2006, and we continue to roll out the website in key markets. Priceless.com is one of MasterCard’s websites which allow consumers to engage directly in brand programs, promotions and merchant offers, and provides relevant information on MasterCard cards and services.

We also seek to drive business for our customers by sponsoring a variety of sporting and entertainment properties. In particular, MasterCard has a significant presence in sports, which we believe has broad appeal among consumers. We have worldwide partnerships with well-regarded golf events such as the Senior British Open, the Arnold Palmer Invitational and both the PGA TOUR and European Tour, which are intended to help create business building opportunities among a more affluent demographic. We have a long-standing relationship with international soccer and have continued this relationship by sponsoring leading events, including the Union of European Football Associations (“UEFA”) European Championship and the UEFA Champions League in Europe, as well as the South American Qualifiers. MasterCard is also the exclusive payments sponsor to Major League Baseball and the majority of its professional teams. We also sponsor a number of individual National Football League teams. In professional tennis, MasterCard made its debut in 2008 as a sponsor of the Australian Open, one of the four Grand Slam tournaments, and continued this sponsorship in 2009. One of our most recent sponsorship alliances is in the sport of rugby, in which MasterCard in 2008 became a worldwide partner of the International Rugby Board (IRB) World Cup 2011.

We seek to sponsor diverse events aimed at multiple target audiences, including a sponsorship platform in fashion, originally launched in our Asia Pacific region, with the intention of raising our brand awareness with affluent consumers. We also target a broad audience by providing access to music artists and live performances through well-known entertainment properties such as Jazz at Lincoln Center in New York, Soundstage and the Brit Awards. In 2008, MasterCard also added the GRAMMY awards to its roster of entertainment sponsorships.

 

15


Table of Contents

Acceptance Initiatives

We estimate that, as of December 31, 2008, cards carrying the MasterCard brand were accepted at more than 28.5 million acceptance locations, including 1.5 million ATMs, as well as other locations where cash may be obtained. Information on ATM and manual cash access locations is reported by our customers and is partly based on publicly-available reports of payment industry associations, government agencies and independent market analysts in Canada and the United States. Cards bearing the Maestro brand mark are accepted at many of these same locations.

Merchants are an important constituency in the MasterCard payment system and we are working to further develop our relationships with them. We believe that consolidation in the retail industry is producing a set of larger merchants with increasingly global scope. These merchants are having a significant impact on all participants in the global payments industry, including MasterCard. We believe that the growing role of merchants in the payments system represents both an opportunity and a challenge for MasterCard. Large merchants are supporting many of the legal, legislative and regulatory challenges to interchange fees that MasterCard is now defending, since interchange fees represent a significant component of the costs that merchants pay to accept payment cards. See “Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks” and “Risk Factors—Business Risks—Merchants are increasingly focused on the costs of accepting card-based forms of payment, which may lead to additional litigation and regulatory proceedings and may increase the costs of our incentive programs, which could materially and adversely affect our profitability” in Item 1A of this Report. We may be required to increase the amount and scope of incentives that we provide to merchants to encourage the acceptance and usage of our cards, which may adversely affect our business. Nevertheless, we believe many opportunities exist to enhance our relationships with merchants and to continue to expand acceptance of our cards. In 2004, we made available directly to merchants our rules that apply to card acceptance and related activities, thereby increasing the level of transparency and predictability of our payment system for merchants. In 2006, we published the interchange rates applicable to merchants in the United States and in 2007, we introduced a cap on interchange fees on fuel purchases at petroleum retailers. In 2008, we published our entire set of operating rules on our website. As an additional example, we have an advisory group which brings together merchants, acquirers, issuers and processors twice a year to examine payments innovation at the point of interaction, and to seek to enhance the experience for merchants and consumers at the point of sale or in an online shopping environment for a retail sales transaction. Furthermore, we also hold meetings with merchant advisory groups that have been established in key global markets including the United States, Canada, South Africa and Australia, and we continue to strengthen our acquirer and merchant sales teams around the world.

We seek to maintain unsurpassed acceptance of MasterCard-branded programs by focusing on three core initiatives. First, we seek to increase the categories of merchants that accept cards carrying our brands. We are focused on expanding acceptance in electronic and mobile commerce environments, in fast throughput businesses, such as fast food restaurants, in transportation and in public sector payments, such as those involving taxes, fees, fines and tolls, among other categories. Second, we seek to increase the number of payment channels in which MasterCard programs are accepted, such as by introducing MasterCard acceptance in connection with bill payment applications. We are working with customers to encourage consumers to make bill payments in a variety of categories—including rent, utilities and insurance—with their MasterCard-branded cards. Third, we seek to increase usage of our programs at selected merchants by sponsoring a wide range of promotional programs on a global basis. We also enter into arrangements with selected merchants under which these merchants receive performance incentives for the increased use of MasterCard-branded programs or indicate a preference for MasterCard-branded programs when accepting payments from consumers.

We also support technical initiatives designed to make MasterCard card acceptance more attractive for specific merchants, such as our Quick Payment Service for fast food restaurants and other merchants where rapid transactions are required. In addition, MasterCard PayPass appeals to merchants in fast throughput businesses because it reduces transaction times.

 

16


Table of Contents

In addition, we provide research, marketing support and financial assistance to our customers and their marketing partners in connection with the launch and marketing of co-branded and affinity card programs. Co-branded cards are payment cards bearing the logos or other insignia of an issuer and a marketing partner, such as an airline or retail merchant. Affinity cards are similar to co-branded cards except that the issuer’s marketing partner is typically a charity, educational or other non-profit organization.

Membership Standards

We establish and enforce rules and standards surrounding membership in MasterCard International and the use and acceptance of cards carrying our brands.

Rulemaking and Enforcement

Membership in MasterCard International and its affiliates is generally open to banks and other regulated and supervised financial institutions. Applicants for membership must generally meet specified membership eligibility requirements.

In general, MasterCard grants licenses by territory to applicants able to perform all obligations required of members. Licenses provide members with certain rights, including access to the network and usage of our brands. Anti-money laundering due diligence reviews and customer risk management reviews are conducted on all new members prior to admission, as well as on existing members. All applicants and members must meet the requirements of MasterCard’s anti-money laundering program, and MasterCard can block authorization of transactions and ultimately terminate membership for non-compliance with the program. As a condition of our licenses, members agree to comply with our bylaws, policies, rules and operating regulations (the “Standards”). MasterCard International and certain of its affiliates are the governing bodies that establish and enforce the Standards, which relate to such matters as membership eligibility and financial soundness criteria; the standards, design and features of cards and card programs; the use of MasterCard trademarks; merchant acquiring activities (including acceptance standards applicable to merchants); and guaranteed settlement and member failures. To help ensure that members conform to the Standards, we review card programs proposed by members.

Customer Risk Management

As a guarantor of certain card obligations of principal members, we are exposed to member credit risk arising from the potential financial failure of any of our approximately 2,400 principal members of MasterCard, Maestro and Cirrus, and approximately 3,200 affiliate debit licensees. Our estimated gross settlement risk exposure for MasterCard-branded transactions, which is calculated using the average daily card charges made during the quarter multiplied by the estimated number of days to settle, was approximately $24 billion as of December 31, 2008. Principal members participate directly in MasterCard programs and are responsible for the settlement and other activities of their sponsored affiliate members (approximately 21,300).

To minimize the contingent risk to MasterCard of a failure, we monitor the financial health, economic and political operating environments of, and compliance with our rules and standards by, our principal members, affiliate debit licensees and other entities to which we grant licenses. If the financial condition of a member or the state of the economy in which it operates indicates that it may not be able to satisfy its obligations to us or other MasterCard members or its payment obligations to MasterCard merchants, we may require the member to post collateral, typically in the form of standby letters of credit and bank guarantees. As of December 31, 2008, we had members who had posted approximately $2 billion in collateral held for settlement exposure for MasterCard-branded transactions. If a member becomes unable or unwilling to meet its obligations to us or other members, we are able to draw upon such member’s collateral, if provided, in order to minimize any potential loss to our members or ourselves. In addition to obtaining collateral from members, in situations where a member is potentially unable to meet its obligations to us or other members, we can block authorization and settlement of transactions and ultimately terminate membership. However, to date MasterCard has never terminated a member

 

17


Table of Contents

due to the member’s risk profile. In addition to these measures, we have also established a $2.5 billion committed credit facility, for liquidity protection in the event of member settlement failure. See “Risk Factors—Business Risks—As a guarantor of certain obligations of principal member and affiliate debit licensees, we are exposed to risk of loss or illiquidity if any of our customers default on their MasterCard, Cirrus or Maestro settlement obligations” in Item 1A of this Report. See also “Risk Factors—Business Risks—Unprecedented global economic events in financial markets around the world have directly and adversely affected many of our customers, merchants that accept our brands and cardholders who use our brands, which could result in a material and adverse impact on our prospects, growth, profitability, revenue and overall business” in Item 1A of this Report.

Payment System Integrity

The integrity of our payment system is affected by fraudulent activity and other illegal uses of our system. Fraud is most often committed in connection with lost, stolen or counterfeit cards or stolen account information, often resulting from security breaches of third party systems that inappropriately store cardholder account data. See “Risk Factors—Business Risks—Account data breaches involving card data stored by us or third parties could adversely affect our reputation and revenue” in Item 1A of this Report. Fraud is also more likely to occur in transactions where the card is not present, such as electronic commerce, mail order and telephone order transactions. Security and cardholder authentication for these remote channels are particularly critical issues facing our customers and merchants who engage in these forms of commerce, where a signed cardholder sales receipt or the presence of the card or merchant agent is unavailable.

We monitor areas of risk exposure and enforce our rules and standards to combat fraudulent activity. We also operate several compliance programs to ensure that the integrity of our payment system is maintained by our customers and their agents. Key compliance programs include merchant audits (for high fraud, excessive chargebacks and processing of illegal transactions) and security compliance (including our Site Data Protection Program, which assists customers and merchants in protecting commercial sites from hacker intrusions and subsequent account data compromises using the Payment Card Industry (PCI) data security standards). Our customers are also required to report instances of fraud to us in a timely manner so we can monitor trends and initiate action where appropriate.

Our customers are responsible for fraud losses associated with the cards they issue or for their merchants from whom they acquire transactions. However, we have implemented a series of programs and systems to aid them in detecting and preventing the fraudulent use of cards carrying our brands. We provide education programs and various risk management tools to help detect fraud, including MasterCard SecureCode ® , a global Internet authentication solution that permits cardholders to authenticate themselves to their issuer using a unique, personal code, and Site Data Protection. In addition, we offer several fraud detection and prevention programs, including our Expert Monitoring System. Generally, we charge our customers fees for these antifraud programs and services.

Enterprise Risk Management

MasterCard faces a number of risks in operating its business. For a description of material risks, see “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Report. Managing risk is an integral component of our business activities and the degree to which we manage risk is vital to our financial condition and profitability.

We have an Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) program created to ensure appropriate and comprehensive oversight and management of risk. Our ERM program aims to: proactively manage and monitor key risks; improve corporate governance by providing an independent view of our risk profile; enhance decision-making processes and business performance through an understanding of our risk tolerance; and strengthen business operations by integrating ERM principles and creating a more risk aware culture within MasterCard.

 

18


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We own a number of valuable trademarks that are essential to our business, including MasterCard ® , Maestro ® and Cirrus ® , through one or more affiliates. We also own numerous other trademarks covering various brands, programs and services offered by MasterCard to support our payment programs. Through license agreements with our customers, we authorize the use of our trademarks in connection with our customers’ card issuing and merchant acquiring businesses. In addition, we own a number of patents and patent applications relating to payments solutions, transaction processing, smart cards, contactless, mobile, electronic commerce, security systems and other matters, some of which may be important to our business operations.

Competition

MasterCard programs compete against all forms of payment, including paper-based transactions (principally cash and checks), card-based payment systems, including credit, charge, prepaid, private-label and other types of general purpose and limited use cards, and electronic transactions such as wire transfers and Automated Clearing House payments. As a result of a global trend, electronic forms of payment such as payment cards are increasingly displacing paper forms of payment, and card brands such as MasterCard, Visa, American Express and Discover are benefiting from this displacement. However, cash and checks still capture the largest overall percentage of worldwide payment volume.

Within the general purpose payment card industry, we face substantial and increasingly intense competition worldwide from systems such as Visa (including Plus, Electron and Interlink), American Express, Discover and JCB, among others. Within the global general purpose card industry, Visa has significantly greater volume than we do.

Outside of the United States, some of our competitors such as JCB in Japan and China Union Pay ® have leading positions. Regulation can also play a role in determining competitive market conditions. For example, China Union Pay is the sole domestic processor designated by the Chinese government and operates the sole national cross-bank bankcard information switch network in China due to local regulation. Private-label cards, which can generally be used to make purchases solely at the sponsoring retail store, gasoline retailer or another merchant, also serve as another form of competition.

In the debit card sector, we also encounter substantial and increasingly intense competition from ATM and point-of-sale debit networks in various countries, such as Interlink™, Plus and Visa Electron (owned by Visa Inc.), Star ® (owned by First Data Corporation), NYCE ® (owned by Metavante Corporation), and Pulse™ (owned by Discover), in the United States, Interac in Canada and EFTPOS in Australia. In addition, in many countries outside the United States, local debit brands serve as the main brands while our brands are used mostly to enable cross-border transactions, which typically represent a small portion of overall transaction volume. In addition, our financial institution customers could also start their own networks and payment card brands to compete with us.

Our competitors include operators of proprietary end-to-end payment networks that have direct acquiring relationships with merchants and direct issuing relationships with cardholders, such as American Express and Discover. These competitors have certain advantages that we do not enjoy. Among other things, these competitors do not require formal interchange fees to balance payment system costs among issuers and acquirers, because they typically have direct relationships with both merchants and cardholders. Interchange fees, which are a characteristic of four-party payments systems such as ours, are subject to increased regulatory and legislative scrutiny worldwide. See “Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—Interchange fees are subject to increasingly intense legal and regulatory scrutiny worldwide, which may have a material adverse impact on our prospects for future growth and our overall business, and thus on our revenue” in Item 1A of this Report. Because they do not utilize formal interchange fees, operators of end-to-end payment networks to date have generally avoided the same regulatory and legislative scrutiny and litigation challenges we face and, accordingly, may enjoy a competitive advantage over four-party payments systems.

 

19


Table of Contents

Among other companies in our industry, Visa and Discover have changed their ownership structures, which could result in their becoming stronger and more efficient companies within the global payments industry. In October 2007, Visa completed its plan to restructure its organization through the creation of a new stock corporation, Visa Inc., owned by its current member financial institutions. As part of the reorganization, Visa Europe did not become a subsidiary of Visa Inc., but rather remained owned by various European member financial institutions. Visa Inc. completed its initial public offering in 2008. In July 2007, Discover began trading on the New York Stock Exchange as a publicly-traded company following its spin-off from Morgan Stanley. As publicly-owned companies, Visa Inc. and Discover, among other changes, may have enhanced access to the capital markets and may operate their respective businesses more transparently and with a greater focus on profitability, although they are subject to more public scrutiny and requirements to provide additional disclosures. For example, Discover recently purchased Diners Club with a view toward expanding its acceptance internationally.

Also, in 2008, American Express and Discover received approval to become bank holding companies. While bank holding companies are subject to numerous regulatory requirements, they also are eligible to request an investment from the U.S. government under the Treasury Department’s Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) and may be eligible for similar government programs in the future. American Express announced in December 2008 that it had requested and was approved to receive a $3.39 billion investment from the U.S. government under the TARP, and Discover announced in January 2009 that it had requested and was preliminarily approved to receive a $1.2 billion investment under the TARP. MasterCard is not a bank holding company and is not eligible to receive such an investment. A TARP or similar investment could strengthen these MasterCard competitors.

In addition, ongoing litigation has and may continue to affect our ability to compete in the global payments industry. For example, under the settlement agreement in the U.S. merchant lawsuit, U.S. merchants now have the right to reject MasterCard-branded debit cards issued in the United States while still accepting other MasterCard-branded cards, which may adversely affect our ability to maintain and grow our debit business in the United States. In addition, as a result of the court’s decision in our litigation with the U.S. Department of Justice concerning our former U.S. Competitive Programs Policy (“CPP”), our customers may now do business with American Express or Discover in the United States, which could adversely affect our business. In recent years, these competitors have started working with issuing and acquiring financial institutions, and therefore replicating certain aspects of end-to-end payment networks. A number of our large customers, including Bank of America, Citibank, HSBC, USAA and GE Money now issue or have announced that they will issue American Express cards. See “Risk Factors—Business Risks—Our operating results may suffer because of substantial and increasingly intense competition worldwide in the global payments industry” in Item 1A in this Report. Finally, suits against us have been filed in several state and federal courts because of our currency conversion practices. Although we have settled these matters, if the settlements do not receive final approval, the outcome of these lawsuits could potentially have a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot predict what the final outcome will be of our various litigations and other regulatory proceedings. For a description of these and other matters, see Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

We compete intensely with other card networks, principally Visa, for the loyalty of our customers. In most countries, including the United States, financial institutions typically issue both MasterCard- and Visa-branded payment cards. As a result of this structure, known as “duality,” we compete with Visa for business on the basis of individual card portfolios or programs. Issuance of MasterCard and Visa debit cards, on the other hand, is generally non-dual in the United States. This is due to Visa’s historical debit exclusivity rule, meaning that under the historical rule, card issuers could issue either MasterCard or Visa debit cards, but not both. As a result of the litigation with the U.S. Department of Justice, Visa’s debit exclusivity rule is no longer enforceable, and related litigation has been settled. See Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in item 8 of this Report.

 

20


Table of Contents

We face increasingly intense competitive pressure on the prices we charge our customers. In order to stay competitive, we may have to increase the amount of rebates and incentives we provide to our customers and merchants as we have in the last several years. We seek to enter into business agreements with customers through which we offer incentives and other support to issue and promote our cards. However, our customers can terminate their business agreements with us in a variety of circumstances. See “Risk Factors—Business Risks—We face increasingly intense competitive pressure on the prices we charge our customers, which may materially and adversely affect our revenue and profitability” in Item 1A of this Report.

During the last several years, the banking industry has undergone rapid consolidation, and, based on current economic conditions and weakening of customers’ financial health, we have seen this trend accelerate in 2008. We expect this trend to continue in the future. Consolidation represents a competitive threat for MasterCard because our business and pricing strategy is intended to enable MasterCard to achieve targeted financial performance by providing incentives to customers for incremental business. Furthermore, it contemplates entering into business agreements with our largest customers in exchange for significant business commitments to MasterCard. Recent consolidations have included customers with a substantial MasterCard portfolio being acquired by institutions with a strong relationship with a competitor. Significant ongoing consolidation in the banking industry may result in a substantial loss of business for MasterCard. The continued consolidation in the banking industry, whether as a result of an acquisition of a substantial MasterCard portfolio by an institution with a strong relationship with a competitor or the combination of two institutions with which MasterCard has a strong relationship, would also produce a smaller number of large customers, which generally have a greater ability to negotiate pricing discounts with MasterCard. Consolidations could prompt our customers to renegotiate our business agreements to obtain more favorable terms. This pressure on the prices we charge our customers could materially and adversely affect our revenue and profitability. See “Risk Factors—Business Risks—Consolidation or other changes affecting the banking industry could result in a loss of business for MasterCard and may result in lower prices and/or more favorable terms for our customers, which may materially and adversely affect our revenue and profitability” in Item 1A of this Report.

We face competition with respect to particular segments of the payment card industry. In the United States, for example, some of our competitors process a greater number of online, PIN-based debit transactions at the point of sale than we do. In addition, our business and revenues could be impacted adversely by the tendency among U.S. consumers and merchants to migrate from offline, signature-based debit transactions to online, PIN-based debit transactions because we generally earn less revenue from the latter types of transactions. In addition, online, PIN-based transactions are more likely to be processed by other domestic ATM/debit point-of-sale networks rather than by us. See “Risk Factors—Business Risks—If we are unable to grow our debit business, particularly in the United States, we may fail to maintain and increase our revenue growth” in Item 1A of this Report.

We also face competition from transaction processors throughout the world, such as First Data Corporation and Total System Services, Inc., some of which are seeking to enhance their networks that link issuers directly with point-of-sale devices for payment card transaction authorization and processing services. Certain of these transaction processors could potentially displace MasterCard as the provider of these payment processing services.

We also compete against relatively new entrants, such as PayPal (a business segment of eBay), which have developed alternative payment systems and payments in electronic commerce and across mobile devices. Among other services, these competitors provide Internet payment services that can be used to buy and sell goods online, and services that support payments to and from deposit accounts or proprietary accounts for Internet, mobile commerce and other applications. A number of these new entrants rely principally on the Internet and potential wireless communication networks to support their services, and may enjoy lower costs than we do. In mobile commerce, we also face competition from established network operators. Whereas the MasterCard approach to mobile commerce centers on the use of the consumer’s payment account as established by their card issuer, network operators may apply mobile consumer payments directly to the customer’s monthly bill or prepaid mobile account.

 

21


Table of Contents

We believe that the principal factors affecting our competitive position in the global payments industry are:

 

   

pricing;

 

   

customer relationships;

 

   

the impact of existing and future litigation, legislation and government regulation;

 

   

the impact of globalization and consolidation of financial institutions and merchants;

 

   

the acceptance base, reputation and brand recognition of payment cards;

 

   

the quality, security and integrity of transaction processing;

 

   

the relative value of services and products offered;

 

   

regulation and local laws;

 

   

the success and scope of marketing and promotional campaigns;

 

   

the impact of consolidation in the banking industry;

 

   

new market entrants; and

 

   

the ability to develop and implement competitive new card programs, systems and technologies in both physical and virtual environments.

Government Regulation

Government regulation impacts key aspects of our business. We are subject to regulations that affect the payment industry in the many countries in which our cards are used. Regulation of the payments industry has increased significantly in the last several years. In particular, interchange fees associated with four-party payment systems like ours are being reviewed or challenged in various jurisdictions, including the European Union. See Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Furthermore, MasterCard customers are subject to numerous regulations applicable to banks and other financial institutions in the United States and elsewhere, and as a consequence MasterCard is impacted by such regulations. Certain of our operations are periodically reviewed by the U.S. Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”) under its authority to examine financial institutions’ technology service providers. Examinations by the FFIEC cover areas such as data integrity and data security. In recent years, the U.S. federal banking regulators have adopted a series of regulatory measures affecting credit card payment terms and requiring more conservative accounting, greater risk management and in some cases higher capital requirements for bank credit card activities, particularly in the case of banks that focus on subprime cardholders. In addition, MasterCard Europe operates a retail payment system in Europe and is subject to oversight by the National Bank of Belgium pursuant to standards published by the European Central Bank that are principally targeted at managing financial, legal and operations risk.

In addition, aspects of our operations or business are subject to privacy regulation in the United States, the European Union and elsewhere, as well as regulations imposed by the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). For example, in the United States, we and our customers are respectively subject to Federal Trade Commission and federal banking agency information safeguarding requirements under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The Federal Trade Commission’s information safeguarding rules require us to develop, implement and maintain a written, comprehensive information security program containing safeguards that are appropriate for our size and complexity, the nature and scope of our activities, and the sensitivity of any customer information at issue. Our customers in the United States are subject to similar requirements under the guidelines issued by the federal banking agencies. As part of their compliance with the requirements, each of our U.S. customers is expected to have a program in place for responding to unauthorized access to, or use of, customer information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to customers.

 

22


Table of Contents

In the United States, during the past several years, a number of bills have been considered by Congress and there have been several congressional hearings to address information safeguarding and data breach issues. While no legislation was passed in 2008, Congress is likely to continue to consider these issues, which could result in legislation that would have an adverse impact on us and our customers. In addition, a number of U.S. states have enacted security breach legislation, requiring varying levels of consumer notification in the event of a security breach, and several other states are considering similar legislation. In Europe, the European Parliament and Council passed the European Directive 95/46/EC (the “Directive”) on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, which obligates the controller of an individual’s personal data to take the necessary technical and organizational measures to protect personal data. The Directive has been implemented through local laws regulating data protection in European Union member states to which we and our customers are subject. The Directive establishes general principles with regard to the processing of personal data, including the legal grounds for processing, the rights of individuals with regard to their personal data, restrictions on transfers of the personal data outside the European Economic Area, and the obligation of the controller of that information to take the necessary technical and organizational measures to protect personal data.

MasterCard and other participants in the payment industry are also subject to the regulatory requirements of Section 352 of the USA PATRIOT Act, which applies to certain types of financial institutions, including operators of credit card systems. Section 352 of the USA PATRIOT Act requires MasterCard to maintain a comprehensive anti-money laundering program and imposes similar requirements on some of our customers. Our anti-money laundering program must be reasonably designed to prevent our system from being used to facilitate money laundering and the financing of terrorist activities. The program must, at a minimum, include the designation of a compliance officer, provide for the training of appropriate personnel regarding anti-money laundering responsibilities, as well as incorporate policies, procedures, and controls to mitigate money laundering risks, and be independently audited.

We are also subject to regulations imposed by OFAC. OFAC regulations impose restrictions on financial transactions with Cuba, Burma/Myanmar, Iran and Sudan and with persons and entities included in the OFAC’s list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (the “SDN List”). Also Cuba, Iran, Sudan and Syria have been identified by the U.S. State Department as terrorist-sponsoring states. While MasterCard has no business operations, subsidiaries or affiliated entities in these countries, a limited number of financial institutions are licensed by MasterCard to issue cards or acquire merchant transactions in certain of these countries. MasterCard takes measures to avoid transactions with persons and entities on the SDN List, however, it is possible that transactions involving persons or entities on the SDN List may be processed through our payment system. It is possible that our reputation may suffer due to our customer financial institutions’ association with these countries or the existence of any such transactions, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on the value of our stock. Further, certain U.S. states have recently enacted legislation regarding investments by pension funds and other retirement systems in companies that have business activities or contacts with countries that have been identified as terrorist-sponsoring states and similar legislation may be pending in other states. As a result, pension funds and other retirement systems may be subject to reporting requirements with respect to investments in companies such as ours or may be subject to limits or prohibitions with respect to those investments that may materially and adversely affect our stock price.

In addition, the Federal Trade Commission and the federal banking agencies have issued a number of regulations implementing the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, and at least one other regulation under this law is expected to be issued in 2009. Once fully implemented, these regulations could have a material impact on our customers’ businesses by increasing costs of issuance and/or decreasing the ability of card issuers to set the price of credit. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”), along with two other federal banking agencies, have also recently issued a regulation pertaining to unfair or deceptive acts or practices pertaining to credit card practices (the “UDAP Rule”). The UDAP Rule will make it more difficult for credit card issuers to price credit acts for future credit risk which will have an effect on the pricing models of most credit card issuers. The UDAP Rule could reduce credit availability, or increase the cost of credit to

 

23


Table of Contents

cardholders, possibly affecting MasterCard transaction volume and revenues. The Federal Reserve has also issued a comprehensive revision to Regulation Z, which implements the Truth in Lending Act. This regulation will have a significant impact on the disclosures made by our customers and could affect their account terms and business practices.

In addition to the UDAP Rule and the revision to Regulation Z, regulators and the U.S. Congress have also increased their scrutiny of our customers’ pricing of credit and their underwriting standards. Any legislative or regulatory restrictions on our customers’ ability to operate their credit card programs or price credit freely could result in reduced amounts of credit available to consumers, which could materially and adversely affect our transaction volume and revenues. There is also increasing scrutiny of a number of other credit card practices, from which many of our customers derive significant revenue, by Congress and governmental agencies. For example, in addition to scrutiny of interchange fees (described below), the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations and other Senate and House Committees and Subcommittees are likely to continue their consideration of a variety of our customers’ practices, including the methods used to calculate finance charges and allocate payments received from cardholders, and the methods by which default interest rates, late fees and over-the-credit-limit or overdraft fees are determined, imposed, and disclosed. The U.S. Congress may also continue to examine possible changes to the Bankruptcy Code. These investigative efforts and other congressional activity could lead to legislation and/or regulation that could have a material impact on our customers’ businesses and our business if implemented. Any such legislative or regulatory restrictions on our customers’ ability to operate their credit card programs or to price credit freely could result in reduced revenue and increased costs for our customers, reduced amounts of credit available to consumers and, therefore, a potential reduction of our transaction volume and revenues.

In the U.S. Congress, there has been increasing scrutiny of interchange fees. In 2008, legislation concerning interchange, entitled the “Credit Card Fair Fee Act of 2008”, was introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives. The House Judiciary Committee favorably reported this legislation, although on a divided vote, to the full House of Representatives for further consideration. The House did not consider the legislation prior to adjourning. The version of the legislation ultimately reported by the House Judiciary Committee seeks to regulate interchange by allowing merchants to collectively seek to lower their interchange costs by exempting such action from the U.S. antitrust laws. The Credit Card Fair Fee Act also requires the U.S. Department of Justice to observe collective merchant negotiations with MasterCard and its customer financial institutions (and separately with Visa and its customer financial institutions) and report results of those negotiations back to the U.S. Congress. Similar legislation to the Credit Card Fair Fee Act was introduced in the U.S. Senate, but there were no hearings on, or further movement of, such legislation. Additional interchange legislation also was introduced in the House, but there were no further developments with respect to such legislation. We expect that the Credit Card Fair Fee Act, and other legislation pertaining to interchange, will be introduced in Congress in 2009. It is not clear whether Congress will act on such legislation, and what form any such legislation may ultimately take.

In October 2006, the U.S. Congress enacted legislation requiring the coding and blocking of payments for certain types of Internet gambling transactions. The legislation applies to payment system participants, including MasterCard and our U.S. customers, and is being implemented through a federal rulemaking process that was completed in December 2008. These federal rules will require us and our customers to implement compliance programs that could increase our costs and/or decrease our transaction volumes. In addition, the U.S. Congress continues its consideration of regulatory initiatives in the areas of Internet prescription drug purchases, copyright and trademark infringement, and privacy, among others, that could impose additional compliance burdens on us and/or our customers. Some U.S. states are considering a variety of similar legislation. If implemented, these initiatives could require us or our customers to monitor, filter, restrict, or otherwise oversee various categories of payment card transactions, thereby increasing our costs or decreasing our transaction volumes. Various regulatory agencies also continue to examine a wide variety of issues, including identity theft, account management guidelines, privacy, disclosure rules, security and marketing that would impact our customers directly. These new requirements and developments may affect our customers’ ability to extend credit through the use of payment cards, which could decrease our transaction volumes. In some circumstances, new regulations

 

24


Table of Contents

could have the effect of limiting our customers’ ability to offer new types of payment programs or restricting their ability to offer our existing programs such as stored value cards, which could materially and adversely reduce our revenue and revenue growth.

Outside of the United States, regulators in several other countries have become increasingly interested in payment industry issues, some of which have launched official proceedings into payment industry issues. See Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Seasonality

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Seasonality” in Item 7 of this Report for a discussion of the impact of seasonality on our business.

Financial Information About Geographic Areas

See Note 23 (Segment Reporting) to the consolidated financial statements included in this Report for certain geographic financial information.

Employees

As of December 31, 2008, we employed approximately 5,500 persons, of which approximately 1,850 were employed outside of the United States. We consider our relationship with employees to be good.

Website and SEC Reports

The Company’s internet address is www.mastercard.com. Our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports are available, without charge, for review on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with, or furnished to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Report.

Item 1A.     Risk Factors

Legal and Regulatory Risks

Interchange fees are subject to increasingly intense legal and regulatory scrutiny worldwide, which may have a material adverse impact on our revenue, our prospects for future growth and our overall business, and thus on our revenue.

Interchange fees, which represent a sharing of payment system costs among the financial institutions participating in a four-party payment card system such as ours, are generally the largest component of the costs that acquirers charge merchants in connection with the acceptance of payment cards. Typically, interchange fees are paid by the merchant bank (the acquirer) to the cardholder bank (the issuer) in connection with transactions initiated with our payment system’s cards. Interchange fees, including our default interchange fees, are subject to increasingly intense litigation and regulatory scrutiny worldwide as card-based forms of payment have become relatively more important to local economies. Merchants in the U.S. and New Zealand, and regulators in a number of countries are seeking to reduce these fees through litigation or regulatory action. For example:

 

   

In the European Union, the European Commission announced a decision in December 2007 with respect to our cross-border interchange fees for credit and debit cards under European Union competition rules. The decision required MasterCard to cease applying its default cross-border interchange fees for MasterCard and Maestro branded consumer payment card transactions in the European Economic Area (the “EEA”), to refrain from repeating the infringement, and not to apply its then recently adopted

 

25


Table of Contents
 

(but never implemented) Maestro SEPA and Intra-Eurozone default interchange fees to debit card payment transactions within the Eurozone. The decision also required MasterCard to issue certain specific notices to financial institutions and other entities that participate in its MasterCard and Maestro payment systems in the EEA and make certain specific public announcements, regarding the steps it has taken to comply. The decision does not impose a fine on MasterCard, but provides for a daily penalty of up to 3.5% of MasterCard’s daily consolidated global turnover in the preceding business year (which MasterCard presently estimates to be approximately $500,000 U.S. per day) in the event that MasterCard fails to comply. In March 2008, MasterCard filed an application for annulment of the European Commission’s decision with the EU Court of First Instance. On June 12, 2008 MasterCard announced that, effective June 21, 2008, MasterCard would temporarily repeal its then current default intra-EEA cross-border consumer card interchange fees in conformity with the decision. Discussions are continuing between MasterCard and the European Commission concerning what interchange fee setting methodology MasterCard might employ and what level of interchange fees it might establish in compliance with the decision.

Although MasterCard believes that any business practices it would implement in response to the decision would be in compliance with the decision, the European Commission may deem any such practice not in compliance with the decision, or in violation of European competition law, in which case MasterCard may be assessed fines for the period that it is not in compliance. Furthermore, because a balancing mechanism like default cross-border interchange fees constitutes an essential element of MasterCard Europe’s operations, the decision could also significantly impact MasterCard International’s European customers’ and MasterCard Europe’s business. The European Commission decision could also lead to competition authorities in one or more EU Member States commencing investigations or proceedings regarding domestic interchange fees. In addition, the European Commission’s decision could lead to the filing of private actions against MasterCard Europe by merchants and/or consumers which, if MasterCard is unsuccessful in its appeal of the decision, could result in MasterCard owing substantial damages. In October 2008, MasterCard received an information request from the European Commission in connection with the decision concerning certain pricing changes that MasterCard has implemented as of October 2008. MasterCard submitted its response in November 2008. MasterCard understands that the European Commission is contemplating commencing a formal proceeding concerning the pricing changes on the basis that they contravene the decision. See Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more details regarding the European Commission’s decision.

 

   

In the United Kingdom, the Office of Fair Trading (OFT) issued a decision in September 2005 concluding that MasterCard’s U.K. credit card interchange fees contravene U.K. and European Union competition laws. This decision was set aside by the U.K. Competition Appeals Tribunal in June 2006. However, shortly thereafter, the OFT commenced a new investigation of our current U.K. credit card interchange fees and announced on February 9, 2007 that the investigation also covers so-called “immediate debit” cards. If the OFT determines that any of our U.K. interchange fees contravene U.K. and European Union competition law, it may issue a new decision and possibly levy fines accruing from the date of its first decision. This new investigation will examine whether the new methodology for setting U.K. interchange fees adopted by MasterCard in November 2004—in connection with which MasterCard withdrew the authority of the U.K. members to set domestic interchange fees and conferred such authority exclusively on our President and Chief Executive Officer or his designee—contravenes applicable law. MasterCard understands that the OFT is considering whether to commence a formal proceeding through the issuance of a Statement of Objections. A negative decision could have a significant adverse impact on the revenues of MasterCard’s U.K. members and on our competitive position and overall business in the United Kingdom.

 

   

In April 2001, in response to merchant complaints, the Polish Office for Protection of Competition and Consumers (the “PCA”) initiated an investigation of our (and Visa’s) domestic credit and debit card interchange fees. In January 2007, the PCA issued a decision that our (and Visa’s) interchange fees are unlawful under Polish competition law, and imposed fines on our (and Visa’s) licensed financial

 

26


Table of Contents
 

institutions. The PCA also decided that MasterCard (and Visa) had not violated the law. MasterCard and the financial institutions appealed the decision. In November 2008, the appeals court reversed the decision of the PCA and also rejected MasterCard’s appeal on the basis that MasterCard did not have a legal interest in the PCA’s decision because its conduct was not found to be in breach of the relevant competition laws. MasterCard has appealed this part of the appeals court’s decision because it has significant interest in the outcome of the case. The PCA has appealed other parts of the decision. If on appeal, the PCA’s decision is ultimately allowed to stand, it could have a significant adverse impact on the revenues of MasterCard’s Polish members and on our overall business in Poland.

 

   

In early 2004, the New Zealand Competition Commission (the “NZCC”) commenced an investigation of our domestic interchange fees. In November 2006, the NZCC filed a lawsuit alleging that our (and Visa’s) domestic interchange fees do not comply with New Zealand competition law, and seeking penalties. Several large merchants subsequently filed similar lawsuits seeking damages and injunctive relief. A negative decision in these lawsuits could subject MasterCard to fines and/or damages and could have a significant adverse impact on the revenues of our New Zealand members and on our overall business in New Zealand.

 

   

In Australia, the Reserve Bank of Australia (“RBA”) enacted in 2002 regulations controlling the costs that can be considered in setting interchange fees for four-party payment card systems such as ours, that do not regulate the merchant discount charged by proprietary end-to-end networks (such as those offered by American Express or Diners Club), which have already benefited from these regulations. In 2007, the RBA commenced a review of such regulations and, on September 26, 2008, the RBA released its final conclusions. These indicate that the RBA is willing to withdraw its regulations if MasterCard and Visa make certain undertakings regarding the future levels of their respective credit card interchange fees and other practices, including their “honor all cards” rules. If the undertakings are not made, the RBA is considering imposing in 2009 additional regulations that could further reduce the domestic interchange fees of MasterCard and Visa credit card systems in Australia. The effect of the undertakings or any such additional regulations could put MasterCard at an even greater competitive disadvantage relative to competitors in Australia that purportedly do not operate four-party systems, which could have a significant adverse impact on MasterCard’s business in Australia.

 

   

On December 12, 2008, a Banking Enquiry, a special body created by the South Africa Competition Commission (“SACC”) to examine the payments industry in South Africa, including interchange fees, published a report of its findings. The Enquiry recommended, among other things, that an independent forum under regulatory control be established to set payment card interchange fees in South Africa and that payment systems’ (including MasterCard’s) respective “honor all cards” rules be modified to give merchants greater freedom to choose which types of cards to accept. The Enquiry’s report is non-binding but is under active consideration by South African regulators. If adopted, the Enquiry’s recommendations could have a significant adverse impact on MasterCard’s business in South Africa.

In October 2008, the South African National Assembly (the “NA”) adopted amendments to that country’s competition laws concerning so-called “complex monopolies” and criminalizing violations of those laws (the “Bill”). On January 29, 2009, the President of South Africa referred the Bill back to the National Assembly for further consideration and, recently, indicated that he may submit the Bill to that country’s Constitutional Court for examination if the NA fails to act on his request. If the Bill is ultimately determined to be constitutional and becomes law, it could have a significant adverse impact on MasterCard’s business in South Africa.

 

   

In January 2006, a German retailers association filed a complaint with the Federal Cartel Office in Germany concerning our (and Visa’s) domestic interchange fees. The complaint alleges that our (and Visa’s) German domestic interchange fees are not transparent to merchants and include so-called “extraneous costs.” MasterCard understands that the Federal Cartel Office is continuing to review the complaint.

 

   

On January 31, 2008, the Hungarian Competition Authority commenced a formal investigation of MasterCard Europe’s domestic interchange fees in Hungary.

 

27


Table of Contents

Interchange fees and/or related practices (such as the “honor all cards” rule) are also being reviewed in a number of other jurisdictions, including Brazil, Colombia, Czech Republic, Mexico, Venezuela, Estonia, Israel, Italy, Norway, Portugal, Switzerland and Turkey. We believe that regulators are increasingly adopting a coordinated approach to interchange matters and, as a result, developments in any one jurisdiction may influence regulators’ approach to interchange fees in other jurisdictions. In the United States, interchange fees have also been the topic of increased congressional and regulatory interest. In 2008, legislation concerning interchange, entitled the “Credit Card Fair Fee Act of 2008”, was introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives. The House Judiciary Committee favorably reported this legislation, although on a divided vote, to the full House of Representatives for further consideration. The House did not consider the legislation prior to adjourning. The version of the legislation ultimately reported by the House Judiciary Committee seeks to regulate interchange by allowing merchants to collectively seek to lower their interchange costs by exempting such action from the U.S. antitrust laws. The Credit Card Fair Fee Act also requires the U.S. Department of Justice to observe collective merchant negotiations with the Company and its customer financial institutions (and separately with Visa and its customer financial institutions) and report results of those negotiations back to the U.S. Congress. Similar legislation to the Credit Card Fair Fee Act was introduced in the U.S. Senate, but there were no hearings on, or further movement of, the legislation. Additional interchange legislation was also introduced in the House in 2008, but there were no further developments with respect to such legislation. We expect that the Credit Card Fair Fee Act, and other legislation pertaining to interchange, will be reintroduced in Congress in 2009. It is not clear whether Congress will act on such legislation, and what form any such legislation may ultimately take.

In addition, merchants are seeking to reduce interchange fees through litigation. In the United States, merchants have filed approximately 50 class-action or individual suits alleging that our interchange fees violate federal antitrust laws. These suits allege, among other things, that our purported setting of interchange fees constitutes horizontal price-fixing between and among MasterCard, Visa and their member banks in violation of Section 1 of the Sherman Act, which prohibits contracts, combinations or conspiracies that unreasonably restrain trade. The suits seek treble damages in an unspecified amount, attorneys’ fees and injunctive relief. See Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more details regarding the allegations contained in these complaints and the status of these proceedings. We are devoting substantial management and financial resources to the defense of interchange fees and to the other legal and regulatory challenges we face.

If issuers cannot collect, or we are forced to reduce, interchange fees, they may be unable to recoup a portion of the costs incurred for their services. This could reduce the number of financial institutions willing to participate in our four-party payment card system, lower overall transaction volumes, and/or make proprietary end-to-end networks or other forms of payment more attractive. Issuers could also charge higher fees to consumers, thereby making our card programs less desirable and reducing our transaction volumes and profitability, or attempt to decrease the expense of their card programs by seeking a reduction in the fees that we charge. If we are less successful than Visa in defending interchange fees, we could also be competitively disadvantaged against Visa. If we are ultimately unsuccessful in our defense of interchange fees, such regulation may have a material adverse impact on our revenue, our prospects for future growth and our overall business. In addition, this could result in MasterCard being fined and/or having to pay civil damages.

If the settlements of our currency conversion cases are not ultimately approved and we are unsuccessful in any of our various lawsuits relating to our currency conversion practices, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

We generate significant revenue from processing cross-border currency transactions for members. However, we are defendants in several state and federal lawsuits alleging that our currency conversion practices are deceptive, anti-competitive or otherwise unlawful. In particular, a trial judge in California found that our currency conversion practice is deceptive under California state law, and ordered us to mandate that members disclose the currency conversion process to cardholders in cardholder agreements, applications, solicitations and monthly billing statements. The judge also ordered unspecified restitution to California cardholders. The decision

 

28


Table of Contents

was reversed on appeal on grounds that plaintiff lacked standing to pursue his claims. In addition, we have been served with similar complaints in several state courts seeking to, in effect, extend the judge’s decision to MasterCard cardholders outside of California. We have succeeded in having several of these cases dismissed or transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and combined with putative federal class actions. The class actions allege that our currency conversion practices violate federal antitrust laws. On July 20, 2006, MasterCard and the other defendants in the federal class actions entered into agreements settling those cases and related matters, as well as the California state case. Pursuant to the settlement agreements, MasterCard has paid $72 million to be used for defendants’ settlement fund to settle the federal actions and $13 million to settle the California case. The settlement agreements are subject to final approval by the court and resolution of all appeals. If final approval of the settlement agreements is not granted and we are unsuccessful in defending against these lawsuits or the state currency conversion cases, we may have to pay restitution to cardholders who make claims that they used their cards in another country, or may be required to modify our currency conversion practices. See Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

If we determine in the future that we are required to establish reserves or we incur liabilities for any litigation that has been or may be brought against us, our results of operations, cash flow and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Except with respect to currency conversion litigations and the California consumer state action discussed in Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report, we have not established reserves for any of the material legal proceedings in which we are currently involved and we are unable to estimate at this time the amount of charges, if any, that may be required to provide reserves for these matters in the future. We may determine in the future that a charge for all or a portion of any of our legal proceedings is required, including charges related to legal fees. In addition, we may be required to record an additional charge if we incur liabilities in excess of reserves that we have previously recorded. Such charges, particularly in the event we may be found liable in a large class-action lawsuit or on the basis of an antitrust claim entitling the plaintiff to treble damages or under which we were jointly and severally liable, could be significant and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow and financial condition, or, in certain circumstances, even cause us to become insolvent. See Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Limitations on our business and other penalties resulting from litigation or litigation settlements may materially and adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

As a result of the settlement agreement in connection with the U.S. merchant lawsuit, merchants have the right to reject our debit cards in the United States while still accepting other MasterCard-branded cards, and vice versa. See Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report. These limitations and any future limitations on our business resulting from litigation or litigation settlements could reduce the volume of business that we do with our customers, which may materially and adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

The payments industry is generally the subject of increasing global regulatory focus, which may impose costly new compliance burdens on us and our customers and lead to decreased transaction volumes through our systems.

We are subject to regulations that affect the payment industry in the many countries in which our cards are used. In particular, our customers are subject to numerous regulations applicable to banks and other financial institutions in the United States and abroad, and, consequently, MasterCard is at times affected by such regulations. Regulation of the payments industry, including regulations applicable to us and our customers, has increased significantly in the last several years. For example, in 2002 MasterCard became subject to the regulatory requirements of Section 352(a) of the USA PATRIOT Act, which has required our customers and us

 

29


Table of Contents

to create and implement comprehensive anti-money laundering programs. In India, the government appears poised to enact an anti-money laundering law that may impose requirements on payment systems, such as MasterCards’, and their customers. Moreover, the Indian Payments and Settlement Systems Act 2007 requires that payment system operators, such as MasterCard, obtain authorization by February 2009 from the Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”) to operate a payments system and grants broad oversight authority to the RBI. Increased regulatory focus in this area could result in additional obligations or restrictions with respect to the types of products that we may offer to consumers, the countries in which our cards may be used and the types of cardholders and merchants who can obtain or accept our cards.

We are also subject to regulations imposed by OFAC. OFAC regulations impose restrictions on financial transactions with Cuba, Burma/Myanmar, Iran and Sudan and with persons and entities included on the SDN List. Also Cuba, Iran, Sudan and Syria have been identified by the U.S. State Department as terrorist-sponsoring states. While MasterCard has no business operations, subsidiaries or affiliated entities in these countries, a limited number of financial institutions are licensed by MasterCard to issue cards or acquire merchant transactions in certain of these countries. MasterCard takes measures to avoid transactions with persons and entities on the SDN List. However, it is possible that transactions involving persons or entities on the SDN List may be processed through our payment system. It is possible that our reputation may suffer due to some of our financial institutions’ association with these countries or the existence of any such transactions, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on the value of our stock. Further, certain U.S. states have recently enacted legislation regarding investments by pension funds and other retirement systems in companies that have business activities or contacts with countries that have been identified as terrorist-sponsoring states and similar legislation may be pending in other states. As a result, pension funds and other retirement systems may be subject to reporting requirements with respect to investments in companies such as ours or may be subject to limits or prohibitions with respect to those investments that may materially and adversely affect our stock price.

In addition, the Federal Trade Commission and the federal banking agencies have issued a number of regulations implementing the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, and at least one other regulation under this law is expected to be issued in 2009. Once fully implemented, these regulations could have a material impact on our customers’ businesses by increasing costs of issuance and/or decreasing the ability of card issuers to set the price of credit. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”), with two other federal banking agencies, have also recently issued a regulation pertaining to unfair or deceptive acts or practices pertaining to credit card practices (the “UDAP Rule”). The UDAP Rule will make it more difficult for credit card issuers to price credit cards for future credit risk and it will significantly affect the pricing models of most credit card issuers. The UDAP Rule could reduce credit availability, or increase the cost of credit to cardholders, possibly affecting MasterCard transaction volume and revenues. The Federal Reserve has also issued a comprehensive revision to Regulation Z, which implements the Truth in Lending Act. This regulation will have a significant impact on the disclosures made by our customers and could affect their account terms and business practices.

In addition to the UDAP Rule and the revision to Regulation Z, regulators and the U.S. Congress have also increased their scrutiny of our customers’ pricing of credit and their underwriting standards. Any legislative or regulatory restrictions on our customers’ ability to operate their credit card programs or price credit freely could result in reduced amounts of credit available to consumers, which could materially and adversely affect our transaction volume and revenues. There is also increasing scrutiny of a number of other credit card practices, from which many of our customers derive significant revenue, by Congress and governmental agencies. For example, in addition to scrutiny of interchange fees, the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations and other Senate and House Committees and Subcommittees are likely to continue their consideration of a variety of our customers’ practices, including the methods used to calculate finance charges and allocate payments received from cardholders, and the methods by which default interest rates, late fees and over-the-credit-limit or overdraft fees are determined, imposed, and disclosed. The U.S. Congress may also continue to examine possible changes to the Bankruptcy Code. These investigative efforts and other congressional activity could lead to legislation and/or regulation that could have a material impact on our customers’ businesses and our business if implemented.

 

30


Table of Contents

Any such legislative or regulatory restrictions on our customers’ ability to operate their credit card programs or to price credit freely could result in reduced revenue and increased costs for our customers, reduced amounts of credit available to consumers and, therefore, a potential reduction of our transaction volume and revenues.

In October 2006, the U.S. Congress enacted legislation requiring the coding and blocking of payments for certain types of Internet gambling transactions. The legislation applies to payment system participants, including MasterCard and our U.S. customers, and is being implemented through a federal rulemaking process that was completed in December 2008. These federal rules will require us and our customers to implement compliance programs that could increase our costs and/or decrease our transaction volumes. In addition, the U.S. Congress continues its consideration of regulatory initiatives in the areas of Internet prescription drug purchases, copyright and trademark infringement, and privacy, among others, that could impose additional compliance burdens on us and/or our customers. Some U.S. states are considering a variety of similar legislation. If implemented, these initiatives could require us or our customers to monitor, filter, restrict, or otherwise oversee various categories of payment card transactions, thereby increasing our costs or decreasing our transaction volumes. Various regulatory agencies also continue to examine a wide variety of issues, including identity theft, account management guidelines, privacy, disclosure rules, security, and marketing that would impact our customers directly. These new requirements and developments may affect both us and our customers’ ability to extend credit through the use of payment cards, which could decrease our transaction volumes. In some circumstances, new regulations could have the effect of limiting our customers’ ability to offer new types of payment programs or restricting their ability to offer our existing programs such as stored value cards, which could materially and adversely reduce our revenues and revenue growth.

Increased regulatory focus on us, such as in connection with the matters discussed above, may increase our costs, which could materially and adversely impact our financial performance. Similarly, increased regulatory focus on our customers may cause them to reduce the volume of transactions processed through our systems, which would reduce our revenues materially and adversely impact our financial performance. Finally, failure to comply with the laws and regulations discussed above to which we are subject could result in fines, sanctions or other penalties, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and overall business, as well as have an impact on our reputation.

Our ability to compete effectively against providers of domestic payments services in certain countries could be curtailed by government actions, which could adversely affect our ability to maintain or increase our revenues.

Governments in certain countries have acted, or could act, to provide resources or protection to selected national payment card providers or national payment processing providers to support domestic competitors or to displace us from, prevent us from entering into, or substantially restrict us from participating in, particular geographies. Our efforts to effect change in countries where our access to the domestic payments segment is limited may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to maintain or increase our revenues and extend our global brand.

Existing and proposed regulation in the areas of consumer privacy, data use and/or security could decrease the number of payment cards issued and could increase our costs.

We and our customers are also subject to regulations related to privacy and data use and security in the jurisdictions in which we do business, and we and our customers could be negatively impacted by these regulations. For example, in the United States, we and our customers are respectively subject to Federal Trade Commission and banking agency information safeguard requirements under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The Federal Trade Commission’s information safeguards rules require us to develop, implement and maintain a written, comprehensive information security program containing safeguards that are appropriate to our size and complexity, the nature and scope of our activities and the sensitivity of any customer information at issue. In the United States, over the past several years a number of bills have been considered by Congress and there have

 

31


Table of Contents

been several congressional hearings to address information safeguarding and data breach issues. While no legislation was passed in 2008, Congress is likely to continue to consider these issues which could result in legislation that would have an adverse impact on us and our customers. In addition, a number of states have enacted security breach legislation, requiring varying levels of consumer notification in the event of a security breach, and several other states are considering similar legislation.

In the European Union, the European Parliament and Council have passed the European Directive 95/46/EC on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, which obligates the controller of an individual’s personal data to take the necessary technical and organizational measures to protect personal data. This Directive has been implemented through local laws regulating data protection in European Union member states to which we and our customers are subject.

Regulation of privacy and data use and security in these and other jurisdictions may increase the costs of our customers to issue payment cards, which may decrease the number of our cards that they issue. Any additional regulations in these areas may also increase our costs to comply with such regulations, which could materially and adversely affect our profitability. Finally, failure to comply with the privacy and data use and security laws and regulations to which we are subject could result in fines, sanctions or other penalties, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and overall business, as well as have an impact on our reputation.

Business Risks

Unprecedented global economic events in financial markets around the world have directly and adversely affected many of our customers, merchants that accept our brands and cardholders who use our brands, which could result in a material and adverse impact on our prospects, growth, profitability, revenue and overall business.

During 2008, unprecedented events occurred in the financial markets around the world resulting in distress in the credit environment, equity market volatility and government intervention. In particular, the economies of the United States and the United Kingdom were significantly impacted by this economic turmoil, however it also impacted other economies around the world. Some existing customers have gone bankrupt or have been placed in receivership or administration or have a significant amount of their stock owned by the government. Many of our financial institution customers, merchants that accept our brands and cardholders who use our brands have been directly and adversely impacted. As a result, our operating results have begun to be impacted, or could be negatively impacted, in several ways, including but not limited to the following:

 

   

Our customers may restrict credit lines to cardholders or limit the issuance of new cards to mitigate increasing cardholder defaults.

 

   

Constriction of consumer and business confidence may cause decreased spending.

 

   

Declining economies can change consumer spending behaviors; for example, a significant portion of our revenues is dependent on international travel patterns, which may decline.

 

   

Uncertainty and volatility in our customers’ businesses makes our estimates of revenues, rebates and incentives more difficult. As such, certain prepayments under customer business agreements may not be realizable.

 

   

Our customers may implement cost reduction initiatives that reduce or eliminate payment card marketing or increase requests for greater incentives.

 

   

Customers may decrease spending for optional or enhanced services.

 

   

Government intervention and/or investments in our financial institution customers may lead to the nationalization of those banking institutions or otherwise alter their strategic direction away from our products.

 

   

Tightening of credit availability could impact the ability of participating financial institutions to lend to us under the terms of our credit facility.

 

32


Table of Contents
   

Our customers may default on their settlement obligations. See Note 21 (Settlement and Travelers Cheque Risk Management) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for further discussion of our settlement exposure.

 

   

Our business and prospects, as well as our revenue and profitability, could be materially and adversely affected by consolidation of our financial institution customers. See “Consolidation or other changes affecting the banking industry could result in a loss of business for MasterCard and may result in lower prices and/or more favorable terms for our customers, which may materially and adversely impact our revenue and profitability” in this Item 1A of this Report.

Any of these developments could have a material adverse impact on prospects, growth, revenue, profitability and overall business.

We face increasingly intense competitive pressure on the prices we charge our customers, which may materially and adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

We generate revenue from the fees that we charge our customers for providing transaction processing and other payment-related services and from assessments on the dollar volume of activity on cards carrying our brands. In order to increase transaction volumes, enter new markets and expand our card base, we seek to enter into business agreements with customers through which we offer incentives, pricing discounts and other support to customers that issue and promote our cards. In order to stay competitive, we may have to increase the amount of these incentives and pricing discounts. Over the past several years, we have experienced continued pricing pressure. The demand from our customers for better pricing arrangements and greater rebates and incentives moderates our growth. We may not be able to continue our expansion strategy to process additional transaction volumes or to provide additional services to our customers at levels sufficient to compensate for such lower fees or increased costs in the future, which could materially and adversely affect our revenue and profitability. In addition, increased pressure on prices enhances the importance of cost containment and productivity initiatives in areas other than those relating to customer incentives. We may not succeed in these efforts.

Our strategy is to grow our business by, among other things, focusing on our customers and entering into customized business agreements with customers around the globe. In the future, we may not be able to enter into such agreements on terms that we consider favorable, and we may be required to modify existing agreements in order to maintain relationships and to compete with others in the industry. Some of our competitors are larger and have greater financial resources than we do and accordingly, may be able to charge lower prices to our customers. In addition, to the extent that we offer discounts or incentives under such agreements, we will need to further increase transaction volumes or the amount of services provided thereunder in order to benefit incrementally from such agreements and to increase revenue and profit, and we may not be successful in doing so. Furthermore, a number of customers from which we earn substantial revenue are principally aligned with one of our competitors. A significant loss of revenue or transaction volumes from these customers could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Consolidation or other changes affecting the banking industry could result in a loss of business for MasterCard and may result in lower prices and/or more favorable terms for our customers, which may materially and adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

Over the last several years, the banking industry has undergone rapid consolidation, and, based on current economic conditions, we have seen this trend accelerate in 2008. We expect this trend to continue in the future. Consolidation represents a competitive threat to us because our strategy contemplates entering into business agreements with our largest customers in exchange for significant business commitments. Recent consolidations have included customers with a substantial MasterCard portfolio being acquired by institutions with a strong relationship with a competitor. Significant ongoing consolidation in the banking industry may result in the substantial loss of business for MasterCard, which could have a material adverse impact on our business and prospects. In addition, one or more of our customers could seek to merge with, or acquire, one of our competitors, and any such transaction could also have a material adverse impact on our business and prospects.

 

33


Table of Contents

The continued consolidation in the banking industry, whether as a result of an acquisition of a substantial MasterCard portfolio by an institution with a strong relationship with a competitor or the combination of two institutions with which MasterCard has a strong relationship, would also produce a smaller number of large customers, which could increase the bargaining power of our customers. This consolidation could lead to lower prices and/or more favorable terms for our customers. Any such lower prices and/or more favorable terms could materially and adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

Our revenue could fluctuate and decrease significantly in the longer term if we lose one or more of our most significant customers, which could have a material adverse long-term impact on our business.

Most of our customer relationships are not exclusive and in certain circumstances may be terminated by our customers. Our customers can reassess their commitments to us at any time in the future and/or develop their own competitive services. Accordingly, our business agreements with customers may not reduce the risk inherent in our business that customers may terminate their relationships with us in favor of relationships with our competitors, or for other reasons, or might not meet their contractual obligations to us.

In addition, a significant portion of our revenue is concentrated among our five largest customers. In 2008, the net revenues from these customers represented an aggregate of approximately $1.5 billion, or 30%, of total revenue. No single customer generates 10% of total revenue. Loss of business from any of our large customers could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Merchants are increasingly focused on the costs of accepting card-based forms of payment, which may lead to additional litigation and regulatory proceedings and may increase the costs of our incentive programs, which could materially and adversely affect our profitability.

We rely on merchants and their relationships with our customers to expand the acceptance of our cards. Consolidation in the retail industry is producing a set of larger merchants with increasingly global scope. We believe that these merchants are having a significant impact on all participants in the global payments industry, including MasterCard. For instance, as a result of the settlement agreement in connection with the U.S. merchant lawsuit, merchants have the right to reject our debit cards in the United States while still accepting other MasterCard-branded cards, and vice versa. See Note 18 (Obligations Under Litigation Settlements) and Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report. In addition, some large merchants are supporting many of the legal and regulatory challenges to interchange fees that MasterCard is now defending, since interchange fees represent a significant component of the costs that merchants pay to accept payment cards. See “Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—Interchange fees are subject to increasingly intense legal and regulatory scrutiny worldwide, which may have a material adverse impact on our prospects for future growth and our overall business, and thus our revenue.” The increasing focus of merchants on the costs of accepting various forms of payment may lead to additional litigation and regulatory proceedings. Merchants are also able to negotiate pricing discounts and other incentives from us and our customers as a condition to accepting our payment cards. As merchants consolidate and become even larger, we may have to increase the amount of incentives that we provide to certain merchants, which could materially and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

Our operating results may suffer because of substantial and increasingly intense competition worldwide in the global payments industry.

The global payments industry is highly competitive. Our payment programs compete against all forms of payment, including paper-based transactions (principally cash and checks), card-based systems, including credit, charge, prepaid, private-label and other types of general purpose and limited use cards, and electronic transactions such as wire transfers and Automated Clearing House payments. See “Business—Competition” in Item 1 of this Report. Some of our traditional competitors, as well as alternative payment service providers, have developed, or may develop, substantially greater financial and other resources than we have, may offer a wider

 

34


Table of Contents

range of programs and services than we offer or may use more effective advertising and marketing strategies to achieve broader brand recognition or merchant acceptance than we have.

Among other companies in our industry, Visa and Discover have changed their ownership structures, which could result in them becoming stronger and more efficient companies within the global payments industry. In October 2007, Visa completed its plan to restructure its organization through the creation of a new stock corporation, Visa Inc., owned by its current member financial institutions. As part of the reorganization, Visa Europe did not become a subsidiary of Visa Inc., but rather remained owned by various European member financial institutions. Visa Inc. completed its initial public offering in March 2008. In July 2007, Discover began trading on the New York Stock Exchange as a publicly-traded company following its spin-off from Morgan Stanley. As publicly-owned companies, Visa and Discover, among other changes, may have enhanced access to the capital markets and may improve operating results, which could be used to enhance their competitive position. If we are unable to compete effectively with these companies, then use of our programs and products could decline, which would have an adverse impact on our revenues.

In the U.S., in 2008, American Express and Discover received approval to become bank holding companies. While bank holding companies are subject to numerous regulatory requirements, they also are eligible to request an investment from the U.S. government under the TARP and may be eligible for similar government programs in the future. American Express announced in December 2008 that it had requested and was approved to receive a $3.39 billion investment from the U.S. government under the TARP, and Discover announced in January 2009 that it had requested and was preliminarily approved to receive a $1.2 billion investment under the TARP. MasterCard is not a bank holding company and is not eligible to receive such an investment. A TARP or similar investment could strengthen such competitors of MasterCard.

Based on a final judgment in 2004 of our litigation with the U.S. Department of Justice concerning our former CPP, our customers are now permitted to issue general purpose credit or debit cards in the United States on any other general purpose card network (such as American Express or Discover). This may cause our customers to issue fewer cards with our brand and to enter into arrangements with our competitors to issue cards, thereby reducing the volume of transactions that we process and decreasing our revenues. A number of our large customers, including Bank of America, Citibank, HSBC, USAA and GE Money, now issue or have announced that they will issue American Express or Discover-branded cards. Accordingly, if our customers issue more competitor branded cards than MasterCard branded cards, it may have a material adverse affect on our business, revenue and profitability.

Certain of our competitors, including American Express, Discover, private-label card networks and certain alternative payments systems, operate end-to-end payments systems with direct connections to both merchants and consumers, without involving intermediaries. These competitors seek to derive competitive advantages from their business models. For example, operators of end to end payments systems tend to have greater control over consumer and merchant customer service than operators of four party payments systems such as ours, in which we must rely on our issuing and acquiring financial institution customers. In addition, these competitors have not attracted the same level of legal or regulatory scrutiny of their pricing and business practices as have operators of four party payments systems such as ours.

If we are not able to differentiate ourselves from our competitors, drive value for our customers and/or effectively align our resources with our goals and objectives, we may not be able to compete effectively against these threats. Our competitors may also more effectively introduce innovative programs and services that adversely impact our growth. As a result, our revenue or profitability could decline. We also compete against new entrants that have developed alternative payment systems and payments in electronic commerce and for mobile devices. A number of these new entrants rely principally on the Internet to support their services and may enjoy lower costs than we do, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

 

35


Table of Contents

We also expect that there may be changes in the competitive landscape in the future, including:

 

   

Parties that process our transactions in certain countries may try to eliminate our position as an intermediary in the payment process. For example, merchants could process transactions directly with issuers, or processors could process transactions directly between issuers and acquirers. Large scale consolidation within processors could result in these processors developing bilateral agreements or in some cases processing the entire transaction on their own network, thereby dis-intermediating MasterCard.

 

   

Competitors, customers and other industry participants may develop products that compete with or replace value-added services we currently provide to support our transaction processing, such as dynamic currency conversion services, which could, if significant numbers of cardholders choose to use them, replace our own currency conversion processing services or could force us to change our pricing or practices for these services. If we process fewer transactions or are forced to change our pricing or practices for our currency conversion processing because of competing dynamic currency conversion services or otherwise, our revenues may be materially and adversely affected.

 

   

Participants in the payments industry may merge, create joint ventures or form other business combinations that may strengthen their existing business services or create new payment services that compete with our services.

Our failure to compete effectively against any of the foregoing competitive threats could materially and adversely affect our revenues, operating results, prospects for future growth and overall business.

A significant portion of the revenue we earn outside the United States is generated from cross-border transactions, and a decline in cross-border business and leisure travel could adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

We process substantially all cross-border transactions using MasterCard, Maestro and Cirrus-branded cards and generate a significant amount of revenue from fees for processing cross-border and currency conversion transactions. In addition, we charge relatively higher operations fees for settlement, authorization and switch fees on cross-border transactions. Revenue from processing cross-border and currency conversion transactions for our customers fluctuates with cross border travel and our customers’ need for transactions to be converted into their base currency. In particular, international geopolitical, economic and other conditions, including the threat of terrorism and outbreak of diseases could cause a decline in cross-border business and leisure travel, which could adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

Certain financial institutions have exclusive, or near exclusive, relationships with our competitors to issue payment cards, and these relationships may adversely affect our ability to maintain or increase our revenues.

Certain financial institutions have exclusive, or near exclusive, relationships with our competitors to issue payment cards, and these relationships may make it difficult or cost-prohibitive for us to do significant amounts of business with them to increase our revenues. In addition, these financial institutions may be more successful and may grow faster than the financial institutions that primarily issue our cards, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

We depend significantly on our relationships with our customers to manage our payment system. If we are unable to maintain those relationships, or if our customers are unable to maintain their relationships with cardholders or merchants that accept our cards for payment, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

We are, and will continue to be, significantly dependent on our relationships with our issuers and acquirers and their further relationships with cardholders and merchants to support our programs and services. We do not issue cards, extend credit to cardholders or determine the interest rates (if applicable) or other fees charged to

 

36


Table of Contents

cardholders using cards that carry our brands. Each issuer determines these and most other competitive card features. In addition, we do not establish the discount rate that merchants are charged for card acceptance, which is the responsibility of our acquiring customers. As a result, our business significantly depends on the continued success and competitiveness of our issuing and acquiring customers and the strength of our relationships with them. In turn, our customers’ success depends on a variety of factors over which we have little or no influence. If our customers become financially unstable, we may lose revenue or we may be exposed to settlement risk as described below.

With the exception of the United States and a select number of other jurisdictions, most in-country (as opposed to cross-border) transactions conducted using MasterCard, Maestro and Cirrus cards are authorized, cleared and settled by our customers or other processors without involving our central processing systems. Because we do not provide domestic processing services in these countries and do not, as described above, have direct relationships with cardholders or merchants, we depend on our close working relationships with our customers to effectively manage our brands, and the perception of our payment system among regulators, merchants and consumers in these countries. From time to time, our customers may take actions that we do not believe to be in the best interests of our payment system overall, which may materially and adversely impact our business. If our customers’ actions cause significant negative perception of the global payments industry or our brands, cardholders may reduce the usage of our programs, which could reduce our revenues and profitability.

In addition, our competitors may process a greater percentage of domestic transactions in jurisdictions outside the United States than we do. As a result, our inability to control the end-to-end processing on cards carrying our brands in many markets may put us at a competitive disadvantage by limiting our ability to maintain transaction integrity or introduce value-added programs and services that are dependent upon us processing the underlying transactions.

We rely on the continuing expansion of merchant acceptance of our brands and programs. Although our business strategy is to invest in strengthening our brands and expanding our acceptance network, there can be no guarantee that our efforts in these areas will continue to be successful. If the rate of merchant acceptance growth slows or reverses itself, our business could suffer.

Our business may be materially and adversely affected by the marketplace’s perception of our brands and reputation.

Our brands and their attributes are key assets of our business. The ability to attract and retain cardholders to MasterCard-branded products is highly dependent upon the external perception of our company and industry. Our business may be affected by actions taken by our customers that impact the perception of our brands. Adverse developments with respect to our industry may also, by association, impair our reputation, or result in greater regulatory or legislative scrutiny. Such perception and damage to our reputation could have a material and adverse effect to our business.

If we are unable to grow our debit business, particularly in the United States, we may fail to maintain and increase our revenue growth.

We believe that in recent years industry-wide offline and online debit transactions have grown more rapidly than credit or charge transactions. However, in the United States, transactions involving our brands account for a smaller share of all offline, signature-based debit transactions than they do credit or charge transactions. In addition, many of our competitors process a greater number of online, PIN-based debit transactions at the point of sale than we do, since our Maestro brand has relatively low penetration in the United States. We may not be able to increase our penetration for debit transactions in the United States since many of our competitors have long-standing and strong positions. We may also be impacted adversely by the tendency among U.S. consumers and merchants to migrate from offline, signature-based debit transactions to online, PIN-based transactions because we generally earn less revenue from the latter types of transactions. In addition, online, PIN-based

 

37


Table of Contents

transactions are more likely to be processed by other ATM/debit point-of-sale networks rather than by us. Any of these factors may inhibit the growth of our debit business, which could materially and adversely affect our revenues and overall prospects for future growth.

Global political and other conditions may adversely affect trends in consumer spending, which may materially and adversely impact our revenue and profitability.

The global payments industry depends heavily upon the overall level of consumer, business and government spending. In addition to the effects of general economic conditions, increases in interest rates in key countries in which we operate may adversely affect our financial performance by reducing the number or average purchase amount of transactions involving payment cards carrying our brands. Also, as we are principally based in the United States, a negative perception of the United States could impact the perception of our company, which could adversely affect our business prospects and growth.

As a guarantor of certain obligations of principal members and affiliate debit licensees, we are exposed to risk of loss or illiquidity if any of our customers default on their MasterCard, Cirrus or Maestro settlement obligations.

We may incur liability in connection with transaction settlements if an issuer or acquirer fails to fund its daily settlement obligations due to technical problems, liquidity shortfalls, insolvency or other reasons. If a principal member or affiliate debit licensee of MasterCard International is unable to fulfill its settlement obligations to other customers, we may bear the loss even if we do not process the transaction. In addition, although we are not contractually obligated to do so, we may elect to keep merchants whole if an acquirer defaults on its merchant payment obligations, in order to maintain the integrity and acceptance of our brands. Our estimated gross legal settlement exposure, which is calculated using the average daily card charges made during the quarter multiplied by the estimated number of days to settle, was approximately $24 billion as of December 31, 2008. We have a revolving credit facility in the amount of $2.5 billion which could be used to provide liquidity in the event of one or more settlement failures by our customers. While we believe that we have sufficient liquidity to cover a settlement failure by any of our largest customers on their peak day, concurrent settlement failures of more than one of our largest customers or of several of our smaller customers may exceed our available resources and could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition. In addition, even if we have sufficient liquidity to cover a settlement failure, we may not be able to recover the cost of such a payment and may therefore be exposed to significant losses, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow and financial condition. Moreover, during 2008, many of our financial institution customers were directly and adversely impacted by the unprecedented events that occurred in the financial markets and the economic turmoil that ensued around the world. These events present increased risk that we may have to perform under our settlement guarantees. For more information on our settlement exposure as of December 31, 2008, see Note 21 (Settlement and Travelers Cheque Risk Management) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

If our transaction processing systems are disrupted or we are unable to process transactions efficiently or at all, our revenue or profitability would be materially reduced.

Our transaction processing systems may experience service interruptions as a result of fire, natural or man-made disasters, power loss, disruptions in long distance or local telecommunications access, fraud, terrorism, accident or other catastrophic events. A disaster or other problem at our primary and/or back-up facilities or our other owned or leased facilities could interrupt our services. Additionally, we rely on third-party service providers, such as AT&T, BT and Orange, for the timely transmission of information across our global data transportation network. If one of our service providers fails to provide the communications capacity or services we require, as a result of natural disaster, operational disruption, terrorism or any other reason, the failure could interrupt our services, adversely affect the perception of our brands’ reliability and materially reduce our revenue or profitability.

 

38


Table of Contents

Account data breaches involving card data stored by us or third parties could adversely affect our reputation and revenue.

We, our customers, and other third parties store cardholder account and other information in connection with payment cards bearing our brands. In addition, our customers may sponsor third-party processors to process transactions generated by cards carrying our brands. A breach of the systems on which sensitive cardholder data and account information are stored could lead to fraudulent activity involving our cards, damage the reputation of our brands and lead to claims against us. In 2007 and 2008, there were several high-profile account data compromise events involving merchant systems that process and store information related to credit and debit card transactions, which affected, and may potentially affect, millions of MasterCard, Visa, Discover and American Express cardholders. As a result, we may be subject to lawsuits in connection with data security breaches involving payment cards carrying our brands. If we are unsuccessful in defending lawsuits involving such data security breaches, we may be forced to pay damages, which could materially and adversely affect our profitability. In addition, any damage to our reputation or that of our brands resulting from an account data breach could decrease the use and acceptance of our cards, which could have a material adverse impact on our transaction volumes, revenue and future growth prospects, or increase our costs by leading to additional regulatory burdens being imposed upon us.

An increase in fraudulent activity using our cards could lead to reputational damage to our brands and could reduce the use and acceptance of our cards.

Criminals are using increasingly sophisticated methods to capture cardholder account information to engage in illegal activities such as counterfeit, or other fraud. As outsourcing and specialization become a more acceptable way of doing business in the payments industry, there are more third parties involved in processing transactions using our cards. Increased fraud levels involving our cards could lead to regulatory intervention, such as mandatory card re-issuance, adoption of new technologies or enhanced security requirements, and damage to our reputation and financial damage to our brands, which could reduce the use and acceptance of our cards or increase our compliance costs, and thereby have a material adverse impact on our business.

If we are not able to keep pace with the rapid technological developments in our industry to provide customers, merchants and cardholders with new and innovative payment programs and services, the use of our cards could decline, which would reduce our revenue and income.

The payment card industry is subject to rapid and significant technological changes, including continuing developments of technologies in the areas of smart cards, radio frequency and proximity payment devices (such as contactless cards), electronic commerce and mobile commerce, among others. We cannot predict the effect of technological changes on our business. We rely in part on third parties, including some of our competitors and potential competitors, for the development of and access to new technologies. We expect that new services and technologies applicable to the payments industry will continue to emerge, and these new services and technologies may be superior to, or render obsolete, the technologies we currently use in our card programs and services. In addition, our ability to adopt new services and technologies that we develop may be inhibited by a need for industry-wide standards, by resistance from customers or merchants to such changes or by intellectual property rights of third parties. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to develop or adapt to technological changes and evolving industry standards.

Adverse currency fluctuations and foreign exchange controls could decrease revenue we receive from our international operations.

During 2008, approximately 52.8% of our revenue was generated from activities outside the United States. Some of the revenue we generate outside the United States is subject to unpredictable and indeterminate fluctuations if the values of other currencies change relative to the U.S. dollar. Resulting exchange gains and losses are included in our net income. Our risk management activities provide protection with respect to adverse

 

39


Table of Contents

changes in the value of only a limited number of currencies. Furthermore, we may become subject to exchange control regulations that might restrict or prohibit the conversion of our other revenue currencies into U.S. dollars. The occurrence of any of these factors could decrease the value of revenues we receive from our international operations and have a material adverse impact on our business.

Any acquisitions that we make could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition.

We may evaluate or make strategic acquisitions of, or acquire interests in joint ventures or other entities related to, complementary businesses, products or technologies. While we from time to time evaluate potential acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies, anticipate continuing to make these evaluations, and have made certain recent acquisitions (including interests in joint ventures and other alliances), we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements with respect to any material acquisitions. If we do make such an acquisition, however, we may not be able to successfully finance the business following the acquisition as a result of costs of operations, including any litigation risk which may be inherited from the acquisition. Furthermore, we may not be able to successfully integrate any such acquired businesses, products or technologies. In particular, the integration of any acquisition (including efforts related to an acquisition of an interest in a joint venture or other entity) may divert management’s time and resources from our core business and disrupt our operations. Moreover, we may spend time and money on projects that do not increase our revenue. In addition, to the extent we pay the purchase price of any acquisition in cash, it would reduce our cash reserves available to us for other uses, and to the extent the purchase price is paid with our stock, it could be dilutive to our stockholders.

Changes in the regulatory environment may adversely affect our benefit plans.

We provide certain retirement benefits to our U.S. employees through the MasterCard Accumulation Plan (MAP), a qualified cash balance benefit plan. The Pension Protection Act of 2006 provides that, from January 29, 2005 and on, cash balance plans should not be deemed inherently age discriminatory. In addition, all five of the U.S. Circuits that have considered the question of whether cash balance plans are age discriminatory have held that cash balance plans do not violate the age discrimination provisions of ERISA. However, should any other U.S. Circuit resolve the issue differently, we may be required to amend the MAP and, like other U.S. companies with cash balance plans, may be exposed to claims from plan participants. These developments could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

Risks Related to our Class A Common Stock and Governance Structure

Future sales of our shares of Class A common stock could depress the market price of our Class A common stock.

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares in the market or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us or our stockholders to sell equity securities in the future. As of February 12, 2009, we had 98,514,196 outstanding shares of Class A common stock of which 13,496,933 shares were owned by the Foundation. Under the terms of the donation, the Foundation may sell its shares of our Class A common stock commencing on the fourth anniversary of the consummation of the IPO to the extent necessary to comply with charitable disbursement requirements. Under Canadian tax law, the Foundation is generally required each year to disburse at least 3.5% of its assets not used in administration of the Foundation in qualified charitable disbursements. However, the Foundation has obtained permission from the Canadian tax authorities to defer its annual disbursement requirement for up to ten years and meet its total deferred disbursement obligations at the end of the ten-year period. Despite this permission to defer annual disbursements, the Foundation may decide to meet its disbursement obligations on an annual basis or to settle previously accumulated obligations during any given year. In addition, the Foundation will be permitted to sell all of the remaining shares held by it starting twenty years and eleven months after the consummation of the IPO.

 

40


Table of Contents

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that holders of our Class B common stock would be eligible, through “conversion transactions” in amounts and at times to be designated by the Company, to convert their shares of Class B common stock into shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis for subsequent transfer or sale to an eligible holder, subject to annual aggregate and other limits. The Company completed two such voluntary conversion programs during 2007 and one such program during 2008 and has announced that it expects to provide such a program in 2009. After May 31, 2010, holders of our Class B common stock will have the option to convert all of their shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis for subsequent sale to the public, without aggregate amounts or similar limitations. All of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares will be freely tradable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our affiliates. These future sales, or the perception that such sales may occur, could depress the market price of our Class A common stock.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile.

Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations and have experienced increased volatility in connection with recent unpredictable economic events around the world. This market volatility, as well as the factors listed below, among others, could affect the market price of our common stock:

 

   

the continuation of unprecedented economic events around the world in financial markets as well as political conditions and other factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors;

 

   

quarterly variations in our results of operations or the results of operations of our competitors;

 

   

changes in earning estimates, investors’ perceptions, recommendations by securities analysts or our failure to achieve analysts’ earning estimates;

 

   

the announcement of new products or service enhancements by us or our competitors;

 

   

announcements related to litigation;

 

   

potential acquisitions by us of other companies; and

 

   

developments in our industry.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent entirely a takeover attempt or a change in control.

Provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law could delay or prevent entirely a merger or acquisition that our stockholders consider favorable. These provisions may also discourage acquisition proposals or have the effect of delaying or preventing entirely a change in control, which could harm our stock price. For example, subject to limited exceptions, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation prohibits any person from beneficially owning more than 15% of any of the Class A common stock, the Class B common stock or any other class or series of our stock with general voting power, or more than 15% of our total voting power. Further, no member or former member of MasterCard International, or any operator, member or licensee of any competing general purpose payment card system, or any affiliate of any such person, may beneficially own any share of Class A common stock or any other class or series of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. In addition,

 

   

our board of directors is divided into three classes, with approximately one-third of our directors elected each year;

 

   

up to three of our directors (but no more than one-quarter of all directors) are elected by the holders of our Class M common stock;

 

   

any representative of a competitor of MasterCard or of the Foundation is disqualified from service on our board of directors;

 

   

our directors, other than the directors elected by the holders of our Class M common stock (who may be removed without cause by the holders of the Class M common stock), may be removed only for cause

 

41


Table of Contents
 

and only upon the affirmative vote of at least 80% in voting power of all the shares of stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting together as a single class;

 

   

our stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors;

 

   

holders of our Class A common stock are not entitled to act by written consent;

 

   

our stockholders must provide timely notice for any stockholder proposals and director nominations;

 

   

we have adopted limited liability provisions that eliminate the personal liability of directors and the members of our European Board for monetary damages for actions taken as a director or member, with certain exceptions; and

 

   

a vote of 80% or more of all of the outstanding shares of our stock then entitled to vote is required to amend certain sections of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and for stockholders to amend any provision of our bylaws.

A substantial portion of our voting power is held by the Foundation, which is restricted from selling shares for an extended period of time and therefore may not have the same incentive to approve a corporate action that may be favorable to the other public stockholders. In addition, the ownership of Class A common stock by the Foundation and the restrictions on transfer could discourage or make more difficult acquisition proposals favored by the other holders of the Class A common stock.

The Foundation owns 13,496,933 shares of Class A common stock, representing, as of February 12, 2009, approximately 14% of our general voting power. The Foundation may not sell or otherwise transfer its shares of Class A common stock prior to the date which is twenty years and eleven months following the IPO, except to the extent necessary to satisfy its charitable disbursement requirements starting on the fourth anniversary of the IPO. The directors of the Foundation are required to be independent of us and our members. The ownership of Class A common stock by the Foundation, together with the restrictions on transfer, could discourage or make more difficult acquisition proposals favored by the other holders of the Class A common stock. In addition, because the Foundation is restricted from selling its shares for an extended period of time, it may not have the same interest in short or medium-term movements in our stock price as, or incentive to approve a corporate action that may be favorable to, our other stockholders.

The holders of our Class M common stock have the right to elect up to three of our directors and to approve significant corporate transactions, and their interests in our business may be different from those of our other stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires us to obtain the approval of the holders of our Class M common stock, voting separately as a class, for a variety of enumerated actions. For example, the approval of the holders of our Class M common stock is required to make certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation, to approve the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of our assets, to approve the consummation of mergers or consolidations of MasterCard or for us to cease to engage in the business of providing core network authorization, clearing and settlement services for branded payment card transactions. In addition, the holders of our Class M common stock have the right to elect up to three of our directors. Because shares of the Class M common stock do not have any economic rights, the holders of the Class M common stock may not have the same incentive to approve a corporate action that may be favorable for the holders of Class A common stock, or their interests may otherwise conflict with those of the holders of Class A common stock.

Certain aspects of our European operations are managed by the European Board which has been elected by the European holders of Class M common stock and which may reach different decisions than our Board of Directors.

Certain aspects of our European operations, including review of membership applications, establishment of intraregional operating rules and implementation of certain intraregional product and enhancement developments and affinity and co-branding rules are managed by or under the direction of our European Board. The European

 

42


Table of Contents

Board is elected by holders of our Class M common stock who have their principal operations in Europe, and consists of representatives of our European members. Although our board of directors may, through a majority or a two-thirds vote depending on the circumstances, override decisions or temporarily assume any authority granted to the European Board, the European Board may reach different decisions than our board of directors would have reached on the same matter.

Our ability to pay regular dividends to our holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will be limited by our ability to generate sufficient earnings and cash flows.

MasterCard intends to pay cash dividends on a quarterly basis on our shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Our board of directors may, in its discretion, decrease the level of dividends or discontinue the payment of dividends entirely. The payment of dividends is dependent upon our ability to generate earnings and cash flows so that we may pay our obligations and expenses and pay dividends to our stockholders. However, sufficient cash may not be available to pay such dividends. Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, settlement guarantees, operating results, available cash and current and anticipated cash needs. If, as a consequence of these various factors, we are unable to generate sufficient earnings and cash flows from our business, we may not be able to make or may have to reduce or eliminate the payment of dividends on our shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

Item 1B.     Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2.     Properties

As of December 31, 2008, MasterCard and its subsidiaries owned or leased 78 commercial properties. We own our corporate headquarters, a three-story, 472,600 square foot building located in Purchase, New York. There is no outstanding debt on this building. Our principal technology and operations center is a 528,000 square foot leased facility located in O’Fallon, Missouri, known as “Winghaven”. The term of the lease on this facility is 10 years, which commenced on August 31, 1999. On August 29, 2008, MasterCard exercised its option to extend the lease agreement for one additional ten-year term. For more information on Winghaven, see Note 15 (Consolidation of Variable Interest Entity) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report. Our leased properties in the United States are located in 12 states, Puerto Rico and in the District of Columbia. We also lease and own properties in 47 other countries. These facilities primarily consist of corporate and regional offices, as well as our operations centers.

We believe that our facilities are suitable and adequate for the business that we currently conduct. However, we periodically review our space requirements and may acquire new space to meet the needs of our business, or consolidate and dispose of facilities that are no longer required.

Item 3.     Legal Proceedings

Refer to Notes 18 (Obligations Under Litigation Settlements) and 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

Not applicable.

 

43


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.     Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Price Range of Common Stock

Our Class A common stock commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MA” on May 25, 2006. The following table sets forth the intra-day high and low sale prices for our Class A common stock for the four quarterly periods in each of 2008 and 2007, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange. At February 12, 2009, the Company had 40 stockholders of record for its Class A common stock. We believe that the number of beneficial owners is substantially greater than the number of record holders, because a large portion of our Class A common stock is held in “street name” by brokers.

 

2008

   High    Low

First Quarter

   $ 230.35    $ 160.82

Second Quarter

     320.30      219.85

Third Quarter

     290.96      150.60

Fourth Quarter

     184.30      113.05

2007

   High    Low

First Quarter

   $ 118.07    $ 95.30

Second Quarter

     169.40      105.93

Third Quarter

     174.60      120.00

Fourth Quarter

     227.18      143.15

There is currently no established public trading market for our Class B common stock or Class M common stock. There were approximately 853 holders of record of our Class B common stock as of February 12, 2009. There were approximately 1,765 holders of record of our Class M common stock as of February 12, 2009

Dividend Declaration and Policy

During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we paid the following quarterly cash dividends per share on our Class A common stock and Class B Common stock:

 

2008

   Dividend per
Share

First Quarter

   $ 0.15

Second Quarter

     0.15

Third Quarter

     0.15

Fourth Quarter

     0.15

2007

   Dividend per
Share

First Quarter

   $ 0.09

Second Quarter

     0.15

Third Quarter

     0.15

Fourth Quarter

     0.15

In addition, on February 10, 2009, we paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.15 per share on our Class A common stock and Class B common stock for the first quarter of the year ending December 31, 2009. Also, on February 3, 2009, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.15 per share payable on

 

44


Table of Contents

May 8, 2009 to holders of record on April 13, 2009 of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock for the second quarter of the year ending December 31, 2009.

Subject to legally available funds, we intend to pay a quarterly cash dividend on our outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock. However, the declaration and payment of future dividends is at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, settlement guarantees, operating results, available cash and current and anticipated cash needs. Prior to the IPO, we did not pay any cash dividends on our shares of outstanding common stock.

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, holders of our Class M common stock are not entitled to receive dividends.

 

45


Table of Contents

Item 6.     Selected Financial Data

The statement of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, were derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of MasterCard Incorporated included in Item 8 in this Report. The statement of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, were derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Report. The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and Notes thereto included in Item 8 in this Report.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006    2005     2004  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Statement of Operations Data:

           

Revenues, net

   $ 4,991,600     $ 4,067,599     $ 3,326,074    $ 2,937,628     $ 2,593,330  

Total operating expenses

     5,526,105       2,959,487       3,096,579      2,544,444       2,246,658  

Operating income (loss)

     (534,505 )     1,108,112       229,495      393,184       346,672  

Net income (loss)

     (253,915 )     1,085,886       50,190      266,719       238,060  

Net income (loss) per share (basic)

     (1.95 ) 2     8.05 2     0.37      1.98 1     1.76 1

Net income (loss) per share (diluted)

     (1.95 ) 2     8.00 2     0.37      1.98 1     1.76 1

Balance Sheet Data:

           

Total assets

   $ 6,475,849     $ 6,260,041     $ 5,082,470    $ 3,700,544     $ 3,264,670  

Long-term debt

     19,387       149,824       229,668      229,489       229,569  

Obligations under litigation settlements, long-term

     1,023,263       297,201       359,640      415,620       468,547  

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,927,355       3,027,307       2,364,359      1,169,148       974,952  

Cash dividends declared per share

     0.60       0.60       0.18      —         —    

 

1

As more fully described in Note 14 (Stockholders’ Equity) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report, in connection with the ownership and governance transactions in May 2006, we reclassified all of our 100,000 outstanding shares of existing Class A redeemable common stock so that our previous stockholders received 1.35 shares of our Class B common stock for each share of Class A redeemable common stock that they held prior to the reclassification and a single share of our Class M common stock. Accordingly, 2005 and 2004 shares and per share data were retroactively restated in the financial statements subsequent to the reclassification to reflect the reclassification as if it were effective at the start of the first period being presented in the financial statements.

2

As more fully described in Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report, these amounts will be revised in accordance with the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position Emerging Issues Task Force 03-6-1 on January 1, 2009.

 

46


Table of Contents

Item 7.     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes of MasterCard Incorporated and its consolidated subsidiaries, including MasterCard International Incorporated (“MasterCard International”) and MasterCard Europe sprl (“MasterCard Europe”) (together, “MasterCard” or the “Company”) included elsewhere in this Report.

Non-GAAP Financial Information

Non-GAAP financial information is defined as a numerical measure of a company’s performance that excludes or includes amounts so as to be different than the most comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation S-K, portions of this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” include a comparison of certain non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. The presentation of non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the Company’s related financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

MasterCard has presented non-GAAP financial measures to enhance an investor’s evaluation of MasterCard’s ongoing operating results and to aid in forecasting future periods. MasterCard’s management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to, among other things, evaluate its ongoing operations in relation to historical results, for internal planning and forecasting purposes and in the calculation of performance-based compensation. More specifically, with respect to the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this discussion:

 

   

Operating expenses—Litigation settlements have been excluded since MasterCard monitors litigation settlements separately from ongoing operations and evaluates ongoing operating performance without these settlements. See “—Operating Expenses” for a table which provides a reconciliation of operating expenses excluding litigation settlements to the most directly comparable GAAP measure to allow for a more meaningful comparison of results between periods.

 

   

Operating expenses—The non-cash charge associated with the donation of shares of Class A common stock to the MasterCard Foundation (the “Foundation”) have been excluded to provide a comparison of the ongoing operating expenses of the business and since MasterCard evaluates operations of the business without these expenses.

 

   

Effective income tax rate—The income tax impacts associated with litigation settlements and the stock donation to the MasterCard Foundation have been excluded to provide a comparison of the effective income tax rate associated with ongoing operations of the business. See “—Income Taxes” for a table which provides a reconciliation of the effective income tax rate excluding litigation settlements and the stock donation to the MasterCard Foundation to the most directly comparable GAAP measure to allow for a more meaningful comparison of results between periods.

 

   

Gross assessments growth rate—The 2007 gross assessments growth rate is presented excluding a reclassification from assessments to currency conversion and cross-border revenues and Single European Payment Area (“SEPA”) pricing increases. The gross assessments growth rate excluding these items allows for a more meaningful comparison of assessment revenues between periods.

 

47


Table of Contents

Overview

MasterCard is a leading global payment solutions company that provides a variety of services in support of the credit, debit and related payment programs of over 24,000 financial institutions and other entities that are our customers. We develop and market payment solutions, process payment transactions, and provide support services to our customers and, depending upon the service, to merchants and other clients. We manage a family of well-known, widely accepted payment card brands, including MasterCard ® , MasterCard Electronic™, Maestro ® and Cirrus ® , which we license to our customers. As part of managing these brands, we also establish and enforce rules and standards surrounding the use of our payment card network. We generate revenues from the fees that we charge our customers for providing transaction processing and other payment-related services (operations fees) and by assessing our customers based primarily on the dollar volume of activity on the cards that carry our brands (assessments). Cardholder and merchant relationships are managed principally by our customers. Accordingly, we do not issue cards, extend credit to cardholders, determine the interest rates (if applicable) or other fees charged to cardholders by issuers, or establish the merchant discount charged by acquirers in connection with the acceptance of cards that carry our brands.

We recorded a net loss of $254 million, or $1.95 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2008 versus net income of $1.1 billion, or $8.00 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2007 and net income of $50 million, or $0.37 per diluted share, in 2006. As of December 31, 2008, our liquidity and capital positions remained strong, with $2.1 billion in cash, cash equivalents and current available-for-sale securities and $1.9 billion in stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2008.

Net revenue growth of 22.7% in 2008 was primarily due to increased transactions and volumes. The foreign currency fluctuation of the euro and the Brazilian real against the dollar contributed 2.5 percentage points of the increase while pricing adjustments contributed approximately 6 percentage points to the net revenue growth. During the fourth quarter of 2008, we began to experience a slowdown in purchase volumes and transactions, primarily due to economic conditions around the world. See “—Business Environment Challenges” for additional information.

Our operating expenses increased 86.7% in 2008. Excluding the impact of special items specifically identified in the reconciliation table included in “—Operating Expenses”, operating expenses increased 2.9% in 2008, of which 1.7 percentage points was due to foreign currency fluctuation of the euro and Brazilian real against the U.S. dollar. The increase in operating expenses in 2008 was primarily due to litigation settlements. See “—Litigation Settlements” and Note 18 (Obligations Under Litigation Settlements) and Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional information related to our litigation settlements. The increase in operating expenses in 2008, excluding the impact of special items, was primarily due to increases in general and administrative expenses and foreign currency fluctuations, partially offset by decreases in advertising and marketing expenses. Our operating expenses as a percentage of total net revenues were 110.7% in 2008, versus 72.8% in 2007 and 93.1% in 2006. Excluding the impact of special items, our operating expenses as a percentage of total net revenues were 61.0% in 2008 versus 72.7% in 2007 and 80.5% in 2006.

Other income in 2008 included realized gains of approximately $86 million for the sale of the remaining shares of an available-for-sale security, Redecard S.A., and $75 million related to the termination of a customer business agreement. Other income in 2007 included realized gains of approximately $391 million for the partial sale of our holdings of equity securities of Redecard S.A. that were classified as an available-for-sale security, and $90 million from the organization that operates the World Cup soccer events in resolution of all outstanding disputes pertaining to our sponsorship of the 2010 and 2014 World Cup soccer events. See “—Other Income (Expense)”.

We believe the trend within the global payments industry from paper-based forms of payment, such as cash and checks, toward electronic forms of payment, such as card payment transactions, creates significant opportunities for the growth of our business. Our strategy is to continue to grow by further penetrating our

 

48


Table of Contents

existing customer base and by expanding our role in targeted geographies and higher-growth segments of the global payments industry (such as premium/affluent and contactless cards, commercial payments, debit, prepaid and issuer processor and terminal driving services), enhancing our merchant relationships, expanding points of acceptance for our brands, seeking to maintain unsurpassed acceptance and continuing to invest in our brands. We also intend to pursue incremental payment processing opportunities throughout the world. We are committed to providing our customers with coordinated services through integrated, dedicated account teams in a manner that allows us to capitalize on our expertise in payment programs, marketing, product development, technology, processing and consulting and information services for these customers. By investing in strong customer relationships over the long-term, we believe that we can increase our volume of business with customers over time. See “—Business Environment Challenges” for discussion of environmental considerations related to our strategic objectives.

 

49


Table of Contents

Financial Results*

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,     Percent Increase (Decrease)  
     2008     2007             2006                     2008                 2007      
     (In millions, except per share, percentages and GDV amounts)  

Net operations fees

   $ 3,759     $ 3,003     $ 2,430     25.2 %   23.6 %

Net assessments

     1,233       1,064       896     15.9 %   18.8 %
                            

Total revenue

     4,992       4,068       3,326     22.7 %   22.3 %

General and administrative

     1,914       1,758       1,505     8.8 %   16.8 %

Advertising and marketing

     1,018       1,080       1,052     (5.8) %   2.7 %

Litigation settlements

     2,483       3       25          **   (86.4) %

Charitable contributions to the MasterCard Foundation

     —         20       415     (100.0) %   (95.2) %

Depreciation and amortization

     112       98       100     14.7 %   (2.1) %
                            

Total operating expenses

     5,526       2,959       3,097     86.7 %   (4.4) %

Operating income (loss)

     (535)       1,108       229     (148.2) %   382.8 %

Total other income

     151       563       65     (73.1) %   771.0 %
                            

Income (loss) before income tax expense

     (383)       1,671       294     (122.9) %   468.2 %

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (129)       586       244     (122.1) %   140.0 %
                            

Net income (loss)

   $ (254)     $ 1,086     $ 50     (123.4) %   2,063.6 %
                            

Net income (loss) per share (basic)

   $ (1.95) 4   $ 8.05 4   $ 0.37     (124.2) %   2,075.7 %

Weighted average shares outstanding (basic)

     130       135       135     (3.5) %   (0.4) %

Net income (loss) per share (diluted)

   $ (1.95) 4   $ 8.00 4   $ 0.37     (124.4) %   2,062.2 %

Weighted average shares outstanding (diluted)

     130       136       136     (4.1) %   (0.1) %

Effective income tax rate

     33.7 %     35.0 %     82.9 % 1        **        **

Gross dollar volume (“GDV”) on a U.S. dollar converted basis (in billions)

     2,533       2,272       1,919 2   11.5 %   18.4 %

Processed transactions 5

     20,966       18,752 3     16,141 3   11.8 %   16.2 %

 

* Note that figures in the above table may not sum due to rounding.
** Not meaningful, see “—Operating Expenses” and “—Litigation Settlements” for more information.

 

1

The 2006 effective tax rate includes the impact of a $395 million donation of shares of Class A common stock to the MasterCard Foundation, a charitable contribution which is not deductible for tax purposes. See “—Income Taxes” for more information.

2

In 2007, we updated GDV to exclude commercial funds transfers in China, which are generally transactions that facilitate the transfer of funds between bank branches but do not involve traditional cash withdrawals or balance transfers. Data for 2006 has been restated to be consistent with this approach.

3

In 2008, we updated our processed transactions numbers to apply reversals and include certain cash transactions. Prior period numbers have been restated to be consistent with this revised methodology. Revenue has not been impacted by these changes.

4

As more fully described in Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report, these amounts will be revised in accordance with the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Staff Position Emerging Issues Task Force 03-6-1 on January 1, 2009.

5

The data set forth for processed transactions represents all transactions processed by MasterCard, including PIN-based online debit transactions.

 

50


Table of Contents

Impact of Foreign Currency Rates

Our overall operating results are impacted by changes in foreign currency exchange rates, especially the strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the euro and Brazilian real. The functional currency of MasterCard Europe, our principal European operating subsidiary, is the euro, and the functional currency of our Brazilian subsidiary is the Brazilian real. Accordingly, the strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the euro and Brazilian real impacts the translation of our European and Brazilian subsidiaries’ operating results into the U.S. dollar. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the U.S. dollar weakened against the euro and Brazilian real, which increased revenues and expenses. More recently, the U.S. dollar has begun to strengthen against the euro and Brazilian real and if this trend continues, revenues and expenses will decrease.

In addition, changes in foreign currency exchange rates directly impact the calculation of gross dollar volume (“GDV”) and gross euro volume (“GEV”), which are used in the calculation of our assessment revenues. In most non-European regions, GDV is calculated based on local currency spending volume converted to U.S. dollars using average exchange rates for the period. In Europe, GEV is calculated based on local currency spending volume converted to euros using average exchange rates for the period. As a result, our assessment revenues are impacted by the strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar versus most non-European local currencies and the strengthening or weakening of the euro versus European local currencies. In 2008 and 2007, GDV growth on a U.S. dollar converted basis was 11.5% and 18.4%, respectively, versus GDV growth on a local currency basis of 10.7% and 14.4%, respectively.

Business Environment Challenges

We process transactions from approximately 210 countries and territories and in more than 160 currencies. The competitive and evolving nature of the global payments industry provides challenges to and opportunities for the continued growth of our business. The United States is our largest geographic market based on revenues. Revenue generated in the United States was approximately 47.2%, 49.7% and 52.3% of total revenues in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. No individual country, other than the United States, generated more than 10% of total revenues in any period. However, revenues generated from certain non-U.S. countries have grown faster than United States revenues due to differences in market maturity, economic health, price changes and foreign exchange fluctuations in those countries. While the global nature of our business helps protect our operating results from adverse economic conditions in a single or a few countries, the significant concentration of our revenues generated in the United States makes our business particularly susceptible to adverse economic conditions in the United States.

During 2008, unprecedented events occurred in the financial markets around the world, resulting in distress in the credit environment, equity market volatility and government intervention. In particular, the economies of the United States and the United Kingdom were significantly impacted by this economic turmoil, however it also impacted other economies around the world. Some existing customers have gone bankrupt or have been placed in receivership or administration or have a significant amount of their stock owned by the government. Many of our financial institution customers, merchants that accept our brands and cardholders who use our brands have been directly and adversely impacted. As a result, our operating results have begun to be impacted, or could be negatively impacted, in several ways, including but not limited to the following:

 

   

Our customers may restrict credit lines to cardholders or limit the issuance of new cards to mitigate increasing cardholder defaults.

 

   

Constriction of consumer and business confidence may cause decreased spending.

 

   

Declining economies can change consumer spending behaviors; for example, a significant portion of our revenues is dependent on international travel patterns, which may decline.

 

   

Mergers of our customers may lower our pricing due to the tiered pricing structure of most customer agreements, which typically offer lower pricing as higher business volumes are achieved.

 

51


Table of Contents
   

Consolidation of our customers can increase the bargaining power of our customers during new and renewal contract negotiations.

 

   

Uncertainty and volatility in our customers’ businesses makes our estimates of revenues, rebates and incentives more difficult. As such, certain prepayments under customer business agreements may not be realizable.

 

   

Our customers may implement cost reduction initiatives that reduce or eliminate payment card marketing or increase requests for greater incentives.

 

   

Decreased spending by our customers for optional or enhanced services.

 

   

Government intervention and/or investments in our customers may lead to the nationalization of those banking institutions or otherwise alter their strategic direction away from our products.

 

   

Tightening of credit availability could impact the ability of participating financial institutions to lend to us under the terms of our credit facility. See “—Liquidity” for additional discussion of this committed, unsecured, revolving credit facility.

 

   

Our customers may default on their settlement obligations. See Note 21 (Settlement and Travelers Cheque Risk Management) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for further discussion of our settlement exposure.

In addition, our business is subject to regulation in many countries. Regulatory bodies may seek to impose rules and price controls on certain aspects of our business and the payments industry. For example, see Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for a discussion of global interchange proceedings.

Revenues

We generate revenues from the fees that we charge our customers for providing transaction processing and other payment-related services (operations fees) and by charging assessments to our customers based on the GDV of activity on the cards that carry our brands (assessments). GDV includes the aggregated dollar amount of usage (purchases, cash disbursements, balance transfers and convenience checks) on MasterCard-branded cards. Our pricing for transactions and services is complex. Each category of revenue has numerous fee components depending on the types of transactions or services provided. We review our pricing and implement pricing changes on an ongoing basis and expect pricing to continue to be a component of revenue growth in the future. In addition, standard pricing varies among our regional businesses, and such pricing can be customized further for our customers through incentive and rebate agreements. Our revenues are based upon transactional information accumulated by our systems or reported by our customers.

Operations fees are transaction-based and are also volume-based and are charged for facilitating the processing and acceptance of payment transactions and information management among our customers. MasterCard’s system for transaction processing involves four participants in addition to us: issuers (the cardholders’ banks), acquirers (the merchants’ banks), merchants and cardholders. Operations fees are charged to issuers, acquirers or their delegated processors for transaction processing services, specific programs to promote MasterCard-branded card acceptance and additional services to assist our customers in managing their businesses. The significant components of operations fees are as follows:

 

   

Authorization occurs when a merchant requests approval for a cardholder’s transaction. We charge a fee for routing the authorization for approval to and from the issuer or, in certain circumstances, such as when the issuer’s systems are unavailable, for approval by us or others on behalf of the issuer in accordance with the issuer’s instructions. Our rules, which vary across regions, establish the circumstances under which merchants and acquirers must seek authorization of transactions. These fees are primarily paid by issuers.

 

   

Settlement refers to the process in which we determine the amounts due between issuers and acquirers for payment transactions and associated fees. First, we clear a transaction by transferring the financial

 

52


Table of Contents
 

transaction details among issuers, acquirers or their designated third-party processors. Then we settle or exchange the related funds among the issuers and acquirers. We charge a fee for these settlement and clearing services. These fees are primarily paid by issuers.

 

   

Switch fees are charges for the use of the MasterCard Debit Switch (the “MDS”). The MDS transmits financial messages between acquirers and issuers and provides transaction and statistical reporting and performs settlement between customers and other debit transaction processing networks. These fees are primarily paid by issuers.

 

   

Currency conversion and cross-border are volume-based revenues. Cross-border volumes are generated by transactions in which the cardholder and merchant geography are different. We process transactions denominated in more than 160 currencies through our global system, providing cardholders with the ability to utilize, and merchants to accept, MasterCard cards across multiple country borders. We charge issuers and acquirers for all cross-border volumes. We can also perform currency conversion services by processing transactions in a merchant’s local currency and converting the amount to the currency of the issuer, who in turn may add foreign exchange charges and post the transaction on the cardholder’s statement in their own home currency. We charge issuers for performing currency conversion.

 

   

Acceptance development fees are charged to issuers based on components of GDV and support our focus on developing merchant relationships and promoting acceptance at the point of sale. These fees are primarily U.S.-based.

 

   

Warning bulletin fees are charged to issuers and acquirers for listing invalid or fraudulent accounts either electronically or in paper form and for distributing this listing to merchants.

 

   

Connectivity fees are charged to issuers and acquirers for network access, equipment, and the transmission of authorization and settlement messages. These fees are based on the volume of information being transmitted through and the number of connections to our systems.

 

   

Consulting and research fees are primarily generated by MasterCard Advisors, our professional advisory services group. We provide a wide range of consulting and research services associated with our customers’ payment activities and programs. Research includes revenues from subscription-based services, access to research inquiry, and peer networking services generated by our independent financial and payments industry research group. We do not anticipate consulting and research fees becoming a significant percentage of our business.

 

   

Other operations fees represent various revenue streams, including cardholder services, a variety of account and transaction enhancement services, fees for U.S. acquirers accepting transactions from cardholders with non-U.S. issuers, compliance and penalty fees, holograms and publications. Cardholder services are benefits provided with MasterCard-branded cards, such as insurance, telecommunications assistance for lost cards and locating automated teller machines.

Assessment fees are primarily based on a customer’s GDV for a specific time period and the rates vary depending on the region and nature of the transactions that generate GDV. Assessments that are based on quarterly GDV are estimated utilizing aggregate transaction information and projected customer performance. From time to time, the Company may introduce assessments for specific purposes such as market development programs.

Our gross revenues from operations fees and assessments vary and are dependent on the nature of the transactions and GDV generated from those transactions. The combination of the following transaction characteristics for operations and/or assessment fees determines the pricing:

 

   

Domestic or cross-border

 

   

Credit, online debit (PIN-based), offline debit (signature-based)

 

   

Tiered pricing with rates decreasing as customers meet incremental volume/transaction hurdles

 

53


Table of Contents
   

Geographic region or country

 

   

Retail purchase or cash withdrawal

We process most of the cross-border transactions using MasterCard, Maestro and Cirrus-branded cards and process the majority of MasterCard-branded domestic transactions in the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, Brazil and Australia. Cross-border transactions generate greater revenue than domestic transactions due to higher operations fees for settlement, authorization and switch, and are also subject to cross-border and currency conversion fees. In addition, higher operations fees are charged on signature transactions than online transactions.

In 2008 and 2007, gross revenues grew 19.8% and 20.4%, respectively. Revenue growth was the result of increased transactions and GDV, as well as price increases and currency fluctuation. Our overall revenue growth is being moderated by the demand from our customers for better pricing arrangements and greater rebates and incentives. Accordingly, we have entered into business agreements with certain customers and merchants to provide GDV and other performance-based support incentives. The rebates and incentives are calculated on a monthly basis based upon estimated performance and the terms of the related business agreements. Rebates and incentives are recorded as a reduction of gross revenue in the same period that performance occurs. The continued consolidation of our customers and the growing influence of merchants have led to enhanced competition in the global payments industry and demand for better pricing arrangements. Our revenue growth was moderated by a $145 million, or 11.0%, and a $173 million, or 15.0%, increase in rebates and incentives to our customers and merchants in 2008 and 2007, respectively.

A significant portion of our revenue is concentrated among our five largest customers. In 2008, the net revenues from these customers were approximately $1.5 billion, or 30%, of total net revenue. The loss of any of these customers or their significant card programs could adversely impact our revenues and net income. See “Risk Factors—Business Risks—Consolidation or other changes affecting the banking industry could result in a loss of business for MasterCard and may result in lower prices and/or more favorable terms for our customers, which may materially and adversely affect our revenue and profitability” in Item 1A of this Report. In addition, as part of our business strategy, MasterCard, among other efforts, enters into business agreements with customers. These agreements can be terminated in a variety of circumstances. See “Risk Factors—Business Risks—We face increasingly intense competitive pressure on the prices we charge our customers, which may materially and adversely affect our revenue and profitability” in Item 1A of this Report.

 

54


Table of Contents

Operations Fees

The significant components in operations fees are as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,     Dollar
Increase (Decrease)
    Percent
Increase (Decrease)
 
         2008             2007             2006             2008         2007         2008             2007      
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Authorization, settlement and switch

   $ 1,655     $ 1,382     $ 1,169     $ 273     $ 213     19.8 %   18.2 %

Currency conversion and cross border

     1,148       868       622       280       246     32.3 %   39.5 %

Acceptance development fees

     305       271       217       34       54     12.5 %   24.9 %

Warning bulletin fees

     75       74       70       1       4     1.4 %   5.7 %

Connectivity

     117       101       84       16       17     15.8 %   20.2 %

Consulting and research fees

     92       88       76       4       12     4.5 %   15.8 %

Other operations fees

     724       551       449       173       102     31.4 %   22.7 %
                                            

Gross operations fees

     4,116       3,335       2,687       781       648     23.4 %   24.1 %

Rebates

     (357 )     (332 )     (257 )     (25 )     (75 )   7.5 %   29.2 %
                                            

Net operations fees

   $ 3,759     $ 3,003     $ 2,430     $ 756     $ 573     25.2 %   23.6 %
                                            

 

 

Authorization, settlement and switch revenues increased due to the number of transactions processed through our systems increasing 11.8% and 16.2% in 2008 and 2007, respectively. In addition, $49 million, or 3.5 percentage points of the 2008 percentage increase and $3 million, or 0.3 percentage points of the 2007 percentage increase, were due to net foreign exchange gains relating to exchange rate volatility on settlement activities.

 

 

Currency conversion and cross-border revenues increased primarily due to increases in cross-border volumes of 16.6% and 20.9% in 2008 and 2007, respectively. In June 2008, we refined our methodology to calculate cross-border volume growth rates primarily by changing the definition of cross border volumes from volumes where the issuer country and acquirer country are different to volumes where the issuer country and merchant country are different. Prior period volume growth rates have been restated to be consistent with the revised methodology. In addition to the increase in cross-border volumes in 2008 and 2007, price increases have contributed to our revenue growth. Price increases on acquiring cross-border volumes implemented in January and October 2008 accounted for approximately 21 percentage points of the percentage increase in 2008. Also, a restructuring of our currency conversion pricing in 2006 accounted for approximately 5 percentage points of the percentage increase in 2007.

 

 

Acceptance development fees increased in 2008 and 2007 primarily due to increased volumes and the introduction of a new fee in April 2007. The new fee accounted for approximately 2 and 8 percentage points of the percentage increases in 2008 and 2007, respectively. In addition, 3 percentage points of the percentage increase in 2007 related to a merchant agreement executed in the fourth quarter of 2006 that increased transaction volumes and accordingly, acceptance development fees.

 

 

Warning bulletin fees are primarily based on customer requests for distribution of invalid account information.

 

 

Connectivity revenues increased in 2008 and 2007 primarily due to increased data volumes.

 

 

Consulting and research fees remained relatively consistent in 2008 versus 2007 and increased in 2007 versus 2006. The increases in both years are primarily due to new engagements with our customers. Our business agreements with certain customers include consulting services as an incentive. Consulting services provided to customers as a result of incentive agreements were 61.5%, 38.2% and 36.9% of consulting and research fees in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

55


Table of Contents
 

Other operations fees represent various revenue streams, including cardholder services, compliance and penalty fees, holograms, user pay for a variety of account and transaction enhancement services, and manuals and publications. Significant components of the increase in other operations fees were as follows:

 

   

Our account enhancement program, implemented in the second quarter of 2007, coupled with increased usage resulted in revenue increases of $36 million and $24 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively.

   

Pricing for retail purchases in the U.S. by non-U.S. cardholders increased in January 2008. This price increase, coupled with an increase in retail purchase volumes, resulted in a revenue increase of $44 million in 2008.

   

Cardholder services increased $21 million and $7 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively, due to an increase in affluent account growth.

 

 

Rebates relating to operations fees are primarily based on transactions and volumes and, accordingly, increase as these variables increase. Rebates also have been increasing due to ongoing consolidation of our customers and the impact of restructured pricing. Rebates as a percentage of gross operations fees were 8.7%, 10.0% and 9.6% in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. During 2008, MasterCard had reduced rebates for certain customers that did not achieve contractual performance hurdles. Accordingly, these reductions in rebates decreased rebates as a percentage of gross operations fees.

Assessments

Assessments are revenues that are calculated based on our customers’ GDV. The components of assessments are as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,     Dollar
Increase (Decrease)
    Percent
Increase (Decrease)
 
         2008             2007             2006             2008             2007             2008             2007      
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Gross assessments

   $ 2,345     $ 2,056     $ 1,790     $ 289     $ 266     14.1 %   14.9 %

Rebates and incentives

     (1,112 )     (992 )     (894 )     (120 )     (98 )   12.1 %   11.0 %
                                            

Net assessments

   $ 1,233     $ 1,064     $ 896     $ 169     $ 168     15.9 %   18.8 %
                                            

Gross assessments grew partially due to GDV growth of approximately 10.7% and 14.4% in 2008 and 2007, respectively, when measured in local currency terms and 11.5% and 18.4%, respectively, when measured on a U.S. dollar converted basis. Assessment revenues are impacted by the overall strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar and euro compared to the foreign currencies of the related local volumes in each period. In October 2008, we increased certain assessment fees and introduced a new assessment fee to acquirers in Europe. These price changes in October 2008 contributed approximately 2 percentage points of the percentage increase in 2008. In 2007, gross assessments also grew due to an increase in assessable volumes for market development programs in specific countries within Europe. In addition, revenue growth rates in 2007 were impacted by a reclassification of $31 million from assessments to currency conversion and cross-border revenues, offset by $12 million in pricing increases related to our April 2006 SEPA pricing changes. The increase in 2007 gross assessments, excluding the impact of the reclassifications and the pricing increase, would have been 11.3%.

Rebates and incentives are primarily based on GDV but may also contain components for the issuance of new cards, launch of new programs or the execution of marketing programs. The rebates and incentives are recorded as a reduction of gross revenue in the same period that performance occurs. Rebates and incentives as a percentage of gross assessments were 47.4%, 48.2% and 49.9% in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Rebates and incentives increased during 2008 and 2007 due to new and renewals of customer agreements and increased volumes for certain merchants. However, the increase in 2008 was partially offset by reductions of rebates and incentives for certain customers that did not achieve contractual performance hurdles. These reductions in rebates

 

56


Table of Contents

and incentives decreased rebates and incentives as a percentage of gross assessments. In 2008 and 2007, rebates and incentives compared to gross assessments fluctuated with the timing and structure of pricing arrangements with certain large customers and merchants.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are comprised of general and administrative, advertising and marketing, litigation settlements, contributions to the Foundation and depreciation and amortization expenses. In 2008, there was an increase in operating expenses of $2,567 million, or 86.7%, versus 2007. This increase was primarily due to the settlement of antitrust litigations with Discover Financial Services (“Discover” and the “Discover Settlement”) and American Express Company (“American Express” and the “American Express Settlement”). The following table compares and reconciles operating expenses, excluding litigation settlements and the 2006 stock contribution to the Foundation (“Special Items”), which is a non-GAAP financial measure, to operating expenses including Special Items, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measurement. Management uses these types of non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate its ongoing operations in relation to historical results and believes this analysis may be helpful to an investor’s evaluation of ongoing operating results.

 

    For the year ended
December 31, 2008
    For the year ended
December 31, 2007
    Percent
Increase
(Decrease)
Actual
    Percent
Increase
(Decrease)
As Adjusted
 
       
    Actual     Special
Items
    As
Adjusted
    Actual     Special
Items
    As
Adjusted
     
    (In millions, except percentages)  

General and administrative

  $ 1,914     $ —       $ 1,914     $ 1,758     $ —       $ 1,758     8.8 %   8.8 %

Advertising and marketing

    1,018       —         1,018       1,080       —         1,080     (5.8 )%   (5.8 )%

Litigation settlements

    2,483       (2,483 )     —         3       (3 )     —            **   —    

Charitable contributions

    —         —         —         20       —         20     (100.0 )%   (100.0 )%

Depreciation and amortization

    112       —         112       98       —         98     14.7 %   14.7 %
                                                   

Total operating expenses

  $ 5,526     $ (2,483 )   $ 3,044     $ 2,959     $ (3 )   $ 2,956     86.7 %   2.9 %
                                                   

Total operating expenses as a percentage of total revenues

    110.7 %       61.0 %     72.8 %       72.7 %    
    For the year ended
December 31, 2007
    For the year ended
December 31, 2006
    Percent
Increase
(Decrease)
Actual
    Percent
Increase
(Decrease)
As Adjusted
 
       
    Actual     Special
Items
    As
Adjusted
    Actual     Special
Items
    As
Adjusted
     
    (In millions, except percentages)  

General and administrative

  $ 1,758     $ —       $ 1,758     $ 1,505     $ —       $ 1,505     16.8 %   16.8 %

Advertising and marketing

    1,080       —         1,080       1,052       —         1,052     2.7 %   2.7 %

Litigation settlements

    3       (3 )     —         25       (25 )     —       (86.4 )%   —    

Charitable contributions

    20       —         20       415       (395 ) 1     20     (95.2 )%   —    

Depreciation and amortization

    98       —         98       100       —         100     (2.1 )%   (2.1 )%
                                                   

Total operating expenses

  $ 2,959     $ (3 )   $ 2,956     $ 3,097     $ (420 )   $ 2,677     (4.4 )%   10.4 %
                                                   

Total operating expenses as a percentage of total revenues

    72.8 %       72.7 %     93.1 %       80.5 %    

 

1

Contribution of stock to the MasterCard Foundation

* Note that figures in the above tables may not sum due to rounding.
** Not meaningful, see “—Litigation Settlements” for more information.

 

57


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

The major components of general and administrative expenses are as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,    Dollar
Increase (Decrease)
   Percent
Increase (Decrease)
 
         2008            2007            2006            2008             2007            2008             2007      
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Personnel

   $ 1,290    $ 1,156    $ 966    $ 134     $ 190    11.6 %   19.7 %

Professional fees

     217      220      180      (3 )     40    (1.4 )%   22.2 %

Telecommunications

     78      71      70      7       1    9.9 %   1.4 %

Data processing

     78      63      59      15       4    23.8 %   6.8 %

Travel and entertainment

     87      106      97      (19 )     9    (17.9 )%   9.3 %

Other

     165      142      133      23       9    16.2 %   6.8 %
                                        

General and administrative expenses

   $ 1,914    $ 1,758    $ 1,505    $ 155     $ 253    8.8 %   16.8 %
                                        

 

* Note that figures in the above table may not sum due to rounding.

 

   

Personnel expense increased in 2008 primarily due to higher costs for new personnel, salary increases and higher contractor costs. Personnel expense increased in 2007 as additional staff were added to support customer-facing, technology and product areas and due to increased personnel performance incentive accruals, as a result of better performance against company objectives.

 

   

Professional fees consist primarily of legal costs to defend our outstanding litigation and third-party consulting services related to strategic initiatives. Professional fees decreased slightly in 2008 versus 2007 primarily due to lower legal expenses. In 2007, professional fees increased versus 2006 primarily due to increased legal costs to defend outstanding litigation claims and increased consulting activity related to strategic objectives.

 

   

Telecommunications expense consists of expenses to support our global payments system infrastructure as well as our other telecommunication needs. These expenses vary with business volume growth, system upgrades and usage.

 

   

Data processing consists of expenses to operate and maintain MasterCard’s computer systems. These expenses vary with business volume growth, system upgrades and usage.

 

   

Travel and entertainment expenses are incurred primarily for travel to customer and regional meetings. In 2008, these expenses decreased as a result of cost containment initiatives. In 2007, these expenses increased as a result of increased business activity.

 

   

Other includes rental expense for our facilities, foreign exchange gains and losses and other miscellaneous administrative expenses. The increase in 2008 is primarily driven by unfavorable fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and higher rent for office facilities.

Advertising and Marketing

Our brands, principally MasterCard, are valuable strategic assets that drive card acceptance and usage and facilitate our ability to successfully introduce new service offerings and access new markets globally. Our advertising and marketing strategy is to increase global MasterCard brand awareness, preference and usage through integrated advertising, sponsorship, promotional, interactive media and public relations programs on a global scale. We will also continue to invest in marketing programs at the regional and local levels and sponsor diverse events aimed at multiple target audiences. Also included within advertising and marketing are costs associated with offering cardholder benefits, such as insurance and travel assistance, for certain programs.

Advertising and marketing expenses decreased $62 million, or 5.8%, and increased $28 million, or 2.7%, in 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in 2008 was primarily due to cost containment initiatives, partially offset by approximately 2 percentage points related to the impact of foreign currency fluctuation of the euro and

 

58


Table of Contents

Brazilian real to the U.S. dollar. The increase in advertising and marketing in 2007 was primarily due to foreign currency fluctuation of the euro and Brazilian real to the U.S. dollar. In addition, in 2008 and 2007 our advertising and marketing activities supported multiple sponsorships and the timing of certain advertising and marketing expenses varied due to their relationship to specific sponsorships or promotions. In 2006, a significant amount of our advertising and marketing activities were allocated to the sponsorship of the 2006 World Cup soccer events. During 2007, we reached an agreement to discontinue our sponsorship of the 2010 and 2014 World Cup soccer events. See Note 24 (Other Income) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for further discussion of this settlement agreement.

Litigation Settlements

On October 27, 2008, MasterCard and Visa Inc. (“Visa”) entered into the Discover Settlement with Discover relating to the U.S. federal antitrust litigation amongst the parties. The Discover Settlement ended all litigation between the parties for a total of $2.75 billion. In July 2008, MasterCard and Visa entered into a judgment sharing agreement. In accordance with the terms of the judgment sharing agreement, MasterCard’s share of the Discover Settlement was $863 million, which was paid to Discover in November 2008. Additionally, in connection with the Discover Settlement, Morgan Stanley, Discover’s former parent company, paid MasterCard $35 million in November 2008, pursuant to a separate agreement. The net pre-tax expense of $828 million was recorded in litigation settlements, in the consolidated statement of operations, during the third quarter of 2008.

On June 24, 2008, MasterCard entered into the American Express Settlement which ended all existing litigation between American Express and MasterCard. Under the terms of the American Express Settlement, beginning on September 15, 2008, MasterCard is required to pay American Express up to $150 million each quarter for 12 quarters, payable in cash on the 15th day of the last month of each quarter, for a maximum amount of $1.8 billion. The charge is based on MasterCard’s assumption that American Express will achieve certain financial performance hurdles. The quarterly payments will be in an amount equal to 15% of American Express’ United States Global Network Services billings during the quarter, up to a maximum of $150 million per quarter. If, however, the payment for any quarter is less than $150 million, the maximum payment for subsequent quarters will be increased by the difference between $150 million and the lesser amount that was paid in any quarter in which there was a shortfall. MasterCard recorded the present value of $1.8 billion, at a 5.75% discount rate, or $1.649 billion, pre-tax, in the second quarter of 2008.

In the first quarter of 2003, MasterCard entered into a settlement agreement (the “U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement”) related to the U.S. merchant lawsuit described under the caption “U.S. Merchant and Consumer Litigations” in Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report and recorded a pre-tax charge of $721 million ($469 million after-tax) consisting of (i) the monetary amount of the U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement (discounted at 8 percent over the payment term), (ii) certain additional costs in connection with, and in order to comply with, other requirements of the U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement, and (iii) costs to address the merchants who opted not to participate in the plaintiff class in the U.S. merchant lawsuit. The $721 million pre-tax charge amount was an estimate, which was subsequently revised based on the approval of the U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement agreement by the court and other factors.

 

59


Table of Contents

We recorded liabilities for certain litigation settlements in prior periods. Total liabilities for litigation settlements changed from December 31, 2006, as follows:

 

(In millions)

      

Balance as of December 31, 2006

   $ 477  

Provision for litigation settlements (Note 20)

     3  

Interest accretion on U.S. Merchant Lawsuit

     38  

Payments

     (114 )
        

Balance as of December 31, 2007

   $ 404  

Provision for Discover Settlement

     863  

Provision for American Express Settlement

     1,649  

Provision for other litigation settlements

     6  

Interest accretion on U.S. Merchant Lawsuit

     33  

Interest accretion on American Express Settlement

     44  

Payments on American Express Settlement

     (300 )

Payments on Discover Settlement

     (863 )

Payment on U.S. Merchant Lawsuit

     (100 )

Other payments and accretion

     (1 )
        

Balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ 1,736  
        

 

* Note that table may not sum due to rounding.

Contribution Expense Foundation

In May 2006, in conjunction with our initial public offering (“IPO”), we issued 13,496,933 shares of our Class A common stock as a donation to the Foundation that is incorporated in Canada and controlled by directors who are independent of us and our customers. The Foundation builds on MasterCard’s existing charitable giving commitments by continuing to support programs and initiatives that help children and youth to access education, understand and utilize technology, and develop the skills necessary to succeed in a diverse and global work force. The vision of the Foundation is to make the economy work for everybody by advancing innovative programs in areas of microfinance and youth education. In connection with the donation of the Class A common stock, we recorded an expense of $395 million which was equal to the aggregate value of the shares we donated. In both 2007 and 2006, we recorded expenses of $20 million for cash donations we made to the Foundation, completing our intention, announced at the time of the IPO, to donate approximately $40 million in cash to the Foundation in support of its operating expenses and charitable disbursements for the first four years of its operations. We may make additional cash contributions to the Foundation in the future. The cash and stock donations to the Foundation are generally not deductible by MasterCard for tax purposes. As a result of this difference between the financial statement and tax treatments of the donations, our effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2006 is significantly higher than our effective income tax rates for 2007 and 2008.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $14 million in 2008 and decreased $2 million in 2007. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense in 2008 is primarily due to increased investments in leasehold and building improvements, data center equipment and capitalized software. The decrease in depreciation and amortization expense in 2007 was primarily related to certain assets becoming fully depreciated. Depreciation and amortization will increase as we continue to invest in leasehold and building improvements, data center equipment and capitalized software.

 

60


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) is comprised primarily of investment income, interest expense and other gains and losses.

 

   

Investment income decreased $348 million in 2008 and increased $405 million in 2007. The change in each period was primarily due to the timing of sales of our RedeCard S.A. investment; the Company sold 22% and 78% of its shares of common stock in RedeCard S.A, and realized gains of $86 million and $391 million, in 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in investment income in 2008 was also impacted by lower dividend income of $14 million, primarily due to the sale of our RedeCard S.A. investment, and lower interest income of $30 million, primarily due to lower interest rates.

 

   

Interest expense increased $46 million in 2008 and decreased $4 million in 2007. The increase in 2008 was primarily due to interest accretion associated with the American Express Settlement of $44 million and higher interest expense on uncertain tax positions partially offset by lower interest accretion on the U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement. The decrease in 2007 was primarily due to lower interest accretion related to the U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement.

 

   

Other income (expense) decreased $18 million in 2008 and increased $89 million in 2007. In both years gains were recognized on settlement agreements. A $75 million gain related to the termination of a customer business agreement was recognized in 2008. A $90 million settlement gain with the organization that operates the World Cup soccer events was recognized in 2007. See Note 24 (Other Income) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional discussion.

Income Taxes

The effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was 33.7%, 35.0% and 82.9%, respectively. The decrease in the effective income tax rate in 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due to the impact of the charges associated with the Discover Settlement and American Express Settlement. These charges caused a change in the geographic distribution of pretax income resulting in pretax income in lower tax jurisdictions and pretax loss in higher tax jurisdictions. The resulting tax benefit of the loss was offset by a tax charge for the remeasurement of deferred tax assets as a result of a change in the Company’s state effective tax rate. As a result of the remeasurement, the Company’s deferred tax assets were reduced by $20 million and an income tax expense was recorded for the same amount. The change in the effective income tax rate in 2007 compared to 2006 primarily relates to a non-deductible charitable contribution of shares of MasterCard Class A common stock to the Foundation during 2006. MasterCard recorded a significant expense equal to the value of the Class A common stock we donated to the Foundation. Under the terms of the contribution to the Foundation, this donation is generally not deductible to MasterCard for tax purposes.

The components impacting the effective income tax rates as compared to the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35.0% are as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  
     Dollar
Amount
    Percent     Dollar
Amount
    Percent     Dollar
Amount
    Percent  
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (383 )     $ 1,671       $ 294    
                              

Federal statutory tax

   $ (134 )   35.0 %   $ 585     35.0 %   $ 103     35.0 %

State tax effect, net of federal benefit

     11     (2.9 )     28     1.6       6     1.8  

Non-deductible charitable stock contribution

     —       —         —       —         138     47.0  

Foreign tax effect, net of federal benefit

     2     (0.5 )     (12 )   (0.7 )     (6 )   (1.9 )

Non-deductible expenses and other differences

     2     (0.7 )     (3 )   (0.2 )     13     4.4  

Tax exempt income

     (10 )   2.8       (12 )   (0.7 )     (10 )   (3.4 )
                                          

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (129 )   33.7 %   $ 586     35.0 %   $ 244     82.9 %
                                          

 

61


Table of Contents

The Company’s GAAP effective income tax rate for 2008 was significantly affected by the tax benefits related to the charges for the Discover Settlement and the American Express Settlement. The Company’s effective tax rate for 2006 was significantly affected by the $395 million charitable contribution of MasterCard Class A common stock to the Foundation. Due to the non-recurring nature of these items, the Company believes that the calculation of the 2008 effective tax rate, excluding the impacts of the Discover Settlement and American Express Settlement, and the 2006 effective tax rate, excluding the impact of the charitable stock contribution to the Foundation, will be helpful in comparing effective tax rates for 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

     GAAP effective tax rate calculation  
         2008             2007             2006      
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ (383 )   $ 1,671     $ 294  

Income tax expense (benefit) 1

     (129 )     586       244  
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ (254 )   $ 1,086     $ 50  
                        

Effective tax rate

     33.7 %     35.0 %     82.9 %
     Non-GAAP effective tax rate calculation  
     2008     2007     2006  
     (In millions, except percentages)  

GAAP income (loss) before income taxes

   $ (383 )   $ 1,671     $ 294  

Litigation settlements

     2,483       3       25  

Stock donation to the MasterCard Foundation

     —         —         395  
                        

Non-GAAP income before income taxes

   $ 2,100     $ 1,674     $ 714  
                        

Income tax expense (benefit) 1

     (129 )     586       244  

Impact of litigation settlements on income tax expense (benefit)

     (941 )     (1 )     (9 )
                        

Non-GAAP income tax expense

     812       587       253  
                        

Non-GAAP net income

   $ 1,288     $ 1,087     $ 461  
                        

Non-GAAP effective tax rate

     38.7 %     35.0 %     35.4 %

 

1

The 2006 stock contribution to the MasterCard Foundation was a permanently non-deductible item and therefore has no impact on the calculation of non-GAAP income tax expense. The 2008 litigation settlements will be deductible in future periods as payments are made and are therefore considered in the calculation of non-GAAP income tax expense.

 

62


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We need liquidity and access to capital to fund our global operations; to provide for credit and settlement risk; to finance capital expenditures and any future acquisitions; to service the payments of principal and interest on our outstanding debt; and to service our obligations related to litigation settlements. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had $2.1 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively, of cash, cash equivalents and current available-for-sale securities to use for our operations. Our stockholder’s equity was $1.9 billion and $3.0 billion as of December 31, 2008, and 2007, respectively. We believe that the cash generated from operations, our borrowing capacity and our access to capital resources are sufficient to meet our future operating capital needs, debt and litigation settlement obligations. Our liquidity and access to capital could be negatively impacted by the adverse outcome of any of the legal or regulatory proceedings to which we are still a party. See Item 1A, Note 18 (Obligations Under Litigation Settlements) and Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report and “-Business Environment Challenges” in Item 7 of this Report for additional discussion of these and other risks facing our business.

 

     2008     2007     2006     Percent Increase (Decrease)  
             2008             2007      
     (In millions, except percentages)  

Cash Flow Data:

          

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 413     $ 770     $ 650     (46.3 )%   18.4 %

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     202       315       (676 )   (36.0 )%   146.6 %

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (751 )     (658 )     638     14.3 %   (203.1 )%

Balance Sheet Data:

          

Current assets

   $ 4,312     $ 4,592     $ 3,577     (6.1 )%   28.4 %

Current liabilities

     2,990       2,363       1,812     26.5 %   30.5 %

Long-term liabilities

     1,553       865       902     79.6 %   (4.1 )%

Stockholder’s equity

     1,927       3,027       2,364     (36.3 )%   28.0 %

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $413 million, compared to $770 million and $650 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. The decrease in cash from operations in 2008 was primarily due to a $1.1 billion increase in litigation settlement payments as a result of the Discover Settlement and American Express Settlement, offset by higher net revenues. The increase in cash from operations in 2007 versus 2006 was primarily due to higher net income less the realized pre-tax gain on RedeCard S.A. common stock, which is classified as an investing activity, partially offset by higher income tax payments, including approximately $137 million for taxes relating to the realized gain on RedeCard S.A. common stock.

Net cash provided by investing activities in 2008 primarily related to net sales of available-for-sale securities, partially offset by payments for capitalized software to expand our core functionality, including continued development of a debit and prepaid processing platform, acquisition of a business, and leasehold and building improvements to support increased workforce and data center equipment. We intend to continue to invest in our infrastructure to support our growing business and strategic initiatives.

Net cash provided by investing activities in 2007 primarily related to net sales of available-for-sale securities, including the sale of a significant portion of our shares of Redecard S.A. common stock, partially offset by cash used for investments in leasehold and building improvements to support increased workforce, data center equipment and capitalized software to expand our core functionality, including development of a new debit and prepaid processing platform. Net cash used for investing activities in 2006 was primarily due to net purchases of available-for-sale-securities as a result of the additional funds from the IPO proceeds and our investment in capitalized software to support our growing business and strategic initiatives.

Cash used in financing activities in 2008 primarily related to the repurchase of approximately 2.8 million shares of our Class A common stock through a share repurchase plan, the payment of approximately $80 million in quarterly dividends to our stockholders and the repayment of $80 million related to the Company’s ten-year

 

63


Table of Contents

unsecured, subordinated notes that matured in June 2008. See Note 13 (Debt) and Note 14 (Stockholders’ Equity) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information on our debt repayment and stock repurchase plan, respectively. Cash used in financing activities in 2007 primarily related to the repurchase of approximately $601 million of our Class A common stock through a repurchase plan and payment of $74 million in dividends to our shareholders. The net cash provided by financing activities in 2006 primarily related to the proceeds received from the sale of Class A common stock to investors in the IPO (including the proceeds received pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) of approximately $2.5 billion, partially offset by $1.8 billion for the redemption of Class B common stock and a $12 million dividend payment.

On October 27, 2008, MasterCard and Visa entered into the Discover Settlement relating to the U.S. federal antitrust litigation amongst the parties. In connection with the Discover Settlement, MasterCard was required to pay $863 million to Discover and received $35 million from Morgan Stanley, Discover’s former parent company, in November 2008. Also, on June 24, 2008, MasterCard entered into the American Express Settlement. Under its terms, beginning on September 15, 2008, MasterCard is required to pay American Express up to $150 million each quarter for 12 quarters, payable in cash on the 15th day of the last month of each quarter, for a maximum amount of $1.8 billion. In 2003, MasterCard entered into the U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement. Under the terms of the U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement, the Company is required to pay $100 million annually each December through the year 2012. See Note 18 (Obligations Under Litigation Settlements) and Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional information on these litigation settlements.

As of December 31, 2008, the Company held $192 million of auction rate securities (“ARS”) classified as long-term available-for-sale securities. As of December 31, 2007, the Company held $348 million of ARS classified as current available-for-sale securities. This change in classification is due to failure of the auction mechanism and a continued lack of liquidity in the ARS market. The stated maturity of the securities ranges from 10 to 33 years, and the securities are collateralized by student loans with guarantees, ranging from approximately 95% to 98% of principal and interest, by the U.S. government, via the Department of Education. We determined that the fair value of the ARS does not approximate par value, assigned a 20% discount to the par value of the ARS portfolio and recorded a temporary impairment within other comprehensive income during 2008. We have the intent and ability to hold the ARS until recovery of fair value, which may be maturity or earlier if called or if liquidity is restored in the market. See Note 4 (Investment Securities) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information.

On December 2, 2008, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.15 per share payable on February 10, 2009 to holders of record on January 9, 2009 of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The aggregate amount payable for this dividend was $20 million as of December 31, 2008.

On February 3, 2009, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.15 per share payable on May 8, 2009 to holders of record on April 13, 2009 of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The aggregate amount needed for this dividend is estimated to be $20 million. The declaration and payment of future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, settlement guarantees, operating results, available cash and anticipated cash needs.

On August 29, 2008, MasterCard notified the equity investor and holders of secured notes related to its variable interest entity (the “Trust”) of its intent to repay the equity investor and the obligations issued through the Trust. The repayment of aggregate outstanding principal and accrued interest on the secured notes, and repayment of the equity investor and make-whole payment, is expected to occur in March 2009 for a total amount of $165 million. MasterCard was in compliance with the covenants of the secured notes at December 31, 2008. See Note 15 (Consolidation of Variable Interest Entity) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional information.

 

64


Table of Contents

On January 22, 2009, Standard & Poor’s reaffirmed our BBB+ long-term and A-2 short-term counterparty credit ratings, with a stable outlook. Our access to capital and liquidity has been sufficient with these ratings. A securities rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time.

On April 28, 2008, the Company extended its committed unsecured revolving credit facility, dated as of April 28, 2006 (the “Credit Facility”), for an additional year. The new expiration date of the Credit Facility is April 26, 2011. The available funding under the Credit Facility will remain at $2.5 billion through April 27, 2010 and then decrease to $2.0 billion during the final year of the Credit Facility agreement. Other terms and conditions in the Credit Facility remain unchanged. The Company’s option to request that each lender under the Credit Facility extend its commitment was provided pursuant to the original terms of the Credit Facility agreement. MasterCard was in compliance with the covenants of the Credit Facility and had no borrowings under the Credit Facility at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The majority of Credit Facility lenders are customers or affiliates of customers of MasterCard International.

On January 5, 2009, HSBC Bank plc (“HSBC”) notified the Company that, effective December 31, 2008, it had terminated an uncommitted credit agreement totaling 100 million euros between HSBC and MasterCard Europe sprl. There were no outstanding borrowings under this facility at December 31, 2008.

In June 2007, the Company’s stockholders approved amendments to the Company’s certificate of incorporation designed to facilitate an accelerated, orderly conversion of Class B common stock into Class A common stock for subsequent sale. In February 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the conversion and sale or transfer of up to 13.1 million shares of Class B common stock into Class A common stock. In May 2008, the Company implemented and completed a conversion program in which all of the 13.1 million authorized shares of Class B common stock were converted into an equal number of Class A common stock and subsequently sold or transferred by participating holders of Class B common stock to public investors. In February 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the conversion and sale or transfer of up to 11.0 million shares of Class B common stock into Class A common stock in one or more conversion programs during 2009. See Note 14 (Stockholders’ Equity) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional information.

Future Obligations

The following table summarizes our obligations as of December 31, 2008 that are expected to impact liquidity and cash flow in future periods. We believe we will be able to fund these obligations through cash generated from operations and our existing cash balances.

 

     Payments Due by Period
     Total    2009    2010-2011    2012-2013    2014 and
thereafter
     (In millions)

Capital leases 1

   $ 52    $ 8    $ 5    $ 39    $ —  

Operating leases 2

     106      40      30      16      19

Sponsorship, licensing and other 3,4

     570      337      187      45      2

Litigation settlements 5

     1,912      712      1,100      100      —  

Debt 6

     184      165      19      —        —  
                                  

Total

   $ 2,824    $ 1,262    $ 1,341    $ 200    $ 21
                                  

 

*

Note that totals in above table may not sum due to rounding.

1

Most capital leases relate to certain property, plant and equipment used in our business. Our largest capital lease relates to our Kansas City, Missouri co-processing facility.

2

We enter into operating leases in the normal course of business, including the lease on our facility in St. Louis, Missouri. Substantially all lease agreements have fixed payment terms based on the passage of time.

 

65


Table of Contents
 

Some lease agreements provide us with the option to renew the lease or purchase the leased property. Our future operating lease obligations would change if we exercised these renewal options and if we entered into additional lease agreements.

3

Amounts primarily relate to sponsorships with certain organizations to promote the MasterCard brand. The amounts included are fixed and non-cancelable. In addition, these amounts include amounts due in accordance with merchant agreements for future marketing, computer hardware maintenance, software licenses and other service agreements. Future cash payments that will become due to our customers under agreements which provide pricing rebates on our standard fees and other incentives in exchange for increased transaction volumes are not included in the table because the amounts due are indeterminable and contingent until such time as performance has occurred. MasterCard has accrued $527 million as of December 31, 2008 related to customer and merchant agreements.

4

We have included our current liability of $13 million relating to Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”). Due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of the non-current FIN 48 liabilities, we are unable to make reasonable estimates of the period of cash settlements with the respective taxing authority.

5

Represents amounts due in accordance with the Discover Settlement, American Express Settlement, U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement and other litigation settlements.

6

Debt primarily represents principal owed on our Series A Senior Secured Notes, which are expected to be paid in March 2009, and amounts due for the acquisition of MasterCard France. See Notes 13 (Debt) and 3 (Supplemental Cash Flows), respectively, to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for further discussion on these matters. We also have various credit facilities for which there were no outstanding balances at December 31, 2008 that, among other things, would provide liquidity in the event of settlement failures by our members. Our debt obligations would change if one or more of our members failed and we borrowed under these credit facilities to settle on our members’ behalf or for other reasons.

Seasonality

Our revenues are contingent upon the underlying metrics on which the revenues are calculated. Gross revenues in the fourth quarter of 2008 were negatively impacted by lower purchase volumes and transactions due to the economic crisis. In response, MasterCard accelerated its cost savings initiatives in the quarter, with particular focus on advertising, personnel and travel expenses. Historically, during the fourth quarter, our quarterly gross revenues have been positively impacted by increases in purchase volume related to the holiday shopping period, with offsetting increases resulting from higher rebates and incentives to our customers. Also, operating expenses have historically been higher in the fourth quarter due to additional advertising and promotions related to the holiday period and increases in personnel incentives for exceeding the Company’s objectives. The economic environment in 2008 caused our operating results to diverge from these historical trends.

 

66


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our accounting policies are integral to understanding our results of operations and financial condition. We are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. We have established detailed policies and control procedures to ensure that the methods used to make estimates and assumptions are well controlled and are applied consistently from period to period. The following is a brief description of our current accounting policies involving significant management judgments.

 

Financial Statement Caption/
Critical Accounting Estimate

 

Assumptions/Approach Used

 

Effect if Actual Results Differ
from Assumptions

Asset Impairment Analyses

   

Investments

   
The Company invests in certain short-term and long-term assets, including municipal bonds, bond funds and ARS. The Company’s investment strategy for these assets is to ensure capital preservation while capturing some interest return on the invested funds. The Company performs on-going evaluations of its investments to assess potential impairment.   Impairment of the Company’s investments in municipal bonds is assessed based on market prices of similar assets, as provided by custodians of such assets. Impairment of the Company’s short-term bond funds is assessed based on quoted prices for these assets, as they are actively traded on a daily basis.   If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates, we may be exposed to additional impairment charges associated with our investments. The fair value of our available-for-sale investment portfolio was $780 million as of December 31, 2008, which included $36 million of net unrealized losses.
  The primary analysis tool used to assess impairment of the Company’s ARS investments is a discounted cash flow model. This model considers the original economic life of the asset, the relevant cash flows expected over the life of the asset, an appropriate discount rate and other factors that may be relevant. The present value of the expected future cash flows is calculated and compared to the carrying value to determine if an impairment has occurred and, if so, what is the expected duration of the impairment.  
Prepaid Customer and Merchant Incentives    
We prepay certain customer and merchant business incentives to incent usage and acceptance of our cards. In the event of customer or merchant business failure, these incentives may not have future economic benefits for our business.   The evaluation of recoverability of prepaid customer and merchant incentives is done whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable.   If events or changes in circumstances occur that we are not aware of, additional impairment charges related to our prepaid customer and merchant incentives may be incurred. The carrying value of prepaid customer and merchant incentives was $398 at December 31, 2008.

 

67


Table of Contents

Financial Statement Caption/
Critical Accounting Estimate

 

Assumptions/Approach Used

 

Effect if Actual Results Differ
from Assumptions

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (excluding Capitalized Software)    
We perform analyses of goodwill and intangible assets on an annual basis or sooner if indicators of impairment exist. This evaluation utilizes a two-step approach. The first step is to identify a potential impairment and the second step measures the amount of the impairment loss, if any. Impairment is measured as the excess of the carrying amount over fair value.   The test methods employed in performing the analyses involve assumptions concerning interest and discount rates, growth projections and other assumptions of future business conditions. The assumptions employed are based on management’s judgment using internal and external data. We utilize independent valuation experts, if needed.   If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates, we may be exposed to an additional impairment charge associated with goodwill and/or intangible assets. The carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets, excluding capitalized software, was $527 million, including $206 million of unamortizable customer relationships, as of December 31, 2008.
We determined that the majority of our customer relationships, which are intangible assets, have indefinite lives. In addition to the impairment testing noted above, we assess the appropriateness of that indefinite life annually.   We completed our annual impairment testing for all goodwill and other intangibles using the methodology described herein, and no impairment charges were recorded for the year ended December 31, 2008.  

Capitalized Software

   
Our capitalized software, which includes internal and external costs incurred in developing or obtaining computer software for internal use, is included in other intangible assets.   We are required to make judgments to determine if each project will satisfy its intended use. In addition, we estimate the average internal costs incurred for payroll and payroll related expenses by department for the employees who directly devote time relating to the design, development and testing phases of the project.   If actual results are not consistent with our judgments, we may be exposed to an impairment charge. The net carrying value of capitalized software as of December 31, 2008 was $166 million.
 

On a quarterly basis, we evaluate whether there are any events that indicate impairment of our various technologies.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2008, no significant impairment charges were recorded.

 

Revenue Recognition

   
Our assessment revenues that are based on quarterly GDV or GEV are recorded utilizing an estimate of our customers’ performance. Total net assessment revenues included an estimate as of the end of the period for 25%, 26% and 26% of those net
  Our assessment revenues that are based on quarterly GDV or GEV are recorded utilizing an estimate of our customers’ performance. Such estimates are subsequently validated against performance reported by our customers.
  If our customers’ actual performance is not consistent with our estimates of their performance, revenues may be materially different than initially recorded. Historically, our estimates have differed from the actual

 

68


Table of Contents

Financial Statement Caption/
Critical Accounting Estimate

 

Assumptions/Approach Used

 

Effect if Actual Results Differ
from Assumptions

assessment revenues, representing 6%, 7% and 7% of total net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our revenue recognition policies are fully described in Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Report.   Differences are adjusted in the period the customer reports. Customers’ performance is estimated by using historical performance, customer reported information, transactional information accumulated from our systems and discussions with our customers.   performance by less than 5% of the estimates on a quarterly basis.
Rebates and incentives are estimated.   Rebates and incentives are generally recorded as contra-revenue based on our estimate of each customer’s performance in a given period and according to the terms of the related customer agreements.   If our customers’ actual performance is not consistent with our estimates of their performance, contra-revenues may be materially different than initially recorded.

Legal and Regulatory Matters

   

Legal Proceedings

   
We are party to legal and regulatory proceedings with respect to a variety of matters. Except as described in Notes 18 (Obligations Under Litigation Settlements) and 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Report, MasterCard does not believe that any legal or regulatory proceedings to which it is a party would have a material adverse impact on its business or prospects.   We evaluate the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome of the legal or regulatory proceedings to which we are party in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“SFAS No. 5”). Our judgments are subjective based on the status of the legal or regulatory proceedings, the merits of our defenses and consultation with in-house and outside legal counsel.   Due to the inherent uncertainties of the legal and regulatory process in the multiple jurisdictions in which we operate, our judgments may be materially different than the actual outcomes.
Discount Rates for Litigation Settlements    

We have discounted two litigation settlements over their respective payment terms.

 

The U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement was discounted at 8% over the ten-year payment term.

  We estimated the discount rate used to calculate the present value of our obligations under litigation settlements. The discount rate is a matter of management judgment at the time of each settlement, which considers our expected post-settlement credit rating and rates for sources of credit that could be used to finance the payment of such obligations with similar terms.   For the U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement, a one percent increase in the discount rate would have increased annual interest expense in 2008 by approximately $3 million, and declining amounts thereafter. The reverse impact would be experienced for a one percent decrease in such discount rate.

 

69


Table of Contents

Financial Statement Caption/
Critical Accounting Estimate

 

Assumptions/Approach Used

 

Effect if Actual Results Differ
from Assumptions

The American Express Settlement was discounted at 5.75% over the three-year payment term.    

For the American Express Settlement, a one percent increase in the discount rate would have decreased the litigation settlement expense for 2008 by approximately $24 million. A one percent decrease in the discount rate would produce the opposite impact.

 

For the American Express Settlement, a one percent increase in the discount rate would have increased interest expense for 2008 by approximately $7 million. A one percent decrease in the discount rate would produce the opposite impact.

Income Taxes

   
In calculating our effective tax rate, we need to make decisions regarding certain tax positions, including the timing and amount of deductions and allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions.   We have various tax filing positions, including the timing and amount of deductions, establishment of reserves for credits and audit matters and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions.   Although we believe that our estimates and judgments discussed herein are reasonable, actual results may differ by a material amount.
We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.   We considered projected future taxable income and ongoing tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance.   If we realize a deferred tax asset subject to a valuation allowance in excess of the deferred tax asset net of that valuation allowance or if we were unable to realize such a net deferred tax asset; an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would increase or decrease earnings, respectively, in the period.
We record tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions taken or to be taken on tax returns that may not be sustained or would only partially be sustained, upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities.   We considered all relevant facts and current authorities in the tax law in assessing whether an uncertain tax position was more likely than not to be sustained.   If upon examination, we realize a tax benefit which is not fully sustained or is more favorably sustained this would decrease or increase earnings, in the period. In certain situations, the Company will have offsetting tax deductions or tax credits.
We do not record U.S. income tax expense for foreign earnings which we plan to reinvest to expand our international operations.   We considered business plans, planning opportunities, and expected future outcomes in assessing the needs for future expansion and support of our international operations.   If our business plans change or our future outcomes differ from our expectations, additional U.S. income tax expense would have to be recorded which would increase our effective tax rate in that period.

 

70


Table of Contents

Financial Statement Caption/
Critical Accounting Estimate

 

Assumptions/Approach Used

 

Effect if Actual Results Differ
from Assumptions

Pensions and Postretirement Benefit Plans

   

The Company maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan with a cash balance feature covering substantially all of its U.S. employees hired before July 1, 2007. This pension plan credits participants annually with an amount equal to a fixed percentage of eligible pay based on age and service, as well as providing earnings credits based on each participant’s account balance. Additionally, the Company has an unfunded nonqualified supplemental executive retirement plan that provides certain key employees with supplemental retirement benefits in excess of limits imposed on qualified plans by U.S. tax laws. The Company also maintains a postretirement plan providing health coverage and life insurance benefits for most of its U.S. employees and retirees.

 

Company management representing the functional areas of compensation, benefits, treasury and finance review and approve on an annual basis assumptions used in the determination of the annual costs for our pension and postretirement plans and the disclosure of the funded position of our plans. Key assumptions include the discount rate used to measure each of the plans’ projected benefit obligations for pension and postretirement, the expected rate of return on pension plan assets and the health care cost trend rate for our postretirement plan.

 

The discount rates for the Company’s pension and postretirement plans are subject to change each year, consistent with changes in high-quality, long-term corporate bond markets. To select a discount rate for each plan, we performed an analysis which matched the plans expected cash flows (determined on PBO basis) with spot rates developed from a yield curve comprised of high-grade non-callable corporate bonds and arithmetically rounded this result. For the pension plan, our discount rate of 6.00% as of December 31, 2008 is equal to the 6.00% rate used in calculating the projected benefit obligation for 2007. For the postretirement plan, our discount rate of 6.00% as of December 31, 2008 is 25 basis points less than the 6.25% rate used in calculating the projected benefit obligation for 2007.

 

Net actuarial gains and/or losses in our benefit plans are amortized on straight-line basis over the expected average remaining service of active participants expected to benefit under the plans.

 

We determine the expected return on plan assets primarily based on long-term historical returns in equity and fixed income markets. The expected rate of return on our pension plan assets is 8.00% for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 8.50% for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.

 

The Company reviews external data and its own historical trends to determine the health care trend rates for postretirement medical costs.

 

A quarter of a percentage point decrease in our discount rate would increase our pension projected benefit obligation by $0.9 million, and increase our postretirement projected benefit obligation by $2.3 million. These decreases would have a negligible effect on our annual pension and postretirement expense. An approximately equal, but opposite effect would be experienced for a quarter of a percentage point increase in the discount rate.

 

A quarter of a percentage point increase or decrease in the expected rate of return on plan assets would decrease or increase the annual pension costs by $0.4 million.

 

71


Table of Contents

Financial Statement Caption/
Critical Accounting Estimate

 

Assumptions/Approach Used

 

Effect if Actual Results Differ
from Assumptions

Postemployment Benefit Plan

   
We have a formal severance plan which sets forth the guidelines with respect to severance payments to salaried employees whose normal assignment is within the United States. Approximately 3,600 of our employees are covered by the Plan. Severance benefits are determined primarily by years of service and career level in accordance with either a standard or enhanced payment schedule, which is determined by the cause of the severance action. The Company has a severance plan committee with members from different functional responsibilities, including human resources, legal and finance, that review and approve assumptions used in the determination of the liability for expected future severance obligations. Key assumptions include the number of severed participants, number of severed individuals by career level, benefit package and discount rate.  

The assumption for the number of severed participants used in the calculation was 100, 100 and 120 for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The career levels for these individuals was estimated using historical experience as a base, adjusted for a number of strategic and human resource initiatives implemented during these years and current employment levels. We review historical trends and future expectations when determining the assumptions.

 

The discount rate for our postemployment plan is subject to change each year, consistent with changes in high-quality, long-term corporate bond markets. To select a discount rate, we performed an analysis which matched the plans expected cash flows with spot rates developed from a yield curve comprised of high-grade non-callable corporate bonds and arithmetically rounded this result. Our discount rate of 5.75% as of December 31, 2008 is 25 basis points higher than the rate used in calculating the severance obligations for 2007, which was 5.5%.

 

A 5% increase in the number of severed participants would increase our severance obligations by $1.6 million. An equal but opposite effect would be experienced for a 5% decrease in the number of participants.

 

A quarter of a percentage point decrease or increase in our discount rate would have an impact of approximately $0.4 million on our severance obligations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”) which replaces SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations”. SFAS 141R establishes the principles and requirements for how an acquirer: 1) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree; 2) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and 3) discloses the business combination. SFAS 141R applies to all transactions in which an entity obtains control of one or more businesses, including transactions that occur without the transfer of any type of consideration. SFAS 141R is effective on a prospective basis for all business combinations on or after January 1, 2009, with the exception of the accounting for valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies. Early adoption is not allowed. The Company will adopt SFAS 141R on January 1, 2009 and its effect on future periods will be dependent upon the nature and significance of any acquisitions subject to this statement.

 

72


Table of Contents

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in consolidated financial statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 amends ARB No. 51 “Consolidated Financial Statements” and establishes accounting and reporting standards that require non-controlling interests (previously referred to as minority interests) to be reported as a component of equity. In addition, changes in a parent’s ownership interest while the parent retains its controlling interest are accounted for as equity transactions, and upon a loss of control, retained ownership interests are remeasured at fair value, with any gain or loss recognized in earnings. SFAS 160 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2009, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements, which will be applied retrospectively. Early adoption is not allowed. The Company does not expect that the adoption of SFAS 160 will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position.

In February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position 157-2 (“FSP 157-2”). FSP 157-2 permits delayed adoption of SFAS 157 for certain non-financial assets and liabilities, which are not recognized at fair value on a recurring basis, until fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. As permitted by FSP 157-2, the Company has elected to delay the adoption of SFAS 157 for qualifying non-financial assets and liabilities, such as property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets. The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS 157 for its non-financial assets and liabilities, that are not recognized at fair value on a recurring basis, will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities in an effort to improve the transparency of financial reporting and is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. SFAS 161 will not impact the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position as its requirements are disclosure-only in nature.

In June 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position Emerging Issues Task Force 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities” (“FSP EITF 03-6-1”). FSP EITF 03-6-1 requires entities to allocate earnings to unvested and contingently issuable share-based payment awards that have non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents when calculating EPS and also present both basic EPS and diluted EPS pursuant to the two-class method described in SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share”. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective January 1, 2009 and requires retrospective application. The Company will adopt FSP EITF 03-6-1 during 2009 and is not able to project its impact on future presentations of EPS due to the inherent complexities associated with projecting future financial performance. The Company’s calculation of the expected impact of FSP EITF 03-6-1 on EPS for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

     2008     2007  

Earnings (Loss) per Share:

    

Basic—as originally reported

   $ (1.95 )   $ 8.05  

Basic—impact of EITF 03-6-1

     0.01       (0.07 )
                

Basic—as will be reported in 2009

   $ (1.94 )   $ 7.98  
                

Diluted—as originally reported

   $ (1.95 )   $ 8.00  

Diluted—impact of EITF 03-6-1

     0.01       (0.04 )
                

Diluted—as will be reported in 2009

   $ (1.94 )   $ 7.96  
                

In December 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets” (“FSP SFAS 132R-1”). FSP SFAS 132R-1 provides guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension plan or other postretirement plan, including disclosure of how investment allocation decisions are made, major categories of plan assets, inputs and valuation techniques used to

 

73


Table of Contents

measure the fair value of plan assets and concentrations of credit risk. FSP SFAS 132R-1 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. FSP SFAS 132R-1 will not impact the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position as its requirements are disclosure-only in nature.

Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the potential for economic losses to be incurred on market risk sensitive instruments arising from adverse changes in market factors such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and equity price risk. We have limited exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity price risk. Management establishes and oversees the implementation of policies, which have been approved by the Board of Directors, governing our funding, investments and use of derivative financial instruments. We monitor risk exposures on an ongoing basis. There were no material changes in our market risk exposures at December 31, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007.

Foreign Exchange Risk

We enter into forward exchange contracts to minimize risk associated with anticipated receipts and disbursements which are either transacted in a non-functional currency or valued based on a currency other than our functional currencies. We also enter into contracts to offset possible changes in value due to foreign exchange fluctuations of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. The objective of this activity is to reduce our exposure to transaction gains and losses resulting from fluctuations of foreign currencies against our functional currencies, principally the U.S. dollar and euro. The terms of the forward currency contracts are generally less than 18 months.

 

U.S. Dollar Functional Currency
(In millions)
     December 31, 2008    December 31, 2007
     Notional    Estimated
Fair Value
   Notional    Estimated
Fair Value

Commitments to purchase foreign currency

   $293    $22    $40    $—  

Commitments to sell foreign currency

   154    12    22    —  
Euro Functional Currency
(In millions)
     December 31, 2008    December 31, 2007
     Notional    Estimated
Fair Value
   Notional    Estimated
Fair Value

Commitments to sell foreign currency

   $66    $—      $50    $—  

Our settlement activities are subject to foreign exchange risk resulting from foreign exchange rate fluctuations. This risk is limited to the typical one business day timeframe between setting the foreign exchange rates and clearing the financial transactions and by confining the supported settlement currencies to the U.S. dollar or one of 16 other transaction currencies. The remaining 143 transaction currencies are settled in one of the supported settlement currencies or require local settlement netting arrangements that minimize our foreign exchange exposure.

 

74


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

Our interest rate sensitive assets are our debt instruments, which we hold as available-for-sale investments. With respect to fixed maturities, our general policy is to invest in high quality securities, while providing adequate liquidity and maintaining diversification to avoid significant exposure. The fair value and maturity distribution of the Company’s available for sale investments as of December 31 was as follows:

 

    Maturity
        (In millions)

Financial Instrument

  Summary Terms   Fair Market
Value at
December 31,
2008
  No
Contractual
Maturity
  2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014 and
thereafter

Municipal bonds

  fixed interest   $ 485   $ —     $ 16   $ 68   $ 112   $ 101   $ 89   $ 98

Short-term bond funds

  fixed/variable
interest
    103     103     —       —       —       —       —       —  

Auction rate securities

  variable interest     192     —       —       —       —       —       —       192

Other

      —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —  
                                                 

Total

    $ 780   $ 103   $ 16   $ 68   $ 112   $ 101   $ 89   $ 290
                                                 
   

 

Maturity

        (In millions)

Financial Instrument

  Summary Terms   Fair Market
Value at
December 31,
2007
  No
Contractual
Maturity
  2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013 and
thereafter

Municipal bonds

  fixed interest   $ 555   $ —     $ 14   $ 61   $ 122   $ 134   $ 103   $ 120

Short-term bond funds

  fixed/variable
interest
    306     306     —       —       —       —       —       —  

Auction rate securities

  variable interest     348     —       —       —       —       —       —       348

Other

      99     99     —       —       —       —       —       —  
                                                 

Total

    $ 1,308   $ 405   $ 14   $ 61   $ 122   $ 134   $ 103   $ 468
                                                 

 

* Note that amounts in the above table may not sum due to rounding

At December 31, 2008, we had various credit facilities to provide liquidity in the event of material member settlement failures, settlement service operations and other operational needs. These credit facilities have variable rates, which are applied to the borrowing based on terms and conditions set forth in each agreement. We had no material borrowings at December 31, 2008 or 2007. See Note 13 (Debt) to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Report for additional information.

In addition, as of December 31, 2008, we had a 7.36% fixed short-term secured note for $149 million with a fair value of $155 million relating to the Company’s Variable Interest Entity, see Note 15 (Consolidation of Variable Interest Entity) to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Report for additional information.

Equity Price Risk

The Company did not have significant equity price risk as of December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2007, MasterCard’s investment in shares of Redecard S.A. common stock, which was classified as an available-for-sale security was subject to equity price risk. At December 31, 2007, the effect of a hypothetical 10 percent decline in market value would have been approximately $10 million.

 

75


Table of Contents

Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

MasterCard Incorporated

  

As of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

  

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

   77

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   78

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   79

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   80

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   81

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

   82

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   83

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   84

 

76


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of MasterCard Incorporated is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. As required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, management has assessed the effectiveness of MasterCard’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making its assessment, management has utilized the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in its report entitled Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Management has concluded that, based on its assessment, MasterCard’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008. The effectiveness of MasterCard’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears on the next page.

 

77


Table of Contents

[PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS letterhead]

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

of MasterCard Incorporated:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MasterCard Incorporated and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP

New York, New York

February 19, 2009

 

78


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    (In thousands, except share data)  
ASSETS    

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,505,160     $ 1,659,295  

Investment securities, at fair value:

   

Trading

    —         2,561  

Available-for-sale

    588,095       1,308,126  

Municipal bonds held-to-maturity

    154,000       —    

Accounts receivable

    639,482       532,633  

Income taxes receivable

    198,308       —    

Settlement due from customers

    513,191       712,558  

Restricted security deposits held for customers

    183,245       142,052  

Prepaid expenses

    213,612       156,258  

Deferred income taxes

    283,795       44,525  

Other current assets

    32,619       33,733  
               

Total Current Assets

    4,311,507       4,591,741  

Property, plant and equipment, at cost (less accumulated depreciation of $278,269 and $250,888)

    306,798       290,200  

Deferred income taxes

    567,567       263,143  

Goodwill

    297,993       239,626  

Other intangible assets, (less accumulated amortization of $377,570 and $347,977)

    394,282       320,758  

Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value

    191,760       —    

Municipal bonds held-to-maturity

    37,450       192,489  

Prepaid expenses

    302,095       274,962  

Other assets

    66,397       87,122  
               

Total Assets

  $ 6,475,849     $ 6,260,041  
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY    

Accounts payable

  $ 262,342     $ 252,391  

Settlement due to customers

    532,237       604,212  

Restricted security deposits held for customers

    183,245       142,052  

Obligations under litigation settlements (Note 18)

    713,035       107,235  

Accrued expenses

    1,032,061       1,071,557  

Short-term debt

    149,380       80,000  

Other current liabilities

    118,151       105,895  
               

Total Current Liabilities

    2,990,451       2,363,342  

Deferred income taxes

    74,518       71,278  

Obligations under litigation settlements (Note 18)

    1,023,263       297,201  

Long-term debt

    19,387       149,824  

Other liabilities

    436,255       346,469  
               

Total Liabilities

    4,543,874       3,228,114  

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 17, 18 and 20)

   

Minority interest

    4,620       4,620  

Stockholders’ Equity

   

Class A common stock, $.0001 par value; authorized 3,000,000,000 shares, 105,126,588 and 91,243,433 shares issued and 98,385,998 and 87,321,541 outstanding, respectively

    10       9  

Class B common stock, $.0001 par value; authorized 1,200,000,000 shares, 30,848,778 and 43,948,778 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

    4       5  

Class M common stock, $.0001 par value; authorized 1,000,000 shares, 1,728 and 1,664 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

    —         —    

Additional paid-in-capital

    3,304,604       3,312,380  

Class A treasury stock, at cost, 6,740,590 and 3,921,892, respectively

    (1,250,000 )     (600,532 )

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

    (236,100 )     37,699  

Accumulated other comprehensive income:

   

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments

    175,040       216,651  

Defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans, net of tax

    (43,207 )     (3,555 )

Investment securities available-for-sale, net of tax

    (22,996 )     64,650  
               

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

    108,837       277,746  
               

Total Stockholders’ Equity

    1,927,355       3,027,307  
               

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

  $ 6,475,849     $ 6,260,041  
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

79


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Revenues, net

   $ 4,991,600     $ 4,067,599     $ 3,326,074  

Operating Expenses

      

General and administrative

     1,913,679       1,758,388       1,505,185  

Advertising and marketing

     1,017,575       1,080,057       1,051,870  

Litigation settlements

     2,482,845       3,400       24,957  

Charitable contributions to the MasterCard Foundation

     —         20,000       414,785  

Depreciation and amortization

     112,006       97,642       99,782  
                        

Total operating expenses

     5,526,105       2,959,487       3,096,579  
                        

Operating income (loss)

     (534,505 )     1,108,112       229,495  

Other Income (Expense)

      

Investment income, net

     182,907       530,400       124,994  

Interest expense

     (103,600 )     (57,277 )     (61,151 )

Other income (expense), net

     71,985       90,197       834  
                        

Total other income (expense)

     151,292       563,320       64,677  
                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (383,213 )     1,671,432       294,172  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (129,298 )     585,546       243,982  
                        

Net Income (Loss)

   $ (253,915 )   $ 1,085,886     $ 50,190  
                        

Basic Net Income (Loss) per Share (Note 2)

   $ (1.95 )   $ 8.05     $ 0.37  
                        

Basic Weighted Average Shares Outstanding (Note 2)

     130,148       134,887       135,411  
                        

Diluted Net Income (Loss) per Share (Note 2)

   $ (1.95 )   $ 8.00     $ 0.37  
                        

Diluted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding (Note 2)

     130,148       135,695       135,779  
                        

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

80


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Operating Activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (253,915 )   $ 1,085,886     $ 50,190  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     112,006       97,642       99,782  

Gain on sale of Redecard S.A. available-for-sale securities

     (85,903 )     (390,968 )     —    

Charitable contribution of common stock to the MasterCard Foundation

     —         —         394,785  

Share based payments (Note 16)

     60,970       58,213       19,181  

Stock units settled in cash for taxes

     (67,111 )     (11,334 )     —    

Tax benefit for share based compensation

     (47,803 )     (15,430 )     —    

Impairment of investments

     12,515       8,719       —    

Accretion of imputed interest on litigation settlements

     77,202       38,046       42,798  

Deferred income taxes

     (483,952 )     (5,492 )     32,267  

Other

     14,645       15,121       9,746  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Trading securities

     2,561       9,700       10,211  

Accounts receivable

     (115,687 )     (60,984 )     (93,428 )

Income taxes receivable

     (198,308 )     —         —    

Settlement due from customers

     183,008       (356,305 )     (75,553 )

Prepaid expenses

     (65,222 )     (19,859 )     42,623  

Other current assets

     (19,381 )     (7,538 )     7,813  

Prepaid expenses, non-current

     (35,631 )     (28,398 )     (30,555 )

Litigation settlement accruals

     1,254,660       (110,525 )     (170,883 )

Accounts payable

     8,425       (30,650 )     89,382  

Settlement due to customers

     (52,852 )     276,144       89,739  

Accrued expenses

     36,817       176,716       86,859  

Net change in other assets and liabilities

     76,184       41,157       45,204  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     413,228       769,861       650,161  
                        

Investing Activities

      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (75,626 )     (81,587 )     (61,204 )

Capitalized software

     (94,647 )     (74,835 )     (33,264 )

Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale

     (519,514 )     (3,578,357 )     (3,815,115 )

Proceeds from sales and maturities of investment securities available-for-sale

     976,743       4,042,011       3,233,725  

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

     (81,731 )     —         —    

Other investing activities

     (3,574 )     7,909       (368 )
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     201,651       315,141       (676,226 )
                        

Financing Activities

      

Cash received from sale of common stock, net of issuance costs

     —         —         2,449,910  

Cash payment for the redemption of common stock

     —         —         (1,799,937 )

Dividends paid

     (79,259 )     (74,002 )     (12,373 )

Cash proceeds from exercise of stock options

     9,546       1,597       —    

Tax benefit for share based compensation

     47,803       15,430       —    

Payment of debt

     (80,000 )     —         —    

Purchase of treasury stock

     (649,468 )     (600,532 )     —    
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (751,378 )     (657,507 )     637,600  
                        

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (17,636 )     46,720       28,272  
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (154,135 )     474,215       639,807  

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

     1,659,295       1,185,080       545,273  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

   $ 1,505,160     $ 1,659,295     $ 1,185,080  
                        

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

81


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

    Total     Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated

Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income,

net of tax
    Common Shares     Additional
Paid-In Capital
    Treasury
Stock
 
        Class A   Class B      
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

Balance at December 31, 2005

  $ 1,169,148     $ 145,515     $ 49,014     $ —     $ 14     $ 974,605     $ —    

Net income

    50,190       50,190       —         —       —         —         —    

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    66,050       —         66,050       —       —         —         —    

Adoption of new pension and post-retirement standard, net of tax

    (11,402 )     —         (11,402 )     —       —         —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of common stock (net of offering expenses of $129,354)

    2,449,910       —         —         7     —         2,449,903       —    

Redemption of stock Class B shares

    (1,799,937 )     (1,224,901 )     —         —       (8 )     (575,028 )     —    

Charitable stock contribution to the MasterCard Foundation

    394,785       —         —         1     —         394,784       —    

Reclassification of cash-based performance awards to stock-based compensation

    51,209       —         —         —       —         51,209       —    

Cash dividends declared on Class A and Class B common stock, $.18 per share

    (24,775 )     —         —         —       —         (24,775 )     —    

Share based payments

    19,181       —         —         —       —         19,181       —    
                                                     

Balance at December 31, 2006

    2,364,359       (1,029,196 )     103,662       8     6       3,289,879       —    

Net income

    1,085,886       1,085,886       —         —       —         —         —    

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    174,084       —         174,084       —       —         —         —    

Adoption of new tax accounting standard (FIN 48)

    21,175       21,175       —         —       —         —         —    

Cash dividends declared on Class A and Class B common stock, $.60 per share

    (81,571 )     (40,166 )     —         —       —         (41,405 )     —    

Share based payments

    58,213       —         —         —       —         58,213       —    

Stock units settled in cash for taxes

    (11,334 )     —         —         —       —         (11,334 )     —    

Tax benefit for share based compensation

    15,430       —         —         —       —         15,430       —    

Purchases of treasury stock

    (600,532 )     —         —         —       —         —         (600,532 )

Conversion of Class B to Class A common stock

    —         —         —         1     (1 )     —         —    

Cash proceeds from exercise of stock options

    1,597       —         —         —       —         1,597       —    
                                                     

Balance at December 31, 2007

    3,027,307       37,699       277,746       9     5       3,312,380       (600,532 )

Net loss

    (253,915 )     (253,915 )     —         —       —         —         —    

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

    (168,909 )     —         (168,909 )     —       —         —         —    

Cash dividends declared on Class A and Class B common stock, $0.60 per share

    (78,868 )     (19,884 )     —         —       —         (58,984 )     —    

Share based payments

    60,970       —         —         —       —         60,970       —    

Stock units settled in cash for taxes

    (67,111 )     —         —         —       —         (67,111 )     —    

Tax benefit for share based compensation

    47,803       —         —         —       —         47,803       —    

Purchases of treasury stock

    (649,468 )     —         —         —       —         —         (649,468 )

Conversion of Class B to Class A common stock

    —         —         —         1     (1 )     —         —    

Cash proceeds from exercise of stock options

    9,546       —         —         —       —         9,546       —    
                                                     

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 1,927,355     $ (236,100 )   $ 108,837     $ 10   $ 4     $ 3,304,604     $ (1,250,000 )
                                                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

82


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Net Income (Loss)

   $ (253,915 )   $ 1,085,886     $ 50,190  

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (41,611 )     96,996       68,837  

Defined benefit pension and postretirement plans

     (62,681 )     12,429       —    

Income tax effect

     23,029       (4,582 )     —    
                        
     (39,652 )     7,847       —    

Investment securities available-for-sale

     (51,895 )     478,716       (1,786 )

Income tax effect

     18,450       (167,885 )     526  
                        
     (33,445 )     310,831       (1,260 )

Reclassification adjustment for investment securities available-for-sale

     (84,060 )     (374,427 )     1,046  

Income tax effect

     29,859       131,311       (308 )
                        
     (54,201 )     (243,116 )     738  

Derivatives accounted for as hedges

     —         (6,472 )     (10,562 )

Income tax effect

     —         2,200       3,606  
                        
     —         (4,272 )     (6,956 )

Reclassification adjustment for derivatives accounted for as hedges

     —         8,784       7,123  

Income tax effect

     —         (2,986 )     (2,432 )
                        
     —         5,798       4,691  
                        

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     (168,909 )     174,084       66,050  
                        

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   $ (422,824 )   $ 1,259,970     $ 116,240  
                        

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

83


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization —MasterCard Incorporated and its consolidated subsidiaries, including MasterCard International Incorporated (“MasterCard International”) and MasterCard Europe sprl (“MasterCard Europe”) (together, “MasterCard” or the “Company”), provide payment solutions, including transaction processing and related services to customers principally in support of their credit, deposit access (debit), electronic cash and Automated Teller Machine (“ATM”) payment card programs, and travelers cheque programs. Our financial institution customers are generally either principal members (“principal members”) of MasterCard International, which participate directly in MasterCard International’s business, or affiliate members of MasterCard International, which participate indirectly in MasterCard International’s business through a principal member.

Consolidation and basis of presentation —The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MasterCard and its majority-owned and controlled entities, including the Company’s variable interest entity. The Company’s variable interest entity was established for the purpose of constructing the Company’s global technology and operations center; it is not an operating entity and has no employees. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation. The Company follows accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

The Company consolidates majority-owned and controlled entities, including variable interest entities which are required to be consolidated in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46(R), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46R”). Minority interest represents the equity interest not owned by the Company and is recorded for consolidated entities in which the Company owns less than 100% of the interest.

The Company accounts for investments in entities under the equity method of accounting when it holds between 20% and 50% of the common stock in the entity and when it exercises significant influence. The equity method of accounting is also utilized for limited partnerships and limited liability companies if the investment ownership percentage is greater than 3% of outstanding ownership interests or common stock, respectively, regardless of whether MasterCard has significant influence over the investees. MasterCard’s share of net earnings or losses of entities accounted for under the equity method of accounting is included in other income (expense) on the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company accounts for investments in affiliates under the historical cost method of accounting when it holds less than 20% ownership in the common stock of the entity and when it does not exercise significant influence.

Investments in entities for which the equity method and historical cost method of accounting are appropriate are recorded in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to 2008 classifications. In addition, amounts previously reported within Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income as of December 31, 2006 have been adjusted to reflect a revision of $22,804 to increase cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments with a corresponding decrease in defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. The revision had no impact on total accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax.

Use of estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and

 

84


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

expenses during the reporting periods. Management has established detailed policies and control procedures to ensure the methods used to make estimates are well controlled and applied consistently from period to period. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents —Cash and cash equivalents include certain liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase. Cash equivalents are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value.

Investment securities —Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”) for financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. SFAS 157 accomplishes the following key objectives: defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date; establishes a three-level hierarchy (“Valuation Hierarchy”) for fair value measurements; requires consideration of the Company’s creditworthiness when valuing liabilities; and expands disclosures about instruments measured at fair value. SFAS 157 applies only to fair value measurements required or permitted under other accounting pronouncements and does not require any new fair value measurements.

The Valuation Hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. A financial instrument’s categorization within the Valuation Hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels of the Valuation Hierarchy are as follows:

 

   

Level 1—inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

   

Level 2—inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

 

   

Level 3—inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The fair values of the Company’s short-term bond funds are based on quoted prices and are therefore included in level 1 of the Valuation Hierarchy. The fair values of the Company’s available-for-sale municipal bonds are based on quoted prices for similar assets in active markets and are therefore included in level 2 of the Valuation Hierarchy. Also included in level 2 is the estimated fair value of the Company’s foreign exchange forward contracts, which are based on broker quotes for the same or similar instruments. The fair value determination for the Company’s Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”) is based primarily on a discounted cash flow analysis and is therefore included in level 3 of the Valuation Hierarchy. See Note 4 (Investment Securities) for additional disclosures related SFAS 157.

Certain financial instruments are carried at cost on the consolidated balance sheets, which approximated fair value as of December 31, 2008 due to their short-term, highly liquid nature. These instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, settlement due from customers, restricted security deposits held for customers, prepaid expenses, accounts payable, settlement due to customers and accrued expenses.

In October 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active”, (“FSP 157-3”). FSP 157-3 provides guidance on how management’s internal cash flow and discount rate assumptions should be considered when measuring fair value when relevant observable data does not exist, how observable market information in a market that is not active

 

85


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

should be considered when measuring fair value and how the use of market quotes should be considered when assessing the relevance of observable and unobservable data available to measure fair value. The Company has incorporated the considerations of FSP 157-3 in its assessment of the fair value of its ARS as of December 31, 2008.

Also effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Election of the fair value option is irrevocable and is applied on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company has elected not to apply the fair value option to its eligible financial assets and liabilities, and accordingly, the adoption of SFAS 159 had no financial statement impact.

The Company classifies debt securities as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale and classifies equity securities as available-for-sale or trading. Available-for-sale securities that are available to meet the Company’s current operational needs are classified as current assets. Available-for-sale securities that are not available to meet the Company’s current operational needs are classified as non-current assets.

Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity when the Company has the intent and ability to hold the debt securities to maturity and are stated at amortized cost. Debt securities not classified as held-to-maturity are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable taxes, recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss) on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). Net realized gains and losses on debt securities are recognized in investment income on the consolidated statements of operations.

Equity securities bought and held primarily for sale in the near term are classified as trading and are carried at fair value. Net realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading securities are recognized in investment income on the consolidated statements of operations. Equity securities not classified as trading are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable taxes, recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss) on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). Net realized gains and losses on available-for-sale equity securities are recognized in investment income on the consolidated statements of operations. The specific identification method is used to determine realized gains and losses.

Held-to-maturity and available-for-sale investments are evaluated for other than temporary impairment on an ongoing basis in accordance with SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”. If an investment is determined to be other than temporarily impaired, realized losses are recognized in investment income on the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 4 (Investment Securities) for additional information on the Company’s investment securities.

Settlement due from/due to customers —The Company operates systems for clearing and settling payment transactions among MasterCard International members. Net settlements are generally cleared daily among members through settlement cash accounts by wire transfer or other bank clearing means. However, some transactions may not settle until subsequent business days, resulting in amounts due from and due to MasterCard International members.

Restricted security deposits held for MasterCard International members —MasterCard requires and holds cash deposits and certificates of deposits from certain members of MasterCard International as collateral for settlement of their transactions. These assets are fully offset by corresponding liabilities included on the consolidated balance sheets. However, the majority of collateral for settlement is typically in the form of standby letters of credit and bank guarantees which are not recorded on the balance sheet.

 

86


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Property, plant and equipment —Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of equipment and furniture and fixtures is computed using the straight-line method over the related estimated useful lives of the assets, generally ranging from two to five years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is generally computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the terms of the related leases. Capital leases are amortized using the straight-line method over the lives of the leases. Depreciation on buildings is calculated using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of 30 years. Amortization of leasehold improvements and capital leases is included in depreciation expense.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of all long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the carrying value of the asset cannot be recovered from estimated future cash flows, undiscounted and without interest, the fair value of the asset is calculated using the present value of estimated net future cash flows. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment is recorded.

Leases —The Company accounts for operating and capital leases in accordance with SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases”.

Goodwill —Goodwill represents the excess of cost over net assets acquired in connection with the acquisition of certain businesses. The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually as of October 1. Impairment charges, if any, are recorded in general and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 8 (Goodwill) for additional information on the Company’s goodwill.

Intangible assets —Intangible assets consist of capitalized software costs, trademarks, tradenames, customer relationships and other intangible assets, which have finite lives, and customer relationships related to the acquisition of Europay International S.A. in 2002, which have indefinite lives. Intangible assets with finite useful lives, other than customer relationships, are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which range from 3 to 5 years, under the straight-line method. Customer relationships with finite lives are amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives of 10 or 20 years. MasterCard capitalizes average internal costs incurred for payroll and payroll related expenses by department for the employees who directly devote time to the design, development and testing phases of each capitalized software project.

The Company reviews intangible assets with finite lives for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairment charges are recorded in general and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually as of October 1. See Note 9 (Other Intangible Assets) for further detail on impairment charges and other information regarding intangible assets.

Litigation —The Company is party to certain legal and regulatory proceedings with respect to a variety of matters. Except as described in Notes 18 (Obligations under Litigation Settlements) and 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings), MasterCard does not believe that any legal or regulatory proceedings to which it is a party would have a material adverse impact on its business or prospects. The Company evaluates the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome of the legal or regulatory proceedings to which it is a party in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“SFAS 5”). These judgments are subjective based on the status of the legal or regulatory proceedings, the merits of its defenses and consultation with in-house and external legal counsel. The actual outcomes of these proceedings may materially differ from the Company’s judgments. Legal costs are accrued as incurred and recorded in general and administrative expenses.

Settlement and travelers cheque risk —MasterCard has global risk management policies and procedures, which include risk standards to provide a framework for managing the Company’s settlement exposure.

 

87


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Settlement risk is the legal exposure due to the difference in timing between the payment transaction date and subsequent settlement. MasterCard International’s rules generally guarantee the payment of MasterCard transactions and certain Cirrus and Maestro transactions between principal members. In the event that MasterCard International effects a payment on behalf of a failed member, MasterCard International may seek an assignment of the underlying receivables. Subject to approval by the Board of Directors, members may be charged for the amount of any settlement losses incurred during the ordinary activities of the Company. MasterCard has also guaranteed the payment of MasterCard-branded travelers cheques in the event of issuer default. The term and amount of these guarantees are unlimited. These guarantees have been assessed pursuant to the requirements of FASB interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others an Interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and rescission of FASB interpretation No. 34”. See Note 21 (Settlement and Travelers Cheque Risk Management) for additional information.

Derivative financial instruments —The Company accounts for derivative financial instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”). SFAS 133, as amended and interpreted, establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. SFAS 133 requires that all derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not, be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value in other assets and other liabilities, regardless of the purpose or intent for holding them. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments are reported in current-period earnings. The Company did not have any derivative contracts accounted for under hedge accounting as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.

Income taxes —The Company provides for income taxes under the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”) and FASB Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”). SFAS 109 requires an asset and liability based approach in accounting for income taxes.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded to reflect the tax consequences on future years of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and income tax bases of assets and liabilities computed pursuant to SFAS 109 and FIN 48. Valuation allowances are provided against assets which are not likely to be realized. The Company recognizes all material tax positions, including all significant uncertain tax positions in which it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained based on its technical merits and if challenged by the relevant taxing authorities. At each balance sheet date, unresolved uncertain tax positions are reassessed to determine whether subsequent developments require a change in the amount of recognized tax benefit and are recorded in other liabilities.

The Company records interest expense related to income tax matters as interest expense in its statement of operations. The company includes penalties related to income tax matters in the income tax provision.

Revenue recognition —The Company’s revenues are generated from the fees charged to customers for providing transaction processing and other payment services, and from assessments calculated on the dollar volume of activity on cards carrying our brands. Revenues are generally based upon transactional information accumulated by our systems or reported by our customers. Certain revenues are estimated based upon aggregate transaction information and historical and projected customer performance. Revenues are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.

Fees for transaction processing include authorization, clearing, settlement and switch fees. These fees are primarily related to the approval of a payment transaction, the transfer of funds between issuers and acquirers, and charges for the use of MasterCard’s processing platforms. Fees are also earned for other products and

 

88


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

services, including currency conversion, cross border transaction processing, acceptance development, warning bulletins, connectivity, consulting and research, cardholder services, compliance and penalties, holograms, transaction enhancement services and manuals and publications. Transaction processing and other product and service fees are recognized as revenue in the same period as the related transactions occur or services are rendered.

Assessments are based principally upon daily, monthly or quarterly gross dollar volumes, in non-European regions, or gross euro volumes for MasterCard Europe. Rates vary depending on the nature of the transactions that generate volume. Assessments are recorded as revenue in the period they are earned, which is when the related volume is generated on the cards. Quarterly assessments are based on management’s estimate of the customers’ performance in a given period, and actual results may differ from these estimates.

MasterCard has business agreements with certain customers that provide for fee rebates when the customers meet certain hurdles. Such rebates are calculated on a monthly basis based upon estimated performance and the contracted discount rates for the services provided. MasterCard also enters into agreements with certain customers to provide volume as well as other support incentives such as marketing, which are tied to performance. MasterCard may incur costs directly related to the acquisition of the contract, which are deferred and amortized over the life of the contract. Rebates and incentives are recorded as a reduction of revenue in the same period as the revenue is earned or performance has occurred, in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 01-9, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products)”. Rebates and incentives are calculated on a monthly basis based upon estimated performance and the terms of the related business agreements. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

In addition, certain rebate and incentive agreements provide for free or discounted services, which are recorded in accordance with EITF Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”. The discount from the fair value of the services is recorded as a reduction of revenue related to other elements of the contract using the residual method.

Pension and other postretirement plans —Compensation cost of an employee’s pension benefit is recognized on the projected unit credit method over the employee’s approximate service period. The unit credit cost method is utilized for funding purposes.

The Company recognizes the overfunded or underfunded status of its single-employer defined benefit plan or postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its balance sheet and recognizes changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income, in accordance with SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Plans” (“SFAS 158”). The Company also measures the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end balance sheet.

Share based payments —The Company accounts for share based payments in accordance with SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”). SFAS 123R requires the fair value of all share-based payments to employees to be recognized in the financial statements. Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted EITF Issue No. 06-11, “Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards” (“EITF 06-11”). EITF 06-11 requires entities to recognize a realized tax benefit associated with dividends on certain equity shares and options as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The benefit should be included in the pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb potential future tax liabilities on share based payment awards. EITF 06-11 is applied prospectively for share-based awards declared beginning January 1, 2008.

 

89


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Advertising expense —Cost of media advertising is expensed when the advertising takes place. Production costs are expensed as costs are incurred. Promotional items are expensed at the time the promotional event occurs. Sponsorship costs are recognized over the period of benefit based on the estimated value of certain events.

Foreign currency translation —The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for the majority of the Company’s businesses except for MasterCard Europe’s operations, for which the functional currency is the euro, and MasterCard’s operations in Brazil, for which the functional currency is the real. Where the U.S. dollar is considered the functional currency, monetary assets and liabilities are re-measured to U.S. dollars using current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date; non-monetary assets and liabilities are re-measured at historical exchange rates; and revenue and expense accounts are re-measured at a weighted average exchange rate for the period. Resulting exchange gains and losses and transactional foreign exchange gains and losses are not material therefore they are included in general and administrative expenses in the statement of operations. Where local currency is the functional currency, translation from the local currency to U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue and expense accounts using a weighted average exchange rate for the period. Resulting translation adjustments are reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss).

Net income (loss) per share —In accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share”, MasterCard calculates basic net income (loss) per common share by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. MasterCard calculates diluted net income (loss) per share consistent with that of basic net income (loss) per share but gives effect to all potential common shares (e.g., options and unvested restricted stock units) that were outstanding during the period, unless the effect is antidilutive.

Recent accounting pronouncements —In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”) which replaces SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations”. SFAS 141R establishes the principles and requirements for how an acquirer: 1) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree; 2) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and 3) discloses the business combination. SFAS 141R applies to all transactions in which an entity obtains control of one or more businesses, including transactions that occur without the transfer of any type of consideration. SFAS 141R is effective on a prospective basis for all business combinations on or after January 1, 2009, with the exception of the accounting for valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies. Early adoption is not allowed. The Company will adopt SFAS 141R on January 1, 2009 and its effect on future periods will be dependent upon the nature and significance of any acquisitions subject to this Statement.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 amends Accounting Research Bulletin (“ARB”) No. 51 “Consolidated Financial Statements” and establishes accounting and reporting standards that require non-controlling interests (previously referred to as minority interests) to be reported as a component of equity. In addition, changes in a parent’s ownership interest while the parent retains its controlling interest are accounted for as equity transactions, and upon a loss of control, retained ownership interests are remeasured at fair value, with any gain or loss recognized in earnings. SFAS 160 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2009, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements, which will be applied retrospectively. Early adoption is not allowed. The Company does not expect that the adoption of SFAS 160 will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position.

In February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position 157-2 (“FSP 157-2”). FSP 157-2 permits delayed adoption of SFAS 157 for certain non-financial assets and liabilities, which are not recognized at fair value on a

 

90


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

recurring basis, until fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. As permitted by FSP 157-2, the Company has elected to delay the adoption of SFAS 157 for qualifying non-financial assets and liabilities, such as property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets. The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS 157 for its non-financial assets and liabilities, that are not recognized at fair value on a recurring basis, will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities in an effort to improve the transparency of financial reporting and is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. SFAS 161 will not impact the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position as its requirements are disclosure-only in nature.

In June 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position Emerging Issues Task Force 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities” (“FSP EITF 03-6-1”). FSP EITF 03-6-1 requires entities to allocate earnings to unvested and contingently issuable share-based payment awards that have non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents when calculating EPS and also present both basic EPS and diluted EPS pursuant to the two-class method described in SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share”. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective January 1, 2009 and requires retrospective application. The Company will adopt FSP EITF 03-6-1 during 2009 and is not able to project its impact on future presentations of EPS due to the inherent complexities associated with projecting future financial performance. See Note 2 (Earnings (Loss) Per Share (“EPS”)) for the Company’s calculation of the expected impact of FSP EITF 03-6-1 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

In December 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets” (“FSP SFAS 132R-1”). FSP SFAS 132R-1 provides guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension plan or other postretirement plan, including disclosure of how investment allocation decisions are made, major categories of plan assets, inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets and concentrations of credit risk. FSP SFAS 132R-1 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. FSP SFAS 132R-1 will not impact the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position as its requirements are disclosure-only in nature.

Note 2. Earnings (Loss) Per Share (“EPS”)

The components of basic and diluted earnings per share are as follows for each of the years ended December 31:

 

     2008     2007    2006

Numerator:

       

Net income (loss)

   $ (253,915 )   $ 1,085,886    $ 50,190

Denominator:

       

Basic EPS weighted average shares outstanding

     130,148       134,887      135,411

Dilutive stock options and restricted stock units

     —         808      368
                     

Diluted EPS weighted-average shares outstanding

     130,148       135,695      135,779
                     

Earnings (Loss) per Share:

       

Basic

   $ (1.95 )   $ 8.05    $ 0.37
                     

Diluted

   $ (1.95 )   $ 8.00    $ 0.37
                     

 

91


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

The calculation of diluted loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2008 excluded approximately 951 restricted stock units, 408 performance stock units and 705 stock options because the effect would be antidilutive. The calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2007 excluded approximately 10 stock options because the effect would be antidilutive. All stock options and restricted stock units were dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2006.

As described in Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies), FSP EITF 03-6-1 will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2009. The Company anticipates FSP EITF 03-6-1 will impact basic EPS and diluted EPS as follows for each of the years ended December 31:

 

     2008     2007  

Earnings (Loss) per Share:

    

Basic—as originally reported

   $ (1.95 )   $ 8.05  

Basic—impact of EITF 03-6-1

     0.01       (0.07 )
                

Basic—as will be reported in 2009

   $ (1.94 )   $ 7.98  
                

Diluted—as originally reported

   $ (1.95 )   $ 8.00  

Diluted—impact of EITF 03-6-1

     0.01       (0.04 )
                

Diluted—as will be reported in 2009

   $ (1.94 )   $ 7.96  
                

Note 3. Supplemental Cash Flows

The following table includes supplemental cash flow disclosures for each of the years ended December 31:

 

     2008    2007    2006

Cash paid for income taxes 1

   $ 493,199    $ 561,860    $ 186,961

Cash paid for interest

     14,058      17,094      17,034

Cash paid for legal settlements (Notes 18 and 20)

     1,263,185      113,925      195,840

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

        

MasterCard France acquisition

     20,432      —        —  

Shares donated to the MasterCard Foundation (Note 14)

     —        —        394,785

Conversion of cash-based to stock-based compensation (Note 16)

     —        —        51,209

Dividend declared but not yet paid

     19,690      19,969      12,402

 

1

$198,308 of these payments are recorded as an income tax receivable as of December 31, 2008.

On April 1, 2008, the Company and Europay France integrated their operating structures in France by forming a new entity, MasterCard France (“MCF”). The Company accounted for this transaction as a 100% acquisition, in accordance with the terms of the acquisition agreement, by recording a liability for the present value of the fixed purchase price of 15,000 euros to be paid in three years.

 

92


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Note 4. Investment Securities

Costs and Fair Values—Available for Sale:

The major categories of the Company’s available-for-sale investment securities, for which unrealized gains and losses are recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss) on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), and their respective cost bases and fair values are as follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gain
   Gross
Unrealized
Loss 1
    Fair Value at
December 31,
2008

Municipal bonds

   $ 473,746    $ 12,771    $ (1,027 )   $ 485,490

Taxable short-term bond funds

     102,588      —        —         102,588

Auction rate securities

     239,700      —        (47,940 )     191,760

Other

     127         (110 )     17
                            

Total

   $ 816,161    $ 12,771    $ (49,077 )   $ 779,855
                            
     Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gain
   Gross
Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value at
December 31,
2007

Municipal bonds

   $ 550,855    $ 5,865    $ (1,271 )   $ 555,449

Taxable short-term bond funds

     306,674      —        (1,040 )     305,634

Auction rate securities

     348,000      —        —         348,000

Other

     2,948      96,095      —         99,043
                            

Total

   $ 1,208,477    $ 101,960    $ (2,311 )   $ 1,308,126
                            

 

1

The majority of the unrealized losses above are related to investments that have been in a continuous loss position fewer than 12 months.

The cost bases of the Company’s taxable short-term bond funds include $6,379 and $8,719 of other than temporary impairments as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The Company holds investments in auction rate securities (“ARS”). Interest on these securities is exempt from U.S. federal income tax and the interest rate on the securities typically resets every 35 days. The securities are fully collateralized by student loans with guarantees, ranging from approximately 95% to 98% of principal and interest, by the U.S. government, via the Department of Education.

Beginning on February 11, 2008, the auction mechanism that normally provided liquidity to the ARS investments began to fail. Since mid-February 2008, all 44 investment positions in the Company’s ARS investment portfolio have experienced failed auctions. The securities for which auctions have failed have continued to pay interest in accordance with the contractual terms of such instruments and will continue to accrue interest and be auctioned at each respective reset date until the auction succeeds, the issuer redeems the securities or they mature. No ARS were sold or called by the issuer at less than par value during the year ended December 31, 2008. Due to the lack of liquidity and management’s intent and ability to hold until recovery, the Company reclassified its ARS portfolio from short-term available-for-sale to long-term available-for-sale investment securities as of March 31, 2008.

As of December 31, 2008, the ARS market remained illiquid but issuer call and redemption activity in the ARS student loan sector occurred during the year. Due to the continued lack of liquidity in the ARS market, the Company has determined that the fair value of the ARS does not approximate par value. Accordingly, the

 

93


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Company has assigned a 20% discount to the par value of the ARS portfolio and recorded a temporary impairment of $47,940 within accumulated other comprehensive income. The 20% discount on the ARS par value reflects the Company’s assessment of fair value based on the income approach, as set forth in SFAS 157. The income approach included a discounted cash flow analysis of the estimated future cash flows for the ARS portfolio as of December 31, 2008. A hypothetical increase of 100 basis points in the discount rate would increase the temporary impairment by approximately $24,000.

In determining whether the decline in value of the ARS investments was other-than-temporary, the Company considered several factors including, but not limited to, the following: (1) the reasons for the decline in value (credit event, interest related or market fluctuations); (2) MasterCard’s ability and intent to hold the investments for a sufficient period of time to allow for recovery of value; (3) whether the decline is substantial; and (4) the historical and anticipated duration of the events causing the decline in value. The evaluation for other-than-temporary impairments is a quantitative and qualitative process, which is subject to various risks and uncertainties. The risks and uncertainties include changes in the credit quality of the securities, changes in liquidity affected by the auction mechanism or issuer calls of the securities, and the effects of changes in interest rates. Currently, the Company has the intent and ability to hold its ARS investments until recovery of fair value, which may be maturity or earlier if called, and therefore does not consider these unrealized losses to be other-than-temporary.

The ARS investments have been classified within level 3 of the Valuation Hierarchy as their valuation requires substantial judgment and estimation of factors that are not currently observable in the market due to the lack of trading in the securities. This valuation may be revised in future periods as market conditions evolve.

Fair Value Hierarchy:

The distribution of the Company’s financial instruments, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, in the Valuation Hierarchy, is as follows:

 

     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
   Fair Value at
December 31,
2008

Municipal bonds 1

   $ —      $ 485,490    $ —      $ 485,490

Taxable short-term bond funds

     102,588      —        —        102,588

Auction rate securities

     —        —        191,760      191,760

Foreign currency forward contracts

     —        33,731      —        33,731

Other

     17         —        17
                           

Total

   $ 102,605    $ 519,221    $ 191,760    $ 813,586
                           

 

1

Available-for-sale municipal bonds are carried at fair value and are included in these tables. However, held-to-maturity municipal bonds are carried at amortized cost and excluded from these tables.

 

94


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

The table below includes a roll-forward of the Company’s ARS investments from January 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008, and a reclassification of these investments from level 2 to level 3 in the Valuation Hierarchy. When a determination is made to classify a financial instrument within level 3, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable parameters to the overall fair value measurement. However, the fair value determination for level 3 financial instruments may include observable components.

 

     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Fair value, January 1, 2008

   $ 348,000     $ —    

Purchases, January 1—March 31, 2008

     321,550       —    

Sales, January 1—March 31, 2008

     (420,400 )     —    

Transfers in (out)

     (249,150 )     249,150  

Sales, April 1—December 31, 2008

     —         (50 )

Calls, July 1—December 31, 2008

     —         (9,400 )

Unrealized losses

     —         (47,940 )
                

Fair value, December 31, 2008

   $ —       $ 191,760  
                

Carrying and Fair Values—Held to Maturity:

The Company also owns certain held-to-maturity investment securities, which primarily consist of three municipal bonds, one for $154,000 at 7.4% per annum and two totaling $37,434 at approximately 5.0% per annum. These bonds relate to two of the Company’s U.S. locations; see Note 13 (Debt) and Note 15 (Consolidation of Variable Interest Entity) for additional information. The carrying value, gross unrecorded gains and fair value of these held-to-maturity investment securities are as follows at December 31:

 

     2008    2007

Carrying value

   $ 191,450    $ 192,489

Gross unrecorded gains

     1,913      9,576
             

Fair value

   $ 193,363    $ 202,065
             

Investment maturities:

The maturity distribution based on the contractual terms of the Company’s investment securities at December 31, 2008, is as follows:

 

     Available-For-Sale    Held-To-Maturity
     Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value    Carrying
Value
   Fair Value

Due within 1 year

   $ 16,103    $ 16,196    $ 154,000    $ 154,566

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     361,050      370,851      37,450      38,797

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     98,990      100,127      —        —  

Due after 10 years

     237,302      190,075      —        —  

No contractual maturity

     102,716      102,606      —        —  
                           

Total

   $ 816,161    $ 779,855    $ 191,450    $ 193,363
                           

 

95


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

The majority of securities due after ten years are ARS. Taxable short-term bond funds and foreign equity securities have been included in the table above in the no contractual maturity category, as these investments do not have a stated maturity date.

The table below summarizes the maturity ranges of the ARS portfolio, based on relative par value, as of December 31, 2008:

 

     Par
Amount
   % of
Total
 

Due within 10 years

   $ 4,000    2 %

Due year 11 through year 20

     42,100    17 %

Due year 21 through year 30

     141,450    59 %

Due after year 30

     52,150    22 %
             

Total

   $ 239,700    100 %
             

Investment Income

Components of net investment income are as follows for each of the years ended December 31:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Interest income

   $ 108,757     $ 140,851     $ 100,106  

Dividend income

     1,222       15,386       22,867  

Investment securities available-for-sale:

      

Gross realized gains

     87,579       391,444       187  

Gross realized losses

     (3,519 )     (8,298 )     (1,233 )

Other than temporary impairment on short-term bond fund

     (11,115 )     (8,719 )     —    

Trading securities:

      

Unrealized gains (losses), net

     —         (2,116 )     477  

Realized gains (losses), net

     (17 )     1,852       2,590  
                        

Total investment income, net

   $ 182,907     $ 530,400     $ 124,994  
                        

Interest income is generated from cash, cash equivalents, available-for-sale investment securities and municipal bonds held-to-maturity. Dividend income primarily consists of a dividend of the Company’s cost method investments.

At December 31, 2008, the Company held investments in short-term bond funds, with underlying holdings in structured products such as mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities. During 2008, certain of these investments were deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired and an impairment loss of $11,115 was recorded. During 2007, one of the Company’s short-term bond funds, with underlying holdings in mortgage-backed securities, was deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired and an impairment loss of $8,719 was recorded. Due to the high credit quality of the Company’s other investment securities, no other investment securities were considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired in 2008 or 2007.

During 2008, MasterCard sold all of its remaining 6,141 shares of Redecard S.A. and realized a pre-tax gain, net of commissions, of approximately $86,000. In 2007, MasterCard had sold 21,274 shares, or 78% of its investment in Redecard S.A. and realized pre-tax gains, net of commissions, of approximately $391,000. These

 

96


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

gains are included in investment income within the consolidated statements of operations. Unrealized holding gains, net of tax, of $62,366, were included in other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2007 relating to the remaining ownership of this investment.

Note 5. Prepaid Expenses

Prepaid expenses consisted of the following at December 31:

 

     2008     2007  

Customer and merchant incentives

   $ 397,563     $ 357,761  

Advertising

     45,608       33,603  

Other

     72,536       39,856  
                

Total prepaid expenses

     515,707       431,220  

Prepaid expenses, current

     (213,612 )     (156,258 )
                

Prepaid expenses, long-term

   $ 302,095     $ 274,962  
                

Prepaid customer and merchant incentives represent payments made to customers and merchants under business agreements.

Note 6. Other Assets

Other assets consisted of the following at December 31:

 

     2008     2007  

Customer and merchant incentives

   $ 46,608     $ 70,043  

Cash surrender value of keyman life insurance

     18,552       23,957  

Cost and equity method investments

     12,500       8,286  

Other

     21,356       18,569  
                

Total other assets

     99,016       120,855  

Other assets, current

     (32,619 )     (33,733 )
                

Other assets, long-term

   $ 66,397     $ 87,122  
                

Certain customer and merchant business agreements provide a bonus for agreeing to enter into the agreement. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, other assets included payments to be made for these bonuses and the related liability was included in accrued expenses. The bonus is amortized over the life of the agreement. Once the payment is made, the liability is relieved and the other asset is reclassified to a prepaid expense.

 

97


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Note 7. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2008     2007  

Equipment

   $ 250,395     $ 233,140  

Building and land

     216,670       207,110  

Furniture and fixtures

     51,124       45,577  

Leasehold improvements

     66,878       55,261  
                
     585,067       541,088  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (278,269 )     (250,888 )
                
   $ 306,798     $ 290,200  
                

As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, capital leases of $46,794 and $45,900, respectively, were included in equipment. Accumulated amortization of capital leases was $36,180 and $33,488 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Depreciation expense for the above property, plant and equipment, including amortization for capital leases was $59,097, $49,311 and $43,445 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Note 8. Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:

 

Balance as of December 31, 2006

   $ 217,013  

Foreign currency translation

     22,613  
        

Balance as of December 31, 2007

     239,626  

Acquisition of businesses

     67,066  

Foreign currency translation

     (8,699 )
        

Balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ 297,993  
        

No impairment charges were recorded in 2008, 2007 or 2006.

Note 9. Other Intangible Assets

The following table sets forth net intangible assets, other than goodwill, at December 31:

 

     2008    2007
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount

Amortized intangible assets:

               

Capitalized software

   $ 513,587    $ (348,022 )   $ 165,565    $ 422,739    $ (319,067 )   $ 103,672

Trademarks and tradenames

     24,761      (23,314 )     1,447      25,259      (22,609 )     2,650

Customer relationships

     20,910      (620 )     20,290      —        —         —  

Other

     6,304      (5,614 )     690      6,304      (6,301 )     3
                                           

Total

     565,562      (377,570 )     187,992      454,302      (347,977 )     106,325

Unamortized intangible assets:

               

Customer relationships

     206,290      —         206,290      214,433      —         214,433
                                           

Total

   $ 771,852    $ (377,570 )   $ 394,282    $ 668,735    $ (347,977 )   $ 320,758
                                           

 

98


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Additions to capitalized software primarily relate to internal projects associated with system enhancements or infrastructure improvements. Amortizable customer relationships were added in 2008 due to the acquisition of businesses. Certain intangible assets, including amortizable and unamortizable customer relationships and trademarks and tradenames, are denominated in foreign currencies. As such, the change in intangible assets includes a component attributable to foreign currency translation.

Amortization and impairment expense on the assets above amounted to the following for the years ended December 31:

 

     2008    2007    2006

Amortization

   $ 52,909    $ 48,331    $ 56,337

Capitalized software impairments

   $ 1,011    $ 298    $ 614

No impairment charges for intangible assets other than capitalized software were recorded in 2008, 2007 or 2006.

The following table sets forth the estimated future amortization expense on amortizable intangible assets for the years ending December 31:

 

2009

   $ 59,421

2010

     49,445

2011

     29,381

2012

     15,778

2013 and thereafter

     33,967
      
   $ 187,992
      

Note 10. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2008    2007

Customer and merchant incentives

   $ 526,722    $ 497,281

Personnel costs

     296,497      296,031

Advertising

     89,567      160,232

Income taxes

     20,685      10,028

Other

     98,590      107,985
             

Total accrued expenses

   $ 1,032,061    $ 1,071,557
             

Note 11. Pension, Savings Plan and Other Benefits

The Company maintains a non-contributory, qualified, defined benefit pension plan (the “Qualified Plan”) with a cash balance feature covering substantially all of its U.S. employees hired before July 1, 2007. In March 2007, the Company announced it was modifying the Qualified Plan by maintaining employee pay credit percentages at the 2007 level, eliminating funding for employees to purchase healthcare in retirement and limiting plan participation to employees hired before July 1, 2007. These changes reduced the benefit obligation of the Qualified Plan measured as of December 31, 2007 by approximately $16,794. The Qualified Plan experienced a steep decline in the fair value of plan assets in 2008 which resulted in significant increases in the

 

99


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Company’s pension liability and accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2008. Additionally, the Company has an unfunded non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan (the “Non-qualified Plan”) that provides certain key employees with supplemental retirement benefits in excess of limits imposed on qualified plans by U.S. tax laws. The term “Pension Plans” includes both the Qualified Plan and the Non-qualified Plan.

The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for its Pension Plans. The following table sets forth the Pension Plans’ funded status, key assumptions and amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31.

 

     2008     2007  

Change in benefit obligation

    

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 214,805     $ 201,370  

Service cost

     19,980       18,866  

Interest cost

     13,638       12,191  

Voluntary plan participants’ contributions

     989       83  

Actuarial (gain)/loss

     (18,990 )     8,634  

Benefits paid

     (13,387 )     (9,545 )

Plan amendments

     —         (16,794 )
                

Benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 217,035     $ 214,805  
                

Change in plan assets

    

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 195,966     $ 198,133  

Actual return on plan assets

     (59,347 )     7,295  

Employer contribution

     24,625       —    

Voluntary plan participants’ contributions

     989       83  

Benefits paid

     (13,387 )     (9,545 )
                

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 148,846     $ 195,966  
                

Funded status

    

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 148,846     $ 195,966  

Benefit obligation at end of year

     217,035       214,805  
                

Funded status at end of year

   $ (68,189 )   $ (18,839 )
                

Amounts recognized on the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

    

Accrued expenses

   $ (2,332 )   $ (4,288 )

Other liabilities, long term

     (65,857 )     (14,551 )
                
   $ (68,189 )   $ (18,839 )
                

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:

    

Net actuarial loss

   $ 88,108     $ 32,624  

Prior service credit

     (14,938 )     (17,267 )
                
   $ 73,170     $ 15,357  
                

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine end of year benefit obligations

    

Discount rate

     6.00%       6.00%  

Rate of compensation increase—Qualified Plan/Non-Qualified Plan

     5.37%/5.00 %     5.37%/5.00 %

 

100


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

The accumulated benefit obligation of the Pension Plans was $196,536 and $193,421 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets of the Pension Plans with a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets were as follows at December 31:

 

     2008    2007

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 217,035    $ 214,805

Accumulated benefit obligation

     196,536      193,421

Fair value of plan assets

     148,846      195,966

Components of net periodic pension costs were as follows for each of the years ended December 31:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Service cost

   $ 19,980     $ 18,866     $ 18,599  

Interest cost

     13,638       12,191       10,869  

Expected return on plan assets

     (16,030 )     (16,366 )     (15,321 )

Amortization:

      

Actuarial loss

     1,675       —         1,199  

Prior service credit

     (2,329 )     (229 )     (206 )

Settlement gain

     (773 )     —         —    
                        

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 16,161     $ 14,462     $ 15,140  
                        

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31:

 

     2008     2007  

Settlement gain

   $ 773     $ —    

Current year actuarial loss

     56,386       17,705  

Amortization of actuarial loss

     (1,675 )     —    

Current year prior service credit

     —         (16,793 )

Amortization of prior service credit

     2,329       229  
                

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

   $ 57,813     $ 1,141  
                

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income

   $ 73,974     $ 15,603  
                

The estimated amounts that are expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost in 2009 are as follows:

 

Actuarial loss

   $ 8,670  

Prior service credit

     (2,286 )
        

Total

   $ 6,384  
        

 

101


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost were as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

       2008      2007      2006

Discount rate

     6.00%      5.75%      5.50%

Expected return on plan assets

     8.00%      8.50%      8.50%

Rate of compensation increase—Qualified Plan/
Non-Qualified Plan

     5.37%/5.00%      5.37%/5.00%      5.37%/5.00%

The expected return on Qualified Plan assets is based on long-term historical returns in equity and fixed income markets. Based on estimated returns of 9 percent on equity investments and 7 percent on fixed income investments and the portfolio’s targeted asset allocation range, the weighted average expected return of the Qualified Plan assets is 8 percent.

The Company’s Qualified Plan’s asset allocation at December 31, 2008 and 2007 by asset category was as follows:

 

Asset Class

   Target
Asset

Allocation
    Plan Assets at
December 31,
 
     2008     2007  

U.S. equity securities

      

Large/medium cap

   35-40 %   37 %   39 %

Small cap

   10-20     14 %   15 %

Non-U.S. equity

   10-20     15 %   15 %

Fixed income

   25-40     33 %   30 %

Other

   —       1 %   1 %
              

Total

     100 %   100 %
              

Plan assets are managed with a long-term perspective to ensure that there is an adequate level of assets to support benefit payments to participants over the life of the Qualified Plan. The Company periodically conducts asset-liability studies to establish the preferred target asset allocation. Plan assets are managed within the asset allocation ranges above, toward targets of 40% large/medium cap U.S. equity, 15% small cap U.S. equity, 15% non-U.S. equity and 30% fixed income, with periodic rebalancing to maintain plan assets within the target asset allocation ranges. Plan assets are managed by external investment managers. Investment manager performance is measured against benchmarks for each asset class and peer group on quarterly, one-, three- and five-year periods. An independent consultant assists management with investment manager selections and performance evaluations. The “Other” category includes cash that is available to pay expected benefit payments and expenses.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, the Company did not have a mandatory contribution to the Qualified Plan in 2008 or 2007. However, the Company did make a voluntary contribution of $21,500 to the Qualified Plan in September 2008. No contributions were made in 2007. In 2009, the Company anticipates contributing an estimated amount between $25,000 and $60,000 to the Qualified Plan.

 

102


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

The following table summarizes expected benefit payments through 2018 including those payments expected to be paid from the Company’s general assets. Since the majority of the benefit payments are made in the form of lump-sum distributions, actual benefit payments may differ from expected benefits payments.

 

2009

   $ 19,766

2010

     18,182

2011

     25,518

2012

     21,029

2013

     24,578

2014 – 2018

     118,709

Substantially all of the Company’s U.S. employees are eligible to participate in a defined contribution savings plan (the “Savings Plan”) sponsored by the Company. The Savings Plan allows employees to contribute a portion of their base compensation on a pre-tax and after-tax basis in accordance with specified guidelines. The Company matches a percentage of employees’ contributions up to certain limits. In 2007 and prior years, the Company could also contribute to the Savings Plan a discretionary profit sharing component linked to Company performance during the prior year. Beginning in 2008, the discretionary profit sharing amount related to 2007 Company performance was paid directly to employees as a short-term cash incentive bonus rather than as a contribution to the Savings Plan. In addition, the Company has several defined contribution plans outside of the United States. The Company’s contribution expense related to all of its defined contribution plans was $35,341, $26,996 and $43,594 for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The Company had a Value Appreciation Program (“VAP”), which was an incentive compensation plan established in 1995. Annual awards were granted to VAP participants from 1995 through 1998, which entitled participants to the net appreciation on a portfolio of securities of members of MasterCard International. In 1999, the VAP was replaced by an Executive Incentive Plan (“EIP”) and the Senior Executive Incentive Plan (“SEIP”) (together the “EIP Plans”) (See Note 16 (Share Based Payments and Other Benefits)). Contributions to the VAP have been discontinued, all plan assets have been disbursed and no VAP liability remained as of December 31, 2008. The Company’s liability related to the VAP at December 31, 2007 was $986. The expense (benefit) was $(6), $(267) and $3,406 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Note 12. Postemployment and Postretirement Benefits

The Company maintains a postretirement plan (the “Postretirement Plan”) providing health coverage and life insurance benefits for substantially all of its U.S. employees and retirees hired before July 1, 2007.

The Company amended the life insurance benefits under the Postretirement Plan effective January 1, 2007. The impact, net of taxes, of this amendment was an increase of $1,715 to accumulated other comprehensive income in 2007.

 

103


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

The following table presents the status of the Company’s Postretirement Plan recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for its Postretirement Plan.

 

     2008     2007  

Change in benefit obligation

    

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 51,598     $ 60,346  

Service cost

     1,951       2,354  

Interest cost

     3,288       3,392  

Plan participants’ contributions

     74       73  

Actuarial loss (gain)

     4,564       (10,663 )

Gross benefits paid

     (1,582 )     (1,282 )

Less federal subsidy on benefits paid

     56       71  

Plan amendments

     —         (2,693 )
                

Benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 59,949     $ 51,598  
                

Change in plan assets

    

Employer contributions

   $ 1,452     $ 1,138  

Plan participants’ contributions

     74       73  

Net benefits paid

     (1,526 )     (1,211 )
                

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ —       $ —    
                

Funded status

    

Benefit obligation

   $ (59,949 )   $ (51,598 )
                

Funded status at end of year

   $ (59,949 )   $ (51,598 )
                

Amounts recognized on the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

    

Accrued expenses

   $ (2,564 )   $ (1,927 )

Other liabilities, long-term

     (57,385 )     (49,671 )
                
   $ (59,949 )   $ (51,598 )
                

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:

    

Net actuarial gain

   $ (5,874 )   $ (10,956 )

Prior service credit

     —         —    

Transition obligation

     856       1,070  
                
   $ (5,018 )   $ (9,886 )
                

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine end of year benefit obligation

    

Discount rate

     6.00 %     6.25 %

Rate of compensation increase

     5.37 %     5.37 %

The assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31 for the Postretirement Plan were as follows:

 

     2008     2007  

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

   8.00 %   8.00 %

Rate to which the cost trend rate is expected to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

   5.00 %   5.50 %

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   2015     2011  

 

104


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Components of net periodic benefit costs for the years ended December 31 for the Postretirement Plan are:

 

     2008     2007    2006

Service cost

   $ 1,951     $ 2,354    $ 3,166

Interest cost

     3,288       3,392      3,622

Amortization

       

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (518 )     —        212

Prior service cost

     —         —        68

Transition obligation

     214       214      580
                     

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost

   $ 4,935     $ 5,960    $ 7,648
                     

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations for the Postretirement Plan that were recognized in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

 

     2008     2007  

Current year actuarial loss (gain)

   $ 4,564     $ (10,663 )

Current year prior service credit

     —         (2,693 )

Amortization of actuarial gain

     518       —    

Amortization of transition obligation

     (214 )     (214 )
                

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

   $ 4,868     $ (13,570 )
                

Total recognized in net periodic postretirement benefit cost and other comprehensive income

   $ 9,803     $ (7,610 )
                

The estimated amounts that are expected to be amortized for the Postretirement Plan from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost in 2009 are as follows:

 

Transition obligation

   $ 214
      

Total

   $ 214
      

The weighted-average assumptions for the Postretirement Plan which were used to determine net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the years ended December 31 were:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Discount rate

   6.25 %   5.75 %   5.50 %

Rate of compensation increase

   5.37 %   5.37 %   5.37 %

The assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the Postretirement Plan. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates for 2008 would have the following effects:

 

     1% increase    1% decrease  

Effect on postretirement obligation

   $ 6,389    $ (5,413 )

Effect on total service and interest cost components

     589      (500 )

 

105


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

The Company does not make any contributions to its Postretirement Plan other than funding benefits payments. The following table summarizes expected net benefit payments from the Company’s general assets through 2018:

 

     Benefit
Payments
   Expected
Subsidy
Receipts
   Net
Benefit
Payments

2009

   $ 2,641    $ 77    $ 2,564

2010

     3,139      91      3,048

2011

     3,561      115      3,446

2012

     3,994      140      3,854

2013

     4,357      169      4,188

2014 – 2018

     25,807      1,269      24,538

The Company provides limited postemployment benefits to eligible former U.S. employees, primarily severance under a formal severance plan (the “Severance Plan”). The Company accounts for severance expense in accordance with SFAS No. 112, “Employers’ Accounting for Postemployment Benefits” by accruing the expected cost of the severance benefits expected to be provided to former employees after employment over their relevant service periods. The Company updates the assumptions in determining the severance accrual by evaluating the actual severance activity and long-term trends underlying the assumptions. As a result of updating the assumptions, the Company recorded severance expense (benefit) related to the Severance Plan of $2,643, $(3,418) and $8,400, respectively, during the years 2008, 2007 and 2006. The Company has an accrued liability related to the Severance Plan and other severance obligations in the amount of $63,863 and $56,172 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Note 13. Debt

On April 28, 2008, the Company extended its committed unsecured revolving credit facility, dated as of April 28, 2006 (the “Credit Facility”), for an additional year. The new expiration date of the Credit Facility is April 26, 2011. The available funding under the Credit Facility will remain at $2,500,000 through April 27, 2010 and then decrease to $2,000,000 during the final year of the Credit Facility agreement. Other terms and conditions in the Credit Facility remain unchanged. The Company’s option to request that each lender under the Credit Facility extend its commitment was provided pursuant to the original terms of the Credit Facility agreement. Borrowings under the facility are available to provide liquidity in the event of one or more settlement failures by MasterCard International customers and, subject to a limit of $500,000, for general corporate purposes. A facility fee of 8 basis points on the total commitment, or approximately $2,030, is paid annually. Interest on borrowings under the Credit Facility would be charged at the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus an applicable margin of 37 basis points or an alternative base rate, and a utilization fee of 10 basis points would be charged if outstanding borrowings under the facility exceed 50% of commitments. The facility fee and borrowing cost are contingent upon the Company’s credit rating. The Company also agreed to pay upfront fees of $1,250 and administrative fees of $325 for the Credit Facility which are being amortized straight-line over three years. Facility and other fees associated with the Credit Facility or prior facilities totaled $2,353, $2,477 and $2,717 for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. MasterCard was in compliance with the covenants of the Credit Facility and had no borrowings under the Credit Facility at December 31, 2008 or December 31, 2007. The majority of Credit Facility lenders are customers or affiliates of customers of MasterCard International.

In June 1998, MasterCard International issued ten-year unsecured, subordinated notes (the “Notes”) paying a fixed interest rate of 6.67% per annum. MasterCard repaid the entire principal amount of $80,000 on June 30,

 

106


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

2008 pursuant to the terms of the Notes. As of December 31, 2007, the principal amount and fair value of the Notes was $80,000 and $80,612, respectively. The interest expense on the Notes was $2,668, $5,336 and $5,336 for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company was in compliance with the covenants of the Notes as of December 31, 2007.

The Company’s consolidated balance sheets include $149,380 in short-term debt (fair value estimated to be $154,565 and $156,311 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively) relating to the Company’s Variable Interest Entity, see Note 15 (Consolidation of Variable Interest Entity) for more information.

On January 5, 2009, HSBC Bank plc (“HSBC”) notified the Company that, effective December 31, 2008, it had terminated an uncommitted credit agreement totaling 100 million euros between HSBC and MasterCard Europe sprl. There were no borrowings under this agreement at December 31, 2008. There were 136 euros outstanding under this agreement at December 31, 2007.

Note 14. Stockholders’ Equity

Initial Public Offering

On May 31, 2006, MasterCard transitioned to a new ownership and governance structure upon the closing of its IPO and issuance of a new class of the Company’s common stock. Prior to the IPO, the Company’s capital stock was privately held by certain of its customers that were principal members of MasterCard International. All stockholders held shares of Class A redeemable common stock.

Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, MasterCard Incorporated filed an amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “certificate of incorporation”). The certificate of incorporation authorized 4,501,000 shares, consisting of the following new classes of capital stock:

 

Class

  

Par Value

   Authorized
Shares

(in millions)
 

Dividend and Voting Rights

A    $.0001 per share    3,000  

•     One vote per share

•     Dividend rights

B    $.0001 per share    1,200  

•     Non-voting

•     Dividend rights

M    $.0001 per share    1  

•     Generally non-voting, but can elect up to three, but not more than one-quarter, of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors and approve specified significant corporate actions (e.g., the sale of all of the assets of the Company)

•     No dividend rights

Preferred    $.0001 per share    300  

•     No shares issued or outstanding. Dividend and voting rights are to be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company upon issuance.

The certificate of incorporation also provided for the immediate reclassification of all of the Company’s 99,978 outstanding shares of existing Class A redeemable common stock, causing each of its existing stockholders to receive 1.35 shares of the Company’s newly issued Class B common stock for each share of common stock that they held prior to the reclassification as well as a single share of Class M common stock. The Company paid stockholders an aggregate of $27 in lieu of issuing fractional shares that resulted from the reclassification. This resulted in the issuance of 134,969 shares of Class B common stock and 2 shares of Class M common stock.

 

107


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

The Company issued 66,135 newly authorized shares of Class A common stock in the IPO, including 4,614 shares sold to the underwriters pursuant to an option to purchase additional shares, at a price of $39 per share. The Company received net proceeds from the IPO of approximately $2,449,910. The Company issues and retires one share of Class M common stock at the inception or termination, respectively, of each principal membership of MasterCard International.

Redemption of Shares

On June 30, 2006, in accordance with the certificate of incorporation, the Company used all but $650,000 of the net proceeds from the IPO, or $1,799,910, to redeem 79,632 shares of Class B common stock from the Class B stockholders, the customers and principal members of MasterCard International. This number of redeemed shares equaled the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock issued to investors in the IPO and donated to the Foundation (as defined below). The redemption amount paid to Class B stockholders was allocated primarily between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings. Since 59% of the shares of Class B common stock were redeemed, 59% of the additional paid-in capital balance which existed prior to the IPO and was associated with shares of Class B common stock, or $575,001, was reduced against additional paid-in capital. The remaining $1,224,901 was charged to retained earnings since this amount was in excess of the original additional paid-in capital attributed to the shares of Class B common stock.

Class B Common Stock Conversions

At the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company on June 7, 2007, the Company’s stockholders approved amendments to the Company’s certificate of incorporation designed to facilitate an accelerated, orderly conversion of Class B common stock into Class A common stock for subsequent sale. Through “conversion transactions,” in amounts and at times designated by the Company, current holders of shares of Class B common stock who elect to participate will be eligible to convert their shares, on a one-for-one basis, into shares of Class A common stock for subsequent sale or transfer to public investors, within a 30 day “transitory” ownership period. Holders of Class B common stock are not allowed to participate in any vote of holders of Class A common stock during this “transitory” ownership period. The number of shares of Class B common stock eligible for conversion transactions is limited to an annual aggregate number of up to 10% of the total combined outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, based upon the total number of shares outstanding as of December 31 of the prior calendar year. In addition, prior to May 31, 2010, a conversion transaction will not be permitted that will cause the number of shares of Class B common stock to represent less than 15% of the total number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding.

During 2007, the Company implemented and completed two separate conversion programs in which 11,387 shares, of an eligible 13,400 shares, of Class B common stock were converted into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock and subsequently sold or transferred to public investors.

In February 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the conversion and sale or transfer of up to 13,100 shares of Class B common stock into Class A common stock in one or more conversion programs during 2008. In May 2008, the Company implemented and completed a conversion program in which all of the 13,100 authorized shares of Class B common stock were converted into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock and subsequently sold or transferred by participating holders of Class B common stock to public investors.

In February 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the conversion and sale or transfer of up to 11,000 shares of Class B common stock into Class A common stock in one or more conversion programs during 2009.

 

108


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Commencing on the fourth anniversary of the IPO, each share of Class B common stock will be convertible, at the holder’s option, into a share of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Additionally, if at any time, the number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding is less than 41% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding, Class B stockholders will in certain circumstances be permitted to acquire an aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock in the open market or otherwise, with acquired shares thereupon converting into an equal number of shares of Class B common stock so that holders of Class B common stock could own up to 41% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding at such time. Shares of Class B common stock are non-registered securities that may be bought and sold among eligible holders of Class B common stock subject to certain limitations.

Stock Repurchase Program

In April 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a plan for the Company to repurchase up to $500,000 of its Class A common stock in open market transactions during 2007. On October 29, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors amended the share repurchase plan to authorize the Company to repurchase an incremental $750,000 (aggregate for the entire repurchase program of $1,250,000) of its Class A common stock in open market transactions through June 30, 2008. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 3,922 shares of Class A common stock had been repurchased at a cost of $600,532. During 2008, the Company repurchased approximately 2,819 shares of Class A common stock at a cost of $649,468, completing its aggregate authorized share repurchase program of $1,250,000. The Company records the repurchase of shares of common stock at cost based on the settlement date of the transaction. These shares are classified as treasury stock, which is a reduction to stockholders’ equity. Treasury stock is included in authorized and issued shares but excluded from outstanding shares.

The MasterCard Foundation

In connection and simultaneous with the IPO, the Company issued and donated 13,497 newly authorized shares of Class A common stock to The MasterCard Foundation (the “Foundation”). The Foundation is a private charitable foundation incorporated in Canada that is controlled by directors who are independent of the Company and its principal members. In connection with the donation, the Company recorded an expense of $394,785 in the second quarter of 2006, which was determined based on the IPO price per share, less a marketability discount of 25%. Under the terms of the donation, the Foundation can only resell the donated shares beginning on the fourth anniversary of the IPO to the extent necessary to meet charitable disbursement requirements dictated by Canadian tax law. Under Canadian tax law, the Foundation is generally required to disburse at least 3.5% of its assets not used in administration each year for qualified charitable disbursements. However, the Foundation obtained permission from the Canadian tax authorities to defer the giving requirements for up to ten years. The Foundation, at its discretion, may decide to meet its disbursement obligations on an annual basis or to settle previously accumulated obligations during any given year. The Foundation will be permitted to sell all of its remaining shares beginning twenty years and eleven months after the consummation of the IPO. Additionally, during each of the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company donated $20,000 in cash to the Foundation for an aggregate of $40,000.

 

109


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Ownership and Governance Structure

Equity ownership and voting power of the Company’s shares were allocated as follows as of December 31:

 

     2008     2007  
     Equity
Ownership
    General
Voting
Power
    Equity
Ownership
    General
Voting
Power
 

Public Investors (Class A stockholders)

   66 %   86 %   57 %   85 %

Principle or Affiliate Members (Class B stockholders)

   24 %   —       33 %   —    

Foundation (Class A stockholders)

   10 %   14 %   10 %   15 %

Note 15. Consolidation of Variable Interest Entity

On August 31, 1999, MasterCard International entered into a ten-year synthetic lease agreement for a global technology and operations center located in O’Fallon, Missouri, called Winghaven. The lessor under the lease agreement is MasterCard International O’Fallon 1999 Trust (the “Trust”). The Trust, which is a variable interest entity was established for a single discrete purpose, is not an operating entity, has a limited life and has no employees. The Trust financed the operations center through a combination of a third party equity investment and the issuance of 7.36 percent Series A Senior Secured Notes (the “Secured Notes”) in the amount of $149,380 which are due September 1, 2009.

Annual rent for Winghaven of $11,390 is payable by MasterCard International and is equal to interest payments on the Secured Notes and a return to equity-holders. The future minimum lease payments are $11,390 and are included in the future commitment schedule in Note 17 (Commitments). In conjunction with the Winghaven lease agreement, MasterCard International executed a guarantee of 85.15 percent of the Secured Notes outstanding totaling $127,197. Additionally, upon the occurrence of specific events of default, MasterCard International guarantees repayment of the total outstanding principal and interest on the Secured Notes and would take ownership of the facility. During 2004, MasterCard Incorporated became party to the guarantee and assumed certain covenant compliance obligations, including financial reporting and maintenance of a certain level of consolidated net worth. The amendment to the guarantee aligns the Company’s financial reporting and net worth covenant obligations under the guarantee with similar obligations under MasterCard’s other debt instruments. The Company entered into the amendment to the guarantee to better reflect the Company’s corporate structure and to reduce the costs and administrative burden of complying with different debt covenants.

The Winghaven lease agreement permits MasterCard International to purchase the facility after August 31, 2006, upon 180 days notice. The purchase price is equal to the termination value defined in the lease and includes amounts due to the holders of the Secured Notes and the investor equity, along with any accrued and unpaid amounts due to the investor under the lease agreement. The amount due to the holder of the Secured Notes would include the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Secured Notes, as well as a “make-whole” amount and any accrued and unpaid interest. The “make-whole” amount represents the discounted value of the remaining principal and interest on the Secured Notes, less the outstanding principal balance. On August 29, 2008, MasterCard exercised its option to extend the lease agreement for one additional ten-year term and notified the equity investor and holders of the Secured Notes of its intent to repay the obligations issued through the Trust. The repayment of aggregate outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Secured Notes is expected to occur in March 2009, and subsequent to this repayment, the lease and guarantee agreements will be terminated. MasterCard was in compliance with the covenants of the Secured Notes at December 31, 2008.

 

110


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

MasterCard International has determined that it is the primary beneficiary of the Trust as a result of the guarantee of the principal and interest on the Secured Notes described above which potentially exposes the Company to the majority of the expected losses of the Trust. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2008, the Company’s consolidated balance sheets included $154,000 in short-term municipal bonds held by the Trust, $149,380 in short-term debt and $4,620 of minority interest relating to the equity in the Trust held by a third party. The redemption value of the minority interest approximates its carrying value and will be redeemed by the minority interest holders upon maturity of the Secured Notes. Leasehold improvements for Winghaven are amortized over the economic life of the improvements. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the consolidation had no impact on net income. However, interest income and interest expense were each increased by $11,390 in each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The Company did not provide any financial or other support that it was not contractually required to provide during each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006.

Note 16. Share Based Payment and Other Benefits

Prior to May 2006, the Company had never granted stock-based compensation awards to employees. In contemplation of the Company’s IPO and to better align Company management with a new ownership and governance structure (see Note 14 (Stockholders’ Equity)), the Company implemented the MasterCard Incorporated 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”). The LTIP is a shareholder-approved omnibus plan that permits the grant of various types of equity awards to employees. In May 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123R, upon granting of awards under the LTIP.

Historically, the Company provided cash compensation to certain employees under its EIP Plans. The EIP Plans were cash-based performance unit plans, in which participants received grants of units with a value contingent on the achievement of the Company’s long-term performance goals. The final value of units under the EIP Plans was calculated based on the Company’s performance over a three-year period. The performance goals were not, in whole or in part, based upon the Company’s stock price as there was no trading of the Company’s stock at the time the goals were set. Upon completion of the three-year performance period, participants received a cash payment equal to 80 percent of the award earned. The remaining 20 percent of the award was paid upon completion of two additional years of service. The performance units vested over three and five year periods.

During 2006, in connection with the IPO, the Company offered employees who had outstanding awards under the EIP Plans the choice of converting certain of those awards to restricted stock units (“RSUs”). Certain other awards under the EIP Plans were mandatorily converted to RSUs. In each case, a 20 percent premium was applied in the conversion. Approximately three hundred participants converted their existing awards under the EIP Plans to RSUs in conjunction with the Company’s IPO in May 2006. The RSUs resulting from this conversion retained the same vesting schedule as the original EIP Plan awards. The Company’s liability related to the EIP Plans at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $291 and $611, respectively, and the expense was $146, $372 and $28,024 for the years ending December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The Company has granted RSUs, non-qualified stock options (“options”) and Performance Stock Units (“PSUs”) under the LTIP. The RSUs generally vest after three to four years. The options, which expire ten years from the date of grant, vest ratably over four years from the date of grant. The PSUs generally vest after three years. Additionally, the Company made a one-time grant to all non-executive management employees upon the IPO for a total of approximately 440 RSUs (the “Founders’ Grant”). The Founders’ Grant RSUs will vest three years from the date of grant. The Company uses the straight-line method of attribution for expensing equity awards. Compensation expense is recorded net of estimated forfeitures. Estimates are adjusted as appropriate.

 

111


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Upon termination of employment, excluding retirement, all of a participant’s unvested awards are forfeited. However, when a participant terminates employment due to retirement, the participant generally retains all of their awards without providing additional service to the Company. Eligible retirement is dependent upon age and years of service, as follows: age 55 with ten years of service, age 60 with five years of service and age 65 with two years of service. Compensation expense is recognized over the shorter of the vesting periods stated in the EIP Plans and the LTIP, or the date the individual becomes eligible to retire.

There are 11,550 shares of Class A common stock reserved for equity awards under the LTIP. Although the LTIP permits the issuance of shares of Class B common stock, no such shares have been reserved for issuance. Shares issued as a result of stock option exercises and the conversions of RSUs are expected to be funded with the issuance of new shares of Class A common stock.

Stock Options

The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used in the valuation and the resulting weighted average fair value per option granted for the years ended December 31:

 

       2008    2007    2006

Risk-free rate of return

   3.2%    4.4%    5.0%

Expected term (in years)

   6.25    6.25    6.25

Expected volatility

   37.9%    30.9%    32.1%

Expected dividend yield

   0.3%    0.6%    1.0%

Weighted-average fair value per option granted

   $78.54    $41.03    $14.64

The risk-free rate of return was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect on the date of grant. The Company utilizes the simplified method for calculating the expected term of the option based on the vesting terms and the contractual life of the option. As the Company did not have sufficient publicly traded stock data historically, the expected volatility was primarily based on the average of the historical and implied volatility of a group of companies that management believes is generally comparable to MasterCard. The expected dividends were based on the Company’s expected annual dividend rate on the date of grant.

The following table summarizes the Company’s option activity for the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Options     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

(in years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding at January 1, 2008

   845     $ 67      

Granted

   131     $ 190      

Exercised

   (185 )   $ 51      

Forfeited/expired

   (86 )   $ 75      
              

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   705     $ 93    8.0      $41,537
                        

Exercisable at December 31, 2008

   111     $ 71    7.8    $ 8,172
                        

Options vested at December 31, 2008 1

   446     $ 83    7.9    $ 29,570
                        

 

1

Includes options for participants that are eligible to retire and thus have fully earned their awards.

 

112


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $36,987 and $4,877, respectively. There were no options exercised in the year ended December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2008, there was $7,949 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years.

Restricted Stock Units

The following table summarizes the Company’s RSU activity for the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Units     Weighted Average
Grant-Date Fair
Value
   Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term

(in years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding at January 1, 2008

   2,542     $ 41      

Granted

   9     $ 209      

Converted

   (906 )   $ 39      

Forfeited/expired

   (122 )   $ 40      
              

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   1,523     $ 43    0.8    $ 217,682
                        

RSUs vested at December 31, 2008 1

   564     $ 39    0.7    $ 80,613
                        

 

1

Includes RSUs for participants that are eligible to retire and thus have fully earned their awards.

The fair value of each RSU is the closing stock price on the New York Stock Exchange of the Company’s Class A common stock on the date of grant. In the case of RSUs granted upon the IPO, the fair value was the Company’s $39.00 IPO price. The weighted average grant-date fair value of RSUs granted during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $153.93 and $39.02, respectively. The portion of the RSU award related to the minimum statutory withholding taxes will be settled in cash upon vesting. The remaining RSUs will be settled in shares of the Company’s Class A common stock after the vesting period. The total intrinsic value of RSUs converted into shares of Class A common stock during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $194,051 and $31,389, respectively. There were no RSUs converted into shares of Class A common stock during the year ended December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2008, there was $11,347 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested RSUs, respectively. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.2 years.

Performance Stock Units

The following table summarizes the Company’s PSU activity for the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Units     Weighted Average
Grant-Date Fair
Value
   Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term

(in years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding at January 1, 2008

   614     $ 106      

Granted

   305     $ 192      

Converted

   —       $ —        

Forfeited/expired

   (62 )   $ 122      
              

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   857     $ 136    1.5    $ 122,543
                        

PSUs vested at December 31, 2008 1

   224     $ 132    1.5    $ 32,083
                        

 

1

Includes PSUs for participants which are eligible to retire and thus have fully earned their awards.

 

113


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

The fair value of each PSU is the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange of the Company’s Class A common stock on the date of grant. With regard to the performance units granted in 2008, the ultimate number of shares to be received by the employee upon vesting will be determined by the Company’s performance against predetermined net income (two-thirds weighting) and operating margin (one-third weighting) goals for the three-year period commencing January 1, 2008. With regard to the performance units granted in 2007, the ultimate number of shares to be received by the employee upon vesting will be determined by the Company’s performance against equally weighted predetermined net income and return on equity goals for the three-year period commencing January 1, 2007. The weighted average grant-date fair value of PSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2007 was $106.29. There were no PSUs granted prior to this period. There were no PSUs converted into shares of Class A common stock during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. As of December 31, 2008, there was $43,261 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested PSUs. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years.

On July 18, 2006, the Company’s stockholders approved the MasterCard Incorporated 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan (the “Director Plan”). The Director Plan provides for awards of Deferred Stock Units (“DSUs”) to each director of the Company who is not a current employee of the Company. There are 100 shares of Class A common stock reserved for DSU awards under the Director Plan. During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company granted 4 DSUs and 8 DSUs, respectively. The fair value of the DSUs was based on the average of the high and low stock price on the New York Stock Exchange of the Company’s Class A common stock on the date of grant. The weighted average grant-date fair value of DSUs granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $284.92, $139.27 and $45.79, respectively. The DSUs vested immediately upon grant and will be settled in shares of the Company’s Class A common stock on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant. Accordingly, the Company recorded general and administrative expense of $1,209, $1,051 and $1,050 for the DSUs for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The total income tax benefit recognized in the income statement for DSUs was $371, $413 and $381 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded compensation expense for the equity awards of $59,761, $57,162 and $18,131, respectively. The total compensation expense for equity awards recognized during 2006 included $4,109 of incremental compensation cost primarily related to adjustments for performance premiums upon the conversion of awards, partially offset by assumed forfeitures of equity awards. The total income tax benefit recognized for the equity awards was $18,323, $19,828 and $6,091 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Included in the total income tax benefit of $18,323 recognized during 2008, is $13,466 of income tax benefit related to stock options exercised during 2008.

Additionally, upon conversion of the awards in 2006, the Company reclassified $51,209 of liabilities related to awards issued under the EIP Plans to additional paid-in capital for the equity awards. The additional paid-in capital balance attributed to the equity awards was $135,538 and $114,637 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

114


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Note 17. Commitments

At December 31, 2008, the Company had the following future minimum payments due under non-cancelable agreements:

 

     Total    Capital
Leases
   Operating
Leases
   Sponsorship,
Licensing &
Other

2009

   $ 372,320    $ 8,435    $ 40,327    $ 323,558

2010

     140,659      2,758      18,403      119,498

2011

     80,823      1,978      11,555      67,290

2012

     50,099      1,819      9,271      39,009

2013

     50,012      36,837      7,062      6,113

Thereafter

     21,292      —        19,380      1,912
                           

Total

   $ 715,205    $ 51,827    $ 105,998    $ 557,380
                           

Included in the table above are capital leases with imputed interest expense of $9,483 and a net present value of minimum lease payments of $42,343. In addition, at December 31, 2008, $92,300 of the future minimum payments in the table above for leases, sponsorship, licensing and other agreements was accrued. Consolidated rental expense for the Company’s office space, which is recognized on a straight line basis over the life of the lease, was approximately $42,905, $35,614 and $31,467 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Consolidated lease expense for automobiles, computer equipment and office equipment was $7,694, $7,679 and $8,419 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

In January 2003, MasterCard purchased a building in Kansas City, Missouri for approximately $23,572. The building is a co-processing data center which replaced a back-up data center in Lake Success, New York. During 2003, MasterCard entered into agreements with the City of Kansas City for (i) the sale-leaseback of the building and related equipment which totaled $36,382 and (ii) the purchase of municipal bonds for the same amount which have been classified as municipal bonds held-to-maturity. The agreements enabled MasterCard to secure state and local financial benefits. No gain or loss was recorded in connection with the agreements. The leaseback has been accounted for as a capital lease as the agreement contains a bargain purchase option at the end of the ten-year lease term on April 1, 2013. The building and related equipment are being depreciated over their estimated economic life in accordance with the Company’s policy. Rent of $1,819 is due annually and is equal to the interest due on the municipal bonds. The future minimum lease payments are $45,781 and are included in the table above. A portion of the building was subleased to the original building owner for a five-year term with a renewal option. As of December 31, 2008, the future minimum sublease rental income is $4,416.

Note 18. Obligations Under Litigation Settlements

On October 27, 2008, MasterCard and Visa Inc. (“Visa”) entered into a settlement agreement (the “Discover Settlement”) with Discover Financial Services, Inc. (“Discover”) relating to the U.S. federal antitrust litigation amongst the parties. The Discover Settlement ended all litigation between the parties for a total of $2,750,000. In July 2008, MasterCard and Visa had entered into a judgment sharing agreement that allocated responsibility for any judgment or settlement of the Discover action between the parties. Accordingly, the MasterCard share of the Discover Settlement was $862,500, which was paid to Discover in November 2008. In addition, in connection with the Discover Settlement, Morgan Stanley, Discover’s former parent company, paid MasterCard $35,000 in November 2008, pursuant to a separate agreement. The net impact of $827,500 is included in litigation settlements for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

115


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

On June 24, 2008, MasterCard entered into a settlement agreement (the “American Express Settlement”) with American Express Company (“American Express”) relating to the U.S. federal antitrust litigation between MasterCard and American Express. The American Express Settlement ended all existing litigation between MasterCard and American Express. Under the terms of the American Express Settlement, MasterCard is obligated to make 12 quarterly payments of up to $150,000 per quarter beginning in the third quarter of 2008. MasterCard’s maximum nominal payments will total $1,800,000. The amount of each quarterly payment is contingent on the performance of American Express’s U.S. Global Network Services business. The quarterly payments will be in an amount equal to 15% of American Express’s U.S. Global Network Services billings during the quarter, up to a maximum of $150,000 per quarter. If, however, the payment for any quarter is less than $150,000, the maximum payment for subsequent quarters will be increased by the difference between $150,000 and the lesser amount that was paid in any quarter in which there was a shortfall. MasterCard assumes American Express will achieve these financial hurdles. MasterCard recorded the present value of $1,800,000, at a 5.75% discount rate, or $1,649,345 for the year ended December 31, 2008.

In 2003, MasterCard entered into a settlement agreement (the “U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement”) related to the U.S. merchant lawsuit described under the caption “U.S. Merchant and Consumer Litigations” in Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) and contract disputes with certain customers. Under the terms of the U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement, the Company was required to pay $125,000 in 2003 and $100,000 annually each December from 2004 through 2012. In addition, in 2003, several other lawsuits were initiated by merchants who opted not to participate in the plaintiff class in the U.S. merchant lawsuit. The “opt-out” merchant lawsuits were not covered by the terms of the U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement and all have been individually settled.

We recorded liabilities for certain litigation settlements in prior periods. Total liabilities for litigation settlements changed from December 31, 2006, as follows:

 

Balance as of December 31, 2006

   $ 476,915  

Provision for litigation settlements (Note 20)

     3,400  

Interest accretion on U.S. Merchant Lawsuit

     38,046  

Payments

     (113,925 )
        

Balance as of December 31, 2007

     404,436  

Provision for Discover Settlement

     862,500  

Provision for American Express Settlement

     1,649,345  

Provision for other litigation settlements

     6,000  

Interest accretion on U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement

     32,879  

Interest accretion on American Express Settlement

     44,300  

Payments on American Express Settlement

     (300,000 )

Payments on Discover Settlement

     (862,500 )

Payment on U.S. Merchant Lawsuit Settlement

     (100,000 )

Other payments and accretion

     (662 )
        

Balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ 1,736,298  
        

See Note 20 (Legal and Regulatory Proceedings) for additional discussion regarding the Company’s legal proceedings.

 

116


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Note 19. Income Tax

The total income tax provision for the years ended December 31 is comprised of the following components:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Current

      

Federal

   $ 118,387     $ 371,250     $ 140,548  

State and local

     13,124       36,661       5,803  

Foreign

     223,143       183,127       54,200  
                        
     354,654       591,038       200,551  

Deferred

      

Federal

     (481,783 )     (8,666 )     41,291  

State and local

     2,002       5,429       2,575  

Foreign

     (4,171 )     (2,255 )     (435 )
                        
     (483,952 )     (5,492 )     43,431  
                        

Total income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (129,298 )   $ 585,546     $ 243,982  
                        

The domestic and foreign components of earnings (loss) before income taxes for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

     2008     2007    2006

United States

   $ (986,175 )   $ 959,977    $ 146,575

Foreign

     602,962       711,455      147,597
                     
   $ (383,213 )   $ 1,671,432    $ 294,172
                     

MasterCard has not provided for U.S. federal income and foreign withholding taxes on approximately $706,691 of undistributed earnings from non-U.S. subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 because such earnings are intended to be reinvested indefinitely outside of the United States. If these earnings were distributed, foreign tax credits may become available under current law to reduce the resulting U.S. income tax liability, however, the amount of the tax and credits is not practically determinable.

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the appropriate statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to pretax income (loss) for the years ended December 31, as a result of the following:

 

    2008     2007     2006  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

  $ (383,213 )     $ 1,671,432       $ 294,172    
                             

Federal statutory tax

  $ (134,125 )   35.0 %   $ 585,001     35.0 %   $ 102,960     35.0 %

State tax effect, net of federal benefit

    11,140     (2.9 )     27,359     1.6       5,444     1.8  

Non-deductible, charitable stock contribution

    —       —         —       —         138,175     47.0  

Foreign tax effect, net of federal benefit

    1,969     (0.5 )     (12,069 )   (0.7 )     (5,699 )   (1.9 )

Non-deductible expenses and other differences

    2,260     (0.7 )     (2,918 )   (0.2 )     13,086     4.4  

Tax exempt income

    (10,542 )   2.8       (11,827 )   (0.7 )     (9,984 )   (3.4 )
                                         

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ (129,298 )   33.7 %   $ 585,546     35.0 %   $ 243,982     82.9 %
                                         

 

117


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Effective Income Tax Rate

The effective income tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were 33.7%, 35.0% and 82.9%, respectively. The decrease in the effective income tax rate in 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due to the impact of the charges associated with the Discover Settlement and American Express Settlement. These charges caused a change in the geographic distribution of pretax income (loss) resulting in pretax income in lower tax jurisdictions and pretax loss in higher tax jurisdictions. The resulting tax benefit of the loss was offset by a tax charge for the remeasurement of deferred tax assets as a result of a change in the Company’s state effective tax rate. As a result of the remeasurement, the Company’s deferred tax assets were reduced by $20,605 and an income tax expense was recorded for the same amount. The change in the effective income tax rate in 2007 compared to 2006 primarily relates to a non-deductible charitable contribution of shares of MasterCard Class A common stock to the Foundation during 2006. MasterCard recorded a significant expense equal to the value of the Class A common stock donated to the Foundation. Under the terms of the contribution to the Foundation, this donation is generally not deductible to MasterCard for tax purposes. This transaction is discussed in more detail in Note 14 (Stockholders’ Equity).

Deferred Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. The net deferred tax asset at December 31 was comprised of the following:

 

     Assets (Liabilities)  
     2008     2007  
     Current     Non-current     Current     Non-current  

Accrued liabilities (including litigation settlements)

   $ 268,376     $ 386,608     $ 61,996     $ 111,271  

Deferred compensation and benefits

     5,670       72,163       4,250       52,003  

Stock based compensation

     —         50,621       —         39,287  

Intangible assets

     —         (49,476 )     —         (43,897 )

Property, plant and equipment

     —         (23,406 )     —         (13,941 )

State taxes and other credits

     21,513       31,589       21,513       40,197  

Other items

     (11,764 )     29,760       (9,505 )     16,277  

Redecard unrealized gain

     —         —         (33,729 )     —    

Valuation allowance

     —         (4,810 )     —         (9,332 )
                                
   $ 283,795     $ 493,049     $ 44,525     $ 191,865  
                                

The 2008 and 2007 valuation allowances relate to the Company’s ability to recognize tax benefits associated with state net operating losses. If not utilized, approximately $17,234 of state carryforward net operating losses will begin to expire commencing in 2011.

 

118


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

FIN 48

On July 13, 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48. The adoption of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007 required the Company to inventory, evaluate, and measure all uncertain tax positions taken or to be taken on tax returns, and to record liabilities for the amount of such positions that would not be sustained, or would only partially be sustained, upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities.

A reconciliation of beginning and ending tax benefits for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

 

     2008     2007  

Beginning balance

   $ 134,826     $ 109,476  

Additions:

    

Current year tax positions

     20,447       40,288  

Prior year tax positions

     15,654       4,544  

Reductions:

    

Prior year tax positions, due to changes in judgments

     (2,613 )     (4,886 )

Settlements with tax authorities

     (1,397 )     (11,990 )

Expired statute of limitations

     (3,732 )     (2,606 )
                

Ending balance

   $ 163,185     $ 134,826  
                

The entire balance of $163,185 of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. There are no positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will increase or decrease significantly within the next twelve months.

The Company is subject to tax in the United States, Belgium and various state and other foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to federal, state, local and foreign examinations by tax authorities for years before 2001.

It is the Company’s policy to account for interest expense related to income tax matters as interest expense in its statement of operations, and to include penalties related to income tax matters in the income tax provision. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had recognized net interest payable of $14,014 and $5,897, respectively, in its consolidated balance sheets. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company recorded interest expense of $8,118 and $800, respectively, in its consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had recognized $2,609, respectively, of penalties payable in its consolidated balance sheets.

Note 20. Legal and Regulatory Proceedings

MasterCard is a party to legal and regulatory proceedings with respect to a variety of matters in the ordinary course of business. Some of these proceedings involve complex claims that are subject to substantial uncertainties and unascertainable damages. Therefore, the probability of loss and an estimation of damages are not possible to ascertain at present. Accordingly, except as discussed below, MasterCard has not established reserves for any of these proceedings. MasterCard has recorded liabilities for certain legal proceedings which have been settled through contractual agreements. Except for those matters described below, MasterCard does not believe that any legal or regulatory proceedings to which it is a party would have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. Although MasterCard believes that it has strong defenses for the litigations and regulatory proceedings described below, it could in the future incur judgments or fines,

 

119


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

enter into settlements of claims or be required to change its business practices in ways that could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Notwithstanding MasterCard’s belief, in the event it were found liable in a large class-action lawsuit or on the basis of a claim entitling the plaintiff to treble damages or under which it were jointly and severally liable, charges it may be required to record could be significant and could materially and adversely affect its results of operations, cash flow and financial condition, or, in certain circumstances, even cause MasterCard to become insolvent. Moreover, an adverse outcome in a regulatory proceeding could result in fines and/or lead to the filing of civil damage claims and possibly result in damage awards in amounts that could be significant and could materially and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Department of Justice Antitrust Litigation and Related Private Litigations

In October 1998, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) filed suit against MasterCard International, Visa U.S.A., Inc. and Visa International Corp. in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging that both MasterCard’s and Visa’s governance structure and policies violated U.S. federal antitrust laws. First, the DOJ claimed that “dual governance”—the situation where a financial institution has a representative on the Board of Directors of MasterCard or Visa while a portion of its card portfolio is issued under the brand of the other association—was anti-competitive and acted to limit innovation within the payment card industry. Second, the DOJ challenged MasterCard’s Competitive Programs Policy (“CPP”) and a Visa bylaw provision that prohibited financial institutions participating in the respective associations from issuing competing proprietary payment cards (such as American Express or Discover). The DOJ alleged that MasterCard’s CPP and Visa’s bylaw provision acted to restrain competition.

On October 9, 2001, District Court judge Barbara Jones issued an opinion upholding the legality and pro-competitive nature of dual governance. However, the judge also held that MasterCard’s CPP and the Visa bylaw constituted unlawful restraints of trade under the federal antitrust laws. On November 26, 2001, the judge issued a final judgment that ordered MasterCard to repeal the CPP insofar as it applies to issuers and enjoined MasterCard from enacting or enforcing any bylaw, rule, policy or practice that prohibits its issuers from issuing general purpose credit or debit cards in the United States on any other general purpose card network. The Second Circuit upheld the final judgment and the Supreme Court denied certiorari. The parties agreed that October 15, 2004 would serve as the effective date of the final judgment. The final judgment also provided for a two-year period of rescission rights for an issuer to enter into an agreement with American Express or Discover.

On September 18, 2003, MasterCard filed a motion before the District Court judge in the DOJ case seeking to enjoin Visa from enforcing a newly-enacted bylaw requiring Visa’s 100 largest issuers of debit cards in the United States to pay a so-called “settlement service” fee if they reduce their Visa debit volume by more than 10%. This bylaw was later modified to clarify that the settlement service fee would only be imposed if an issuer shifted its portfolio of debit cards to MasterCard. Visa implemented this bylaw provision following the settlement of the U.S. merchant lawsuit described under the heading “U.S. Merchant and Consumer Litigations” below. On June 7, 2007, the District Court judge issued an opinion and order finding that the SSF violated the final judgment in the DOJ litigation. The Court’s order requires Visa to repeal the SSF and also permits any of Visa’s largest 100 debit issuers who entered into an agreement relating to debit card issuance with Visa while the SSF was in place to terminate its agreement with Visa in order to enter into an agreement with MasterCard to issue MasterCard-branded debit cards. On July 29, 2008, in connection with the execution of the judgment sharing agreement in the Discover litigation described below, and as separate consideration to MasterCard reflected in the allocation provisions of that agreement, Visa agreed to dismiss its appeal and MasterCard released any potential claims that it may have against Visa in connection with the SSF.

 

120


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

On February 25, 2008, the Antitrust Division of the DOJ issued a Civil Investigative Demand (“CID”) to MasterCard seeking information regarding a potential violation of the final judgment in the DOJ litigation discussed in the preceding paragraphs. The CID sought documents, data and narrative responses to several interrogatory and document requests which focused on whether early termination and waiver provisions in agreements between MasterCard and issuers violated the DOJ final judgment. On February 10, 2009, the DOJ informed MasterCard that it had closed its investigation that led to the issuance of this CID.

On October 4, 2004, Discover Financial Services, Inc. filed a complaint against MasterCard, Visa U.S.A. Inc. and Visa International Services Association. The complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and was designated as a related case to the DOJ litigation, and was assigned to Judge Barbara Jones, the same judge who issued the DOJ decision described above. In an amended complaint filed on January 7, 2005, Discover alleged that the implementation and enforcement of MasterCard’s CPP, Visa’s bylaw provision and the Honor All Cards rule violated Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Act in an alleged market for general purpose card network services and an alleged market for debit card network services. Discover sought treble damages in an amount to be proved at trial along with attorneys’ fees and costs. On June 7, 2007, Discover filed a second amended complaint that mirrored the claims in its amended complaint but deleted allegations relating to MasterCard’s Honor All Cards rule as well as Discover’s Section 2 monopolization and attempted monopolization claims against MasterCard based upon an earlier ruling by the court dismissing those claims. Fact discovery was completed on May 31, 2007. Discover submitted expert reports purporting to demonstrate that it had incurred damages in excess of $6,000,000 before trebling. MasterCard submitted expert reports countering the damages arguments made in Discover’s reports and concluding that damages are negative. Trial was scheduled to commence on October 14, 2008. On July 29, 2008, MasterCard and Visa entered into a judgment sharing agreement that provided for the apportionment of certain costs and liabilities which MasterCard and Visa might incur, jointly and/or severally, in the event of an adverse judgment or settlement in the Discover litigation. The judgment sharing agreement provided that Visa would be responsible for the substantial majority of any judgment or settlement in the litigation, based primarily on relevant volumes. On October 27, 2008, MasterCard and Visa entered into a settlement agreement with Discover, ending all litigation between the parties for a total of $2,750,000. The MasterCard share of the settlement, paid to Discover in November 2008, was $862,500. In addition, in connection with the Discover Settlement and pursuant to a separate agreement, Morgan Stanley, Discover’s former parent company, paid MasterCard $35,000 in November 2008.

On November 15, 2004, American Express filed a complaint against MasterCard, Visa and eight member banks, including JPMorgan Chase & Co., Bank of America Corp., Capital One Financial Corp., U.S. Bancorp, Household International Inc., Wells Fargo & Co., Providian Financial Corp. and USAA Federal Savings Bank. The complaint, which was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, was designated as a related case to the DOJ litigation and was assigned to Judge Jones. The complaint alleges that the implementation and enforcement of MasterCard’s CPP and Visa’s bylaw provision violated Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Act in an alleged market for general purpose card network services and a market for debit card network services. In November 2007, Visa and the remaining bank defendants reached a settlement with American Express and were dismissed from the case. On June 24, 2008, MasterCard entered into a settlement agreement with American Express to resolve all current litigation between American Express and MasterCard, following which Judge Jones dismissed the case without prejudice, pending full payment. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, MasterCard is obligated to make twelve quarterly payments of up to $150,000 per quarter. See Note 18 (Obligations under Litigation Settlements) for additional discussion. MasterCard’s maximum nominal payments will total $1,800,000. The amount of each quarterly payment is contingent on the performance of American Express’ U.S. Global Network Services business. The quarterly payments will be in an amount equal to 15% of American Express’s U.S. Global Network Services billings during the quarter, up to a maximum

 

121


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

of $150,000 per quarter. If, however, the payment for any quarter is less than $150,000, the maximum payment for subsequent quarters will be increased by the difference between $150,000 and the lesser amount that was paid in any quarter in which there was a shortfall. MasterCard assumes American Express will achieve these financial hurdles. Beginning September 9, 2008, MasterCard made two quarterly payments in the maximum amount required by the settlement agreement as American Express had met the performance criteria set forth in the agreement. Total future payments discounted at 5.75% over the payment term, or $1,649,345, are reflected on MasterCard’s Statement of Operations as a litigation settlement for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008.

Currency Conversion Litigations

MasterCard International, together with Visa U.S.A., Inc. and Visa International Corp., are defendants in a state court lawsuit in California. The lawsuit alleges that MasterCard and Visa wrongfully imposed an asserted one percent currency conversion “fee” on every credit card transaction by U.S. MasterCard and Visa cardholders involving the purchase of goods or services in a foreign country, and that such alleged “fee” is unlawful. This action, titled Schwartz v. Visa Int’l Corp., et al., was brought in the Superior Court of California in February 2000, purportedly on behalf of the general public. Trial of the Schwartz matter commenced on May 20, 2002 and concluded on November 27, 2002. The Schwartz action claims that the alleged “fee” grossly exceeds any costs the defendants might incur in connection with currency conversions relating to credit card purchase transactions made in foreign countries and is not properly disclosed to cardholders. MasterCard denies these allegations.

On April 8, 2003, the trial court judge issued a final decision in the Schwartz matter. In his decision, the trial judge found that MasterCard’s currency conversion process does not violate the Truth in Lending Act or regulations, nor is it unconscionably priced under California law. However, the judge found that the practice is deceptive under California law, and ordered that MasterCard mandate that members disclose the currency conversion process to cardholders in cardholder agreements, applications, solicitations and monthly billing statements. As to MasterCard, the judge also ordered restitution to California cardholders. The judge issued a decision on restitution on September 19, 2003, which requires a traditional notice and claims process in which consumers have approximately nine months to submit their claims. The court issued its final judgment on October 31, 2003. On December 29, 2003, MasterCard appealed the judgment. The final judgment and restitution process have been stayed pending MasterCard’s appeal. On August 6, 2004, the court awarded plaintiff’s attorneys’ fees and costs in the amount of $28,224 to be paid equally by MasterCard and Visa. Accordingly, during the three months ended September 30, 2004, MasterCard accrued amounts totalling $14,112. MasterCard subsequently filed a notice of appeal on the attorneys’ fee award on October 1, 2004. With respect to restitution, MasterCard believes that it is likely to prevail on appeal. In February 2005, MasterCard filed an appeal regarding the applicability of Proposition 64, which amended sections 17203 and 17204 of the California Business and Professions Code, to this action. On September 28, 2005, the appellate court reversed the trial court, finding that the plaintiff lacked standing to pursue the action in light of Proposition 64. On May 8, 2007, the trial court dismissed the case.

MasterCard International, Visa U.S.A., Inc., Visa International Corp., several member banks including Citibank (South Dakota), N.A., Chase Manhattan Bank USA, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. (USA), MBNA, and Citicorp Diners Club Inc. are also defendants in a number of federal putative class actions that allege, among other things, violations of federal antitrust laws based on the asserted one percent currency conversion “fee.” Pursuant to an order of the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation, the federal complaints have been consolidated in MDL No. 1409 before Judge William H. Pauley III in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. In January 2002, the federal plaintiffs filed a Consolidated Amended Complaint (“MDL Complaint”) adding MBNA Corporation and MBNA America Bank, N.A. as defendants. This pleading asserts two theories of antitrust conspiracy under Section 1 of the Sherman Act: (i) an alleged “inter-association”

 

122


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

conspiracy among MasterCard (together with its members), Visa (together with its members) and Diners Club to fix currency conversion “fees” allegedly charged to cardholders of “no less than 1% of the transaction amount and frequently more;” and (ii) two alleged “intra-association” conspiracies, whereby each of Visa and MasterCard is claimed separately to have conspired with its members to fix currency conversion “fees” allegedly charged to cardholders of “no less than 1% of the transaction amount” and “to facilitate and encourage institution—and collection—of second tier currency conversion surcharges.” The MDL Complaint also asserts that the alleged currency conversion “fees” have not been disclosed as required by the Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z.

On July 20, 2006, MasterCard and the other defendants in the MDL action entered into agreements settling the MDL action and related matters, as well as the Schwartz matter. Pursuant to the settlement agreements, MasterCard paid $72,480 to be used for defendants’ settlement fund to settle the MDL action and $13,440 to settle the Schwartz matter. On November 8, 2006, Judge Pauley granted preliminary approval of the settlement agreements. The settlement agreements are subject to final approval by Judge Pauley, and resolution of all appeals. The hearing on final approval of the settlement agreements was held on March 31, 2008 and Judge Pauley reserved decision on final approval. On November 15, 2006, the plaintiff in one of the New York state court cases appealed the preliminary approval of the settlement agreement to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. On June 6, 2007, the appellate court granted MasterCard’s motion to defer briefing until a final settlement is approved in the MDL action.

With regard to other state court currency conversion actions, MasterCard has reached agreements in principle with the plaintiffs for a total of $3,557, which has been accrued. Settlement agreements have been executed with plaintiffs in the Ohio, Pennsylvania, Florida, Texas, Arkansas, Tennessee, Arizona, New York, Minnesota and Illinois actions, but such an agreement has not been executed with plaintiffs in the Missouri action. At this time, it is not possible to predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of these matters.

U.S. Merchant and Consumer Litigations

Commencing in October 1996, several class action suits were brought by a number of U.S. merchants against MasterCard International and Visa U.S.A., Inc. challenging certain aspects of the payment card industry under U.S. federal antitrust law. Those suits were later consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The plaintiffs claimed that MasterCard’s “Honor All Cards” rule (and a similar Visa rule), which required merchants who accept MasterCard cards to accept for payment every validly presented MasterCard card, constituted an illegal tying arrangement in violation of Section 1 of the Sherman Act. Plaintiffs claimed that MasterCard and Visa unlawfully tied acceptance of debit cards to acceptance of credit cards. On June 4, 2003, MasterCard International signed a settlement agreement to settle the claims brought by the plaintiffs in this matter, which the Court approved on December 19, 2003. On January 24, 2005, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals issued an order affirming the District Court’s approval of the settlement agreement. Accordingly, the settlement is now final.

In addition, individual or multiple complaints have been brought in 19 different states and the District of Columbia alleging state unfair competition, consumer protection and common law claims against MasterCard International (and Visa) on behalf of putative classes of consumers. The claims in these actions largely mirror the allegations made in the U.S. merchant lawsuit and assert that merchants, faced with excessive merchant discount fees, have passed these overcharges to consumers in the form of higher prices on goods and services sold. MasterCard has been successful in dismissing cases in seventeen of the jurisdictions as courts have granted MasterCard’s motions to dismiss for failure to state a claim or plaintiffs have voluntarily dismissed their complaints. However, there are outstanding cases in New Mexico and California. The parties are awaiting a

 

123


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

decision on MasterCard’s motion to dismiss in New Mexico. In December 2008, MasterCard reached an agreement in principle to resolve the California state court actions described above for a payment by MasterCard of $6,000. The parties are negotiating a settlement agreement that will be subject to court approval. On January 7, 2008, MasterCard executed a settlement agreement, in which it agreed to resolve the West Virginia consumer action for a payment by MasterCard of $3,400, which is consistent with the reserve that MasterCard had established for the case in the second quarter of 2007. The court granted final approval of this settlement on August 22, 2008.

At this time, it is not possible to determine the outcome of, or, except as indicated above in the West Virginia and California consumer actions, estimate the liability related to, the remaining consumer cases and no provision for losses has been provided in connection with them. The consumer class actions are not covered by the terms of the settlement agreement in the U.S. merchant lawsuit.

On April 29, 2005, a complaint was filed in California state court on behalf of a putative class of consumers under California unfair competition law (Section 17200) and the Cartwright Act. The claims in this action seek to piggyback on the portion of the DOJ antitrust litigation in which the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York found that MasterCard’s CPP and Visa’s bylaw constitute unlawful restraints of trade under the federal antitrust laws. See “—Department of Justice Antitrust Litigation and Related Private Litigations.” MasterCard and Visa moved to dismiss the complaint and the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the plaintiffs’ Cartwright Act claims but denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the plaintiffs’ Section 17200 unfair competition claims. MasterCard filed an answer to the complaint on June 19, 2006 and the parties are proceeding with discovery. In November 2008, MasterCard and Visa moved for summary judgment seeking to dismiss plaintiffs remaining causes of action. The parties are currently briefing the motion. At this time, it is not possible to determine the outcome of, or estimate the liability related to, this action and no provision for losses has been provided in connection with it.

eFunds Litigation

On December 13, 2006, MasterCard notified eFunds Corporation (“eFunds”) that it was terminating the Marketing Sales and Services Alliance Agreement (the “Agreement”) whereby the parties agreed to work together to provide debit processing services to financial institutions. On or about January 30, 2007, eFunds filed a verified complaint against MasterCard in Superior Court for the State of Arizona, alleging that MasterCard’s termination of the Agreement was improper. On December 23, 2008, the parties executed a settlement agreement resolving the action. The settlement involved no financial payment by either party, and MasterCard and eFunds agreed to a mutually satisfactory commercial resolution.

Interchange Litigation and Regulatory Proceedings

Interchange fees represent a sharing of payment system costs among the financial institutions participating in a four-party payment card system such as MasterCard’s. Typically, interchange fees are paid by the acquirer to the issuer in connection with transactions initiated with the payment system’s cards. These fees reimburse the issuer for a portion of the costs incurred by it in providing services which are of benefit to all participants in the system, including acquirers and merchants. MasterCard or its customer financial institutions establish default interchange fees in certain circumstances that apply when there is no other interchange fee arrangement between the issuer and the acquirer. MasterCard establishes a variety of interchange rates depending on such considerations as the location and the type of transaction, and collects the interchange fee on behalf of the institutions entitled to receive it and remits the interchange fee to eligible institutions. As described more fully below, MasterCard’s interchange fees are subject to regulatory or legal review and/or challenges in a number of

 

124


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

jurisdictions. At this time, it is not possible to determine the ultimate resolution of, or estimate the liability related to, any of the interchange proceedings described below. No provision for losses has been provided in connection with them.

United States .    On October 8, 2004, a purported class action lawsuit was filed by a group of merchants in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against MasterCard International, Visa U.S.A., Inc., Visa International Corp. and several member banks in California alleging, among other things, that MasterCard’s and Visa’s interchange fees contravene the Sherman Act and the Clayton Act. The plaintiffs seek damages and an injunction against MasterCard (and Visa) setting interchange and engaging in “joint marketing activities,” which plaintiffs allege include the purported negotiation of merchant discount rates with certain merchants. MasterCard moved to dismiss the claims in the complaint for failure to state a claim and, in the alternative, also moved for summary judgment with respect to certain of the claims. On July 25, 2005, the court issued an order granting MasterCard’s motion to dismiss and dismissed the complaint with prejudice which plaintiffs have appealed. Oral argument on the appeal was held on June 11, 2007. On March 7, 2008, the Court of Appeals affirmed the district court’s dismissal of the complaint. The time in which plaintiffs could file a petition for certiorari with the Supreme Court has expired.

On June 22, 2005, a purported class action lawsuit was filed by a group of merchants in the U.S. District Court of Connecticut against MasterCard International Incorporated, Visa U.S.A., Inc. Visa International Service Association and a number of member banks alleging, among other things, that MasterCard’s and Visa’s purported setting of interchange fees violates Section 1 of the Sherman Act. In addition, the complaint alleges MasterCard’s and Visa’s purported tying and bundling of transaction fees also constitutes a violation of Section 1 of the Sherman Act. The suit seeks treble damages in an unspecified amount, attorneys’ fees and injunctive relief. Since the filing of this complaint, there have been approximately fifty similar complaints (the majority styled as class actions although a few complaints are on behalf of individual plaintiffs) filed on behalf of merchants against MasterCard and Visa (and in some cases, certain member banks) in federal courts in California, New York, Wisconsin, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Ohio, Kentucky and Connecticut. On October 19, 2005, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation issued an order transferring these cases to Judge Gleeson of the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York for coordination of pre-trial proceedings in MDL No. 1720. On April 24, 2006, the group of purported class plaintiffs filed a First Amended Class Action Complaint. Taken together, the claims in the First Amended Class Action Complaint and in the complaints brought on the behalf of the individual merchants are generally brought under Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Act. Specifically, the complaints contain some or all of the following claims: (i) that MasterCard’s and Visa’s setting of interchange fees (for both credit and offline debit transactions) violates Section 1 of the Sherman Act; (ii) that MasterCard and Visa have enacted and enforced various rules, including the no surcharge rule and purported anti-steering rules, in violation of Section 1 or 2 of the Sherman Act; (iii) that MasterCard’s and Visa’s purported bundling of the acceptance of premium credit cards to standard credit cards constitutes an unlawful tying arrangement; and (iv) that MasterCard and Visa have unlawfully tied and bundled transaction fees. In addition to the claims brought under federal antitrust law, some of these complaints contain certain unfair competition law claims under state law based upon the same conduct described above. These interchange-related litigations also seek treble damages in an unspecified amount (although several of the complaints allege that the plaintiffs expect that damages will range in the tens of billions of dollars), as well as attorneys’ fees and injunctive relief. On January 29, 2009, the class plaintiffs filed a Second Consolidated Class Action Complaint. The allegations and claims in this complaint generally mirror those in the first amended class action complaint described above although plaintiffs have added additional claims brought under Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Act against MasterCard, Visa and a number of banks alleging, among other things, that the networks and banks have continued to fix interchange fees following each network’s initial public offering. The time in which MasterCard can respond to the complaint is currently running.

 

125


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

On June 9, 2006, MasterCard answered the complaint and moved to dismiss or, alternatively, moved to strike the pre-2004 damage claims that were contained in the First Amended Class Action Complaint and moved to dismiss the Section 2 claims that were brought in the individual merchant complaints. On September 7, 2007, Magistrate Judge Orenstein issued a report and recommendation that MasterCard’s motion to dismiss the pre-2004 damages claims should be granted in its entirety. On January 8, 2008, the district court adopted the magistrate judge’s report and recommendation and dismissed the plaintiffs’ pre-2004 damage claims. On January 11, 2008, the magistrate judge issued a report and recommendation that MasterCard’s motion to dismiss the individual merchant defendants’ Section 2 claims should be denied. On February 15, 2008, MasterCard filed objections to the magistrate judge’s report and recommendation. On May 14, 2008, the court issued an order rejecting MasterCard’s objections and adopted the magistrate’s recommendation denying MasterCard’s motion to dismiss. Fact discovery has been proceeding and was generally completed by November 21, 2008. Briefing on class certification was completed on January 29, 2009, and briefing on case dispositive motions is to be completed by March 8, 2010. No trial date has been scheduled. On July 5, 2006, the group of purported class plaintiffs filed a supplemental complaint alleging that MasterCard’s initial public offering of its Class A Common Stock in May 2006 (the “IPO”) and certain purported agreements entered into between MasterCard and its member financial institutions in connection with the IPO: (1) violate Section 7 of the Clayton Act because their effect allegedly may be to substantially lessen competition, (2) violate Section 1 of the Sherman Act because they allegedly constitute an unlawful combination in restraint of trade and (3) constitute a fraudulent conveyance because the member banks are allegedly attempting to release without adequate consideration from the member banks MasterCard’s right to assess the member banks for MasterCard’s litigation liabilities in these interchange-related litigations and in other antitrust litigations pending against it. The plaintiffs seek unspecified damages and an order reversing and unwinding the IPO. On September 15, 2006, MasterCard moved to dismiss all of the claims contained in the supplemental complaint. On February 12, 2008, Magistrate Judge Orenstein issued a report and recommendation that granted in part and denied in part MasterCard’s motion to dismiss. Specifically, Magistrate Orenstein recommended that MasterCard’s motion to dismiss plaintiffs’ fraudulent conveyance claims be granted but he allowed plaintiffs leave to replead those claims. Magistrate Orenstein otherwise recommended the denial of all other aspects of MasterCard’s motion to dismiss plaintiffs’ Section 7 and Section 1 claims described above. On April 4, 2008, MasterCard filed objections to Magistrate Orenstein’s report and recommendation. On November 25, 2008, the court agreed with MasterCard’s objections and reversed the portion of Magistrate Orenstein’s report that had recommended the denial of MasterCard’s motion to dismiss. As such, the court granted MasterCard’s motion to dismiss the plaintiffs’ supplemental complaint in its entirety with leave to file an amended complaint. On January 29, 2009, the class plaintiffs repled their complaint that is directed at MasterCard’s IPO by filing a First Amended Supplemental Class Action Complaint. The causes of action in the complaint generally mirror those in the plaintiffs’ original IPO-related complaint although the plaintiffs have attempted to expand their factual allegations based upon discovery that has been garnered in the case. The class plaintiffs seek unspecified damages and injunctive relief including, but not limited to, an order reversing and unwinding the IPO. MasterCard’s time in which to answer or move to dismiss the complaint is currently running. The parties have also entered into court-recommended mediation.

On October 10, 2008, the Antitrust Division of the DOJ issued a CID to MasterCard and other payment industry participants seeking information regarding certain rules relating to merchant acceptance, particularly with respect to merchants’ ability to steer customers to payment forms preferred by merchants. The CID seeks documents, data and narrative responses to several interrogatory and document requests which focus on reasons merchants may have decreased their acceptance of certain cards, information on penetration rates by merchant category, co-brand cards and transactions in various countries. MasterCard is cooperating with the DOJ in connection with the CID.

 

126


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

European Union .    In September 2000, the European Commission issued a “Statement of Objections” challenging Visa International’s cross-border default interchange fees under European Community competition rules. On July 24, 2002, the European Commission announced its decision to exempt the Visa interchange fees from these rules through the end of 2007 based on certain changes proposed by Visa to its interchange fees. Among other things, in connection with the exemption order, Visa agreed to adopt a cost-based methodology for calculating its interchange fees similar to the methodology employed by MasterCard, which considers the costs of certain specified services provided by issuers, and to reduce its interchange rates for debit and credit transactions to amounts at or below certain specified levels.

On September 25, 2003, the European Commission issued a Statement of Objections challenging MasterCard Europe’s cross-border default interchange fees. On June 23, 2006, the European Commission issued a supplemental Statement of Objections covering credit, debit and commercial card fees. On November 14 and 15, 2006, the European Commission held hearings on MasterCard Europe’s cross-border default interchange fees. On March 23, 2007, the European Commission issued a Letter of Facts, also covering credit, debit and commercial card fees and discussing its views on the impact of the IPO on the case. MasterCard Europe responded to the Statements of Objections and Letter of Facts and made presentations on a variety of issues at the hearings.

The European Commission announced its decision on December 19, 2007. The decision applies to MasterCard’s default cross-border interchange fees for MasterCard and Maestro branded consumer payment card transactions in the European Economic Area (“EEA”) (the European Commission refers to these as “MasterCard’s MIF”), but not to commercial card transactions (the European Commission stated publicly that it has not yet finished its investigation of commercial card interchange fees). The decision applies to MasterCard’s MIF for cross-border consumer card payments and to any domestic consumer card transactions that default to MasterCard’s MIF, of which currently there are none.

The decision required MasterCard to cease applying the MasterCard MIF, to refrain from repeating the infringement, and not to apply its then recently adopted (but never implemented) Maestro SEPA and Intra-Eurozone default interchange fees to debit card payment transactions within the Eurozone. MasterCard understood that the decision gave MasterCard until June 21, 2008 to comply, with the possibility that the European Commission could have extended this time at its discretion. The decision also required MasterCard to issue certain specific notices to financial institutions and other entities that participate in its MasterCard and Maestro payment systems in the EEA and make certain specific public announcements, regarding the steps it has taken to comply. The decision does not impose a fine on MasterCard, but provides for a daily penalty of up to 3.5% of MasterCard’s daily consolidated global turnover in the preceding business year (which MasterCard presently estimates to be approximately $500 U.S. per day) in the event that MasterCard fails to comply.

On March 1, 2008, MasterCard filed an application for annulment of the European Commission’s decision with the EU Court of First Instance. MasterCard also has the right to seek interim relief to prevent the decision from becoming effective before the outcome of its appeal or with respect to other aspects of the decision, although it is uncertain whether MasterCard would receive any such relief.

On March 26, 2008, the European Commission announced that it has opened formal antitrust proceedings against Visa Europe Limited, under Article 81 of the EC Treaty, in relation to Visa’s multilateral interchange fees for cross-border consumer payment card transactions within the EEA and Visa’s ‘honor all cards’ rule as it applies to these transactions.

 

127


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

The decision permits MasterCard to establish other default cross-border interchange fees for MasterCard and Maestro branded consumer payment card transactions in the EEA if MasterCard can demonstrate by empirical proof to the European Commission’s satisfaction that the new interchange fees create efficiencies that outweigh the restriction of competition alleged by the European Commission, that consumers get a fair share of the benefits of the new interchange fees, that there are no less restrictive means of achieving the efficiencies of MasterCard’s payment systems, and that competition is not eliminated altogether. MasterCard has entered into discussions with the European Commission about, among other things, the nature of the empirical proof it would require for MasterCard to establish other default cross-border interchange fees consistent with the decision and so as to understand more fully the European Commission’s position as to how it may comply with the decision. MasterCard requested an extension of time to comply with the decision and, on April 26, 2008, the European Commission informed MasterCard that it had rejected such request.

On June 12, 2008 MasterCard announced that, effective June 21, 2008, MasterCard would temporarily repeal its then current default intra-EEA cross-border consumer card interchange fees in conformity with the decision. Discussions are continuing between MasterCard and the European Commission concerning what interchange fee setting methodology MasterCard might employ and what level of interchange fees it might establish in compliance with the decision.

On October 17, 2008, MasterCard received an information request from the European Commission in connection with the decision concerning certain pricing changes that MasterCard implemented as of October 1, 2008. MasterCard submitted its response on November 13, 2008. While MasterCard does not believe that the pricing changes contravene either the decision or European Community law, the European Commission could make such a determination, in which case it could also fine MasterCard and order it to repeal the pricing increases. MasterCard could appeal such a decision but, if its appeal were unsuccessful, MasterCard could be liable for substantial fines and subject to civil suits, and its ability to compete in the European Union, including the Company’s results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, could be materially and adversely affected.

Although MasterCard believes that any business practices it would implement in response to the decision would be in compliance with the decision, the European Commission may deem any such practice not in compliance with the decision, or in violation of European competition law, in which case MasterCard may be assessed fines for the period that it is not in compliance. Furthermore, because a balancing mechanism like default cross-border interchange fees constitutes an essential element of MasterCard Europe’s operations, the decision could also significantly impact MasterCard International’s European customers’ and MasterCard Europe’s business. The European Commission decision could also lead to competition authorities in one or more EU Member States commencing investigations or proceedings regarding domestic interchange fees. In addition, the European Commission’s decision could lead to the filing of private actions against MasterCard Europe by merchants and/or consumers which, if MasterCard is unsuccessful in its appeal of the decision, could result in MasterCard owing substantial damages.

United Kingdom Office of Fair Trading .    On September 25, 2001, the Office of Fair Trading of the United Kingdom (“OFT”) issued a Rule 14 Notice under the U.K. Competition Act 1998 challenging the MasterCard default interchange fees and multilateral service fee (“MSF”), the fee paid by issuers to acquirers when a customer uses a MasterCard-branded card in the United Kingdom either at an ATM or over the counter to obtain a cash advance. Until November 2004, the interchange fees and MSF were established by MasterCard U.K. Members Forum Limited (“MMF”) (formerly MasterCard Europay U.K. Ltd.) for domestic credit card transactions in the United Kingdom. The notice contained preliminary conclusions to the effect that the MasterCard U.K. default interchange fees and MSF infringed U.K. competition law and did not qualify for an exemption in their present forms. On February 11, 2003, the OFT issued a supplemental Rule 14 Notice, which

 

128


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

also contained preliminary conclusions challenging MasterCard’s U.K. interchange fees (but not the MSF) under the Competition Act. On November 10, 2004, the OFT issued a third notice (now called a Statement of Objections) claiming that the interchange fees infringed U.K. and European Union competition law.

On November 18, 2004, MasterCard’s board of directors adopted a resolution withdrawing the authority of the U.K. members to set domestic MasterCard interchange fees and MSFs and conferring such authority exclusively on MasterCard’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

On September 6, 2005, the OFT issued its decision, concluding that MasterCard’s U.K. interchange fees that were established by MMF prior to November 18, 2004 contravene U.K. and European Union competition law. The OFT decided not to impose penalties on MasterCard or MMF. MMF and MasterCard appealed the OFT’s decision to the U.K. Competition Appeals Tribunal. On June 19, 2006, the U.K. Competition Appeals Tribunal set aside the OFT’s decision, following the OFT’s request to the Tribunal to withdraw the decision and end its case against MasterCard’s U.K. default interchange fees in place prior to November 18, 2004.

Shortly thereafter, OFT commenced a new investigation of MasterCard’s current U.K. default credit card interchange fees and announced on February 9, 2007 that the investigation would also cover so-called “immediate debit” cards. To date, the OFT has issued a number of requests for information to MasterCard Europe and financial institutions that participate in MasterCard’s payment system in the United Kingdom. MasterCard understands that the OFT is considering whether to commence a formal proceeding through the issuance of a Statement of Objections. If the OFT ultimately determines that any of MasterCard’s U.K. interchange fees contravene U.K. and European Union competition law, it may issue a new decision and possibly levy fines accruing from the date of its first decision. MasterCard would likely appeal a negative decision by the OFT in any future proceeding to the Competition Appeals Tribunal. Such an OFT decision could lead to the filing of private actions against MasterCard by merchants and/or consumers which, if its appeal of such an OFT decision were to fail, could result in an award or awards of substantial damages.

Poland.     In April 2001, in response to merchant complaints, the Polish Office for Protection of Competition and Consumers (the “PCA”) initiated an investigation of MasterCard’s (and Visa’s) domestic credit and debit card default interchange fees. MasterCard Europe filed several submissions and met with the PCA in connection with the investigation. In January 2007, the PCA issued a decision that MasterCard’s (and Visa’s) interchange fees are unlawful under Polish competition law, and imposed fines on MasterCard’s (and Visa’s) licensed financial institutions. PCA also decided that MasterCard (and Visa) had not violated the law. MasterCard and the financial institutions appealed the decision. On November 12, 2008, the appeals court reversed the decision of the PCA and also rejected MasterCard’s appeal on the basis that MasterCard did not have a legal interest in the PCA’s decision because its conduct was not found to be in breach of the relevant competition laws. MasterCard has appealed this part of the appeals court’s decision because it has significant interest in the outcome of the case. The PCA has appealed other parts of the decision. If on appeal, the PCA’s decision is ultimately allowed to stand, it could have a significant adverse impact on the revenues of MasterCard’s Polish customers and on MasterCard’s overall business in Poland.

New Zealand .    In November 2003, MasterCard assumed responsibility for setting domestic default interchange fees in New Zealand, which previously had been set by MasterCard’s customer financial institutions in New Zealand. In early 2004, the New Zealand Competition Commission (the “NZCC”) commenced an investigation of MasterCard’s domestic interchange fees. MasterCard cooperated with the NZCC in its investigation, made a number of submissions concerning its New Zealand domestic default interchange fees and met with the NZCC on several occasions to discuss its investigation. In November 2006, the NZCC filed a lawsuit alleging that MasterCard’s (and Visa’s) domestic default interchange fees and certain other of

 

129


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

MasterCard’s practices including its “honor all cards” rule do not comply with New Zealand competition law, and seeking penalties. Several large merchants subsequently filed similar lawsuits seeking damages and injunctive relief. The litigations are currently in the written evidentiary phase and are not expected to go to trial until October 2009. A negative decision in these lawsuits could have a significant adverse impact on the revenues of MasterCard’s New Zealand customers and on MasterCard’s overall business in New Zealand.

Australia.     In 2002, the Reserve Bank of Australia (“RBA”) announced regulations under the Payments Systems (Regulation) Act of 1998 applicable to four-party credit card payment systems in Australia, including MasterCard’s. Those regulations, among other things, mandate the use of a formula for determining domestic interchange fees that effectively caps their weighted average at 50 basis points. Operators of three-party systems, such as American Express and Diners Club, were unaffected by the interchange fee regulation. In 2007, the RBA commenced a review of such regulations and, on September 26, 2008, the RBA released its final conclusions. These indicate that the RBA is willing to withdraw its regulations if MasterCard and Visa make certain undertakings regarding the future levels of their respective credit card interchange fees and other practices including their “honor all cards” rules. If the undertakings are not made, the RBA is considering imposing in 2009 additional regulations that could further reduce the domestic interchange fees of MasterCard and Visa in Australia. The effect of the undertakings or any such additional regulations could put MasterCard at an even greater competitive disadvantage relative to competitors in Australia that purportedly do not operate four-party systems, which could have a significant adverse impact on MasterCard’s business in Australia.

South Africa.     On August 4, 2006, the South Africa Competition Commission (“SACC”) created a special body, the Jali Enquiry (the “Enquiry”), to examine competition in the payments industry in South Africa, including interchange fees. After nearly two years of investigation, including several rounds of public hearings in which MasterCard participated, on June 25, 2008, the Enquiry published an Executive Summary of its findings. The Enquiry’s full report was made public on December 12, 2008. The Enquiry recommends, among other things, that an independent authority be established to set payment card interchange fees in South Africa and that payment systems’ (including MasterCard’s) respective “honor all cards” rules be modified to give merchants greater freedom to choose which types of cards to accept. The Enquiry’s report is non-binding but is under active consideration by South African regulators. If adopted, the Enquiry’s recommendations could have a significant adverse impact on MasterCard’s business in South Africa.

On October 21, 2008, the South African National Assembly (the “NA”) adopted amendments to that country’s competition laws concerning so-called “complex monopolies” and criminalizing violations of those laws (the “Bill”). On January 29, 2009, the President of South Africa referred the Bill back to the National Assembly for further consideration and, recently, indicated that he may submit the Bill to that country’s Constitutional Court for examination if the NA fails to act on his request. If the Bill is ultimately determined to be constitutional and becomes law, it could have a significant adverse impact on MasterCard’s business in South Africa.

Other Jurisdictions .    In January 2006, a German retailers association filed a complaint with the Federal Cartel Office in Germany concerning MasterCard’s (and Visa’s) domestic default interchange fees. The complaint alleges that MasterCard’s (and Visa’s) German domestic interchange fees are not transparent to merchants and include so-called “extraneous costs”. MasterCard understands that the Federal Cartel Office is continuing to review the complaint.

In January 2008, the Hungarian Competition Authority notified MasterCard that it has commenced a formal investigation of MasterCard Europe’s domestic interchange fees. This follows an informal investigation that the Authority had been conducting since the middle of 2007.

 

130


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

MasterCard is aware that regulatory authorities and/or central banks in certain other jurisdictions including Brazil, Colombia, Czech Republic, Mexico, Venezuela, Estonia, Israel, Italy, Norway, Portugal, Switzerland and Turkey are reviewing MasterCard’s and/or its members’ interchange fees and/or related practices (such as the “honor all cards” rule) and may seek to regulate the establishment of such fees and/or such practices.

Note 21. Settlement and Travelers Cheque Risk Management

MasterCard International’s rules generally guarantee the payment of certain MasterCard, Cirrus and Maestro branded transactions between its principal members. The term and amount of the guarantee are unlimited. Settlement risk is the exposure to members under MasterCard International’s rules (“Settlement Exposure”), due to the difference in timing between the payment transaction date and subsequent settlement. Settlement Exposure is estimated using the average daily card charges during the quarter multiplied by the estimated number of days to settle. The Company has global risk management policies and procedures, which include risk standards, to provide a framework for managing the Company’s settlement risk. Member-reported transaction data and the transaction clearing data underlying the settlement risk calculation may be revised in subsequent reporting periods.

In the event that MasterCard International effects a payment on behalf of a failed member, MasterCard International may seek an assignment of the underlying receivables. Subject to approval by the Board of Directors, members may be charged for the amount of any settlement loss incurred during the ordinary activities of the Company.

MasterCard requires certain members that are not in compliance with the Company’s risk standards in effect at the time of review to post collateral, typically in the form of letters of credit and bank guarantees. This requirement is based on management review of the individual risk circumstances for each member that is out of compliance. In addition to these amounts, MasterCard holds collateral to cover variability and future growth in member programs. The Company also holds collateral to pay merchants in the event of merchant bank/acquirer failure. Although it is not contractually obligated under MasterCard International’s rules to effect such payments, the Company may elect to do so to protect brand integrity. MasterCard monitors its credit risk portfolio on a regular basis and the adequacy of collateral on hand. Additionally, from time to time, the Company reviews its risk management methodology and standards. As such, the amounts of estimated settlement risk are revised as necessary.

Estimated Settlement Exposure, and the portion of the Company’s uncollateralized Settlement Exposure for MasterCard-branded transactions that relates to members that are deemed not to be in compliance with, or that are under review in connection with, the Company’s risk management standards, were as follows:

 

     2008     2007  

MasterCard-branded transactions:

    

Gross Settlement Exposure

   $ 21,179,044     $ 22,783,200  

Collateral held for Settlement Exposure

     (1,813,171 )     (2,161,754 )
                

Net uncollateralized Settlement Exposure

   $ 19,365,873     $ 20,621,446  
                

Uncollateralized Settlement Exposure attributable to non-compliant members

   $ 56,795     $ 108,141  
                

Cirrus and Maestro transactions:

    

Gross Settlement Exposure

   $ 3,236,175     $ 3,347,853  
                

 

131


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Although MasterCard holds collateral at the member level, the Cirrus and Maestro estimated settlement exposures are calculated at the regional level. Therefore, these settlement exposures are reported on a gross basis, rather than net of collateral.

Of the total estimated Settlement Exposure under the MasterCard brand, net of collateral, the U.S. accounted for approximately 49% and 43% at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The second largest country that accounted for this Settlement Exposure was the United Kingdom, at approximately 10% and 11% at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Of the total uncollateralized Settlement Exposure attributable to non-compliant members, five members represented approximately 48% and 64% at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

MasterCard guarantees the payment of MasterCard-branded travelers cheques in the event of issuer default. The guarantee estimate is based on all outstanding MasterCard-branded travelers cheques, reduced by an actuarial determination of cheques that are not anticipated to be presented for payment. The term and amount of the guarantee are unlimited. MasterCard calculated its MasterCard-branded travelers cheques exposure under this guarantee as $446,679 and $563,087 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The reduction in travelers cheques exposure is attributable to a decision by the Company’s two largest issuers to stop selling MasterCard-branded travelers cheques.

A significant portion of the Company’s travelers cheques risk is concentrated in one MasterCard travelers cheques issuer. MasterCard has obtained an unlimited guarantee estimated at $348,995 and $452,134 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, from a financial institution that is a member, to cover all of the exposure of outstanding travelers cheques with respect to such issuer. In addition, MasterCard has obtained a limited guarantee estimated at $15,949 and $18,004 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, from a financial institution that is a member in order to cover the exposure of outstanding travelers cheques with respect to another issuer. These guarantee amounts have also been reduced by an actuarial determination of travelers cheques that are not anticipated to be presented for payment.

During 2008, many of the Company’s financial institution customers were directly and adversely impacted by the unprecedented events that occurred in the financial markets and the economic turmoil around the world that ensued. These events present increased risk that the Company may have to perform under its settlement and travelers cheque guarantees. The Company’s global risk management policies and procedures, which are revised and enhanced from time to time, continue to be effective as evidenced by the historically low level of losses that the Company has experienced from customer financial institution failures, including no losses in the last several years. Accordingly, a negligible amount of reserves has been established as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 to mitigate this risk.

 

132


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Note 22. Foreign Exchange Risk Management

The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize risk associated with anticipated receipts and disbursements which are either transacted in a non-functional currency or valued based on a currency other than our functional currencies. The Company also enters into contracts to offset possible changes in value due to foreign exchange fluctuations of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. At December 31, 2008, all contracts to purchase and sell foreign currency had been entered into with customers of MasterCard International. MasterCard’s forward contracts are classified by functional currency as summarized below:

U.S. Dollar Functional Currency

 

     
       December 31, 2008    December 31, 2007  
   Notional    Estimated
Fair Value
   Notional    Estimated
Fair Value
 

Commitments to purchase foreign currency

   $ 292,538    $ 21,913    $ 39,933    $ (286 )

Commitments to sell foreign currency

     154,187      12,227      22,088      388  

Euro Functional Currency

 

       December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
   Notional    Estimated
Fair Value
    Notional    Estimated
Fair Value
 

Commitments to sell foreign currency

   $ 66,405    $ (409 )   $ 49,698    $ (275 )

The currencies underlying the foreign currency forward contracts consist primarily of the euro, U.K. pound sterling, Australian dollar, and Norwegian Krone. The fair value of the foreign currency forward contracts generally reflects the estimated amounts that the Company would receive or (pay), on a pre-tax basis, to terminate the contracts at the reporting date based on broker quotes for the same or similar instruments. The terms of the foreign currency forward contracts are generally less than 18 months. The Company had no deferred gains or losses in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 as there were no derivative contracts accounted for under hedge accounting.

The Company’s derivative financial instruments are subject to both credit and market risk. Credit risk is the risk of loss due to failure of the counterparty to perform its obligations in accordance with contractual terms. Market risk is the potential change in an instrument’s value caused by fluctuations in interest rates and other variables related to currency exchange rates. Credit and market risk related to derivative instruments were not material at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

Generally, the Company does not obtain collateral related to forward contracts because of the high credit ratings of the counterparties. The amount of loss the Company would incur if the counterparties failed to perform according to the terms of the contracts is not considered material.

 

133


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except percent and per share data)

 

Note 23. Segment Reporting

In accordance with SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” MasterCard has one reportable segment, “Payment Solutions.” All of the Company’s activities are interrelated, and each activity is dependent upon and supportive of the other. Accordingly, all significant operating decisions are based upon analyses of MasterCard as one operating segment. The President and Chief Executive Officer has been identified as the chief operating decision-maker.

Revenue by geographic market is based on the location of the Company’s customer that issued the cards which are generating the revenue. Revenue generated in the U.S. was approximately 47.2%, 49.7% and 52.3% of net revenues in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. No individual country, other than the U.S., generated more than 10% of total revenues in those periods. MasterCard does not maintain or measure long-lived assets by geographic location.

MasterCard did not have any one customer that generated greater than 10% of net revenues in 2008 or 2007. MasterCard had one customer that generated greater than 10%, or $359,319, of net revenues in 2006.

Note 24. Other Income

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recognized $75,000, pre-tax, in other income, related to the termination of a customer business agreement for a customer exiting a specific line of business. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recognized $90,000, pre-tax, in other income related to a settlement agreement to discontinue its relationship with the organization which operates the World Cup soccer events and not sponsor the 2010 and 2014 World Cup soccer events.

 

134


Table of Contents

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY DATA (Unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    2008 Quarter Ended      
    March 31   June 30     September 30     December 31 1   2008 Total  

Revenue

  $ 1,182,084   $ 1,246,504     $ 1,338,178     $ 1,224,834   $ 4,991,600  

Operating income (loss)

    515,607     (1,233,204 )     (279,264 )     462,356     (534,505 )

Net income (loss)

    446,878     (746,653 )     (193,582 )     239,442     (253,915 )

Net income (loss) per share (basic) 2

  $ 3.40   $ (5.74 )   $ (1.49 )   $ 1.85   $ (1.95 )

Weighted average shares outstanding (basic)

    131,426     130,073       129,536       129,572     130,148  

Net income (loss) per share (diluted) 2

  $ 3.38   $ (5.74 )   $ (1.49 )   $ 1.84   $ (1.95 )

Weighted average shares outstanding (diluted)

    132,220     130,073       129,536       130,404     130,148  
    2007 Quarter Ended      
    March 31   June 30     September 30     December 31 1   2007 Total  

Revenue

  $ 915,103   $ 996,959     $ 1,082,850     $ 1,072,687   $ 4,067,599  

Operating income

    313,938     268,816       353,303       172,055     1,108,112  

Net income

    214,906     252,286       314,461       304,233     1,085,886  

Net income per share (basic)

  $ 1.58   $ 1.86     $ 2.32     $ 2.28   $ 8.05 2

Weighted average shares outstanding (basic)

    135,847     135,865       135,357       133,548     134,887  

Net income per share (diluted)

  $ 1.57   $ 1.85     $ 2.31     $ 2.26   $ 8.00 2

Weighted average shares outstanding (diluted)

    136,594     136,687       136,228       134,448     135,695  

 

1

Portions of our business can be seasonal. Our gross revenue has historically reflected progressively increased card purchasing volume throughout the year, particularly in the fourth quarter during the holiday shopping period. Similarly, customer and merchant incentives, which are recorded as contra-revenue, and advertising and marketing expenses have historically increased in the fourth quarter, generally causing our profitability to decline. Fourth quarter results in 2008 reflect an opposite trend as a result of the global economic slowdown; purchasing volumes have decreased, rebates and incentives are correspondingly smaller and advertising and marketing expenses have been curtailed.

2

As more fully described in Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report, these amounts will be revised in accordance with the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position Emerging Issues Task Force 03-6-1 on January 1, 2009.

 

135


Table of Contents

Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

MasterCard Incorporated’s management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of the end of the period covered by this Report. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that MasterCard Incorporated had effective disclosure controls and procedures for (i) recording, processing, summarizing and reporting information that is required to be disclosed in its reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and (ii) ensuring that information required to be disclosed in such reports is accumulated and communicated to MasterCard Incorporated’s management, including its President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

In addition, MasterCard Incorporated’s management assessed the effectiveness of MasterCard’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In a report included in Item 8 of this Report, management concluded that based on its assessment, MasterCard’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008. The attestation report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, is also included in Item 8 of this Report.

There was no change in MasterCard’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the three months ended December 31, 2008 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, MasterCard’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.     Other Information

On February 12, 2009, the Company, in the ordinary course of business, issued 53 shares of its Class M common stock to new principal members of MasterCard International, which was offset by the retirement of 16 shares of Class M common stock due to the terminations of principal members, pursuant to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company (the “Charter”). In the aggregate, these issuances of new shares of Class M common stock were more than one percent of the total number of shares of Class M common stock outstanding. Pursuant to Article IV, Section 4.3(G) of the Charter, the Company issues a share of Class M common stock upon each principal member of MasterCard International becoming a member and executing a license agreement with MasterCard International. The shares of Class M common stock were issued in reliance upon the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on the basis that the transaction, the issuance of a share upon the issuance of a license, did not involve any public offering.

 

136


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10.     Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item with respect to our directors and executive officers, code of ethics, procedures for recommending nominees, audit committee and audit committee financial experts appear in our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC and delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 9, 2009 (the “Proxy Statement”).

The information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act also appears in the Proxy Statement.

The aforementioned information in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference into this Report.

Item 11.     Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item with respect to executive officer and director compensation appears in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference into this Report.

Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management equity and compensation plans appear in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference into this Report.

Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item with respect to transactions with related persons, the review, approval or ratification of such transactions and director independence appear in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference into this Report.

Item 14.     Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item with respect to auditors’ services and fees appears in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference into this Report.

PART IV

Item 15.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

 

  1. Consolidated Financial Statements

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

 

  2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules

None.

 

  3. The following exhibits are filed as part of this Report or, where indicated, were previously filed and are hereby incorporated by reference:

Refer to the Exhibit Index herein.

 

137


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

(Registrant)

 

Date: February 19, 2009    By:  

/ S /    R OBERT W. S ELANDER        

     Robert W. Selander
     President and Chief Executive Officer
     (Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Date: February 19, 2009   

/ S /    R OBERT W. S ELANDER        

   Robert W. Selander
   President and Chief Executive Officer; Director
   (Principal Executive Officer)
Date: February 19, 2009   

 

/ S /    M ARTINA H UND -M EJEAN        

  

 

Martina Hund-Mejean

   Chief Financial Officer
   (Principal Financial Officer)
Date: February 19, 2009   

 

/ S /    T ARA M AGUIRE        

   Tara Maguire
   Corporate Controller
   (Principal Accounting Officer)
Date: February 19, 2009   

 

/ S /    S ILVIO B ARZI        

   Silvio Barzi
   Director
Date: February 19, 2009   

 

/ S /    D AVID R. C ARLUCCI        

   David R. Carlucci
   Director
Date: February 19, 2009   

 

/ S /    S TEVEN F REIBERG        

   Steven Freiberg
   Director
Date: February 19, 2009   

 

/ S /    B ERNARD S.Y. F UNG      

   Bernard S.Y. Fung
   Director
Date: February 19, 2009   

 

/ S /    R ICHARD H AYTHORNTHWAITE

   Richard Haythornthwaite
   Chairman of the Board; Director

 

138


Table of Contents
Date: February 19, 2009   

 

/ S /    N ANCY J. K ARCH        

   Nancy J. Karch
   Director
Date: February 19, 2009   

 

/ S /    M ARC O LIVIÉ       

   Marc Olivié
   Director
Date: February 19, 2009   

 

/ S /    J OSÉ O CTAVIO R EYES L AGUNES        

   José Octavio Reyes Lagunes
   Director
Date: February 19, 2009   

 

/ S /    M ARK S CHWARTZ        

   Mark Schwartz
   Director
Date: February 19, 2009   

 

/ S /    J ACKSON T AI        

   Jackson Tai
   Director
Date: February 19, 2009   

 

/ S /    E DWARD S UNING T IAN         

   Edward Suning Tian
   Director

 

139


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

  3.1(a)   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of MasterCard Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 1, 2007 (File No. 001-32877)).
  3.1(b)   Amended and Restated Bylaws of MasterCard Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 5, 2008 (File No. 001-32877)).
  3.2(a)   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of MasterCard International Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 (a) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 2, 2006 (File No. 001-32877)).
  3.2(b)   Amended and Restated Bylaws of MasterCard International Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2(b) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 28, 2007 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.1   $2,500,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2006, among MasterCard Incorporated, MasterCard International Incorporated, the several lenders, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as sole lead arranger and sole book manager, Citibank N.A., as co-administrative agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as co-administrative agent, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as co-arranger (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 2, 2006 (File No. 000-50250)).
10.2   Lease, dated as of August 31, 1999, between MasterCard International O’Fallon 1999 Trust and MasterCard International Incorporated, relating to $149,380,000 7.36% Series A Senior Secured Notes due September 1, 2009 of MasterCard International O’Fallon 1999 Trust and up to $5,000,000 Series B Senior Secured Notes due September 1, 2009 of MasterCard International O’Fallon 1999 Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed November 9, 2001 (File No. 333-67544)).
10.3   Guarantee, dated as of August 31, 1999, made by MasterCard International Incorporated in favor of State Street Bank and Trust Company of Missouri, N.A., as Indenture Trustee for the Noteholders under the Indenture, dated as of August 31, 1999 between MasterCard International O’Fallon 1999 Trust and the Indenture Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed November 9, 2001 (File No. 333-67544)).
10.3.1   First Amendment To Guarantee, dated as of November 23, 2004, between MasterCard International Incorporated, MasterCard Incorporated and UMB Bank & Trust, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 2, 2005 (File No. 000-50250)).
10.4   Indenture, dated as of August 31, 1999, from MCI O’Fallon 1999 Trust to State Street Bank and Trust Company of Missouri, N.A., relating to the MasterCard Winghaven facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2003 (File No. 000-50250)).
10.5   Lease, dated as of April 1, 2003, between MasterCard International, LLC and City of Kansas City, Missouri relating to the Kansas City facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2003 (File No. 000-50250)).
10.6*   Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2004, by and among MasterCard International Incorporated, Citibank, N.A., et al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q filed August 5, 2004 (File No. 000-50250)).

 

140


Table of Contents
10.7*   Master Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2005, between MasterCard International Incorporated and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 9, 2005 (File No. 000-50250)).
10.8*   Member Business Agreement, dated July 1, 2003, by and between MasterCard International Incorporated, HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Bank Nevada, N.A., as successor to Household Bank (SB), N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed May 23, 2006 (File No. 333-128337)).
10.9*   Amendment to Member Business Agreement by and between MasterCard International Incorporated and HSBC Bank USA and Household Bank (SB), N.A. dated December 27, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 28, 2007 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.10*   Amended and Restated Customer Business Agreement, dated December 27, 2006, between MasterCard International Incorporated and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 28, 2007 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.10.1*   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Customer Business Agreement, dated January 8, 2008, between MasterCard International Incorporated and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed April 29, 2008 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.10.2*   Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Customer Business Agreement, dated June 19, 2008, between MasterCard International Incorporated and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 1, 2008 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.11 +   Form of Employment Agreement between MasterCard International Incorporated and Executive Officers other than the President and Chief Executive Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 7, 2003 (File No. 333-67544)).
10.11.1+   Form of Change-in-Control Agreement between MasterCard International Incorporated and Executive Officers other than the President and Chief Executive Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 7, 2003 (File No. 333-67544)).
10.11.2+   Letter from MasterCard International Incorporated to Alan J. Heuer, dated March 22, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 28, 2007 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.11.3+   Agreement dated December 23, 2008 by and between MasterCard International Incorporated and Alan Heuer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 29, 2008 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.12+   Annual Base Salary for Certain Named Executive Officers of MasterCard Incorporated, as of March 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 8, 2008 (File No. 001-32877)).

 

141


Table of Contents
10.13+   Employment Agreement between Robert W. Selander and MasterCard International dated December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 2, 2009 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.14+   Employment Agreement between Noah J. Hanft and MasterCard International dated December 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 2, 2009 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.15+   Employment Agreement between Chris A. McWilton and MasterCard International dated December 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 2, 2009 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.16+   Employment Agreement between Martina Hund-Mejean and MasterCard International dated December 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 2, 2009 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.17+   MasterCard International Incorporated Executive Incentive Plan as Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 4, 2004 (File No. 000-50250)).
10.18+   MasterCard International Incorporated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008.
10.19+   MasterCard International Incorporated Value Appreciation Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 19, 2004 (File No. 000-50250)).
10.20+   MasterCard International Incorporated Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (AICP), as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 2, 2005 (File No. 000-50250)).
10.21+   MasterCard International Senior Executive Annual Incentive Compensation Plan, amended and restated effective October 3, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed October 31, 2007 (File No. 001-32877).
10.22+   MasterCard International Incorporated Restoration Program, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2007 unless otherwise provided.
10.23+   Schedule of Non-Employee Directors’ Annual Compensation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 2, 2006 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.24+   MasterCard International Incorporated Senior Executive Incentive Plan, effective January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 4, 2005 (File No. 000-50250)).
10.25+   MasterCard Incorporated Deferral Plan, as amended and restated effective December 1, 2008 for account balances established after December 31, 2004.
10.26+   MasterCard Incorporated 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan, amended and restated effective October 13, 2008.
10.27+   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for awards under 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 2, 2007 (File No. 001-32877)).

 

142


Table of Contents
10.28+   Form of Stock Option Agreement for awards under 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 2, 2007 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.29+   Form of Performance Unit Agreement for awards under 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 2, 2007 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.30+   Form of MasterCard Incorporated Long Term Incentive Plan Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement for named executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 2, 2007 (File No. 001-32877).
10.31+   2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan, amended and restated as of December 1, 2008.
10.32+   Form of Deferred Stock Unit Agreement for awards under 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 1, 2006 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.33   Form of Indemnification Agreement between MasterCard Incorporated and each of its directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 2, 2006 (File No. 000-50250)).
10.34   Form of Indemnification Agreement between MasterCard Incorporated and each of its director nominees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 2, 2006 (File No. 000-50250)).
10.35   Deed of Gift between MasterCard Incorporated and The MasterCard Foundation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed May 3, 2006 (File No. 333-128337)).
10.36   Settlement Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2003, between MasterCard International Incorporated and Plaintiffs in the class action litigation entitled In Re Visa Check/MasterMoney Antitrust Litigation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2003 (File No. 000-50250)).
10.37   Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement, dated July 20, 2006, between MasterCard Incorporated, the several defendants and the plaintiffs in the consolidated federal class action lawsuit titled In re Foreign Currency Conversion Fee Antitrust Litigation (MDL 1409), and the California state court action titled Schwartz v. Visa Int’l Corp., et al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 1, 2006 (File No. 001-32877)).
10.38   Release and Settlement Agreement, dated June 24, 2008, by and among MasterCard Incorporated, MasterCard International Incorporated and American Express (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 1, 2008. (File No. 001-32877)).
10.39*   Judgment Sharing Agreement between MasterCard and Visa in the Discover Litigation, dated July 29, 2008, by and among MasterCard Incorporated, MasterCard International Incorporated, Visa Inc., Visa U.S.A. Inc. and Visa International Service Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 1, 2008. (File No. 001-32877)).
10.40   Release and Settlement Agreement dated as of October 27, 2008 by and among MasterCard, Discover and Visa (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 4, 2008. (File No. 001-32877)).

 

143


Table of Contents
10.41   Agreement dated as of October 27, 2008, by and among MasterCard International Incorporated, MasterCard Incorporated, Morgan Stanley, Visa Inc., Visa U.S.A. Inc. and Visa International Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 4, 2008. (File No. 001-32877)).
18.1   Letter re change in accounting principles by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP dated May 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 18.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 14, 2003 (File No. 000-50250)).
21   List of Subsidiaries of MasterCard Incorporated.
23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
31.1   Certification of Robert W. Selander, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2   Certification of Martina Hund-Mejean, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1   Certification of Robert W. Selander, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2   Certification of Martina Hund-Mejean, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

+ Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.
* Exhibit omits certain information that has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission and has been granted confidential treatment.

 

144

Exhibit 10.18

MASTERCARD INTERNATIONAL INCORPORATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2008, Unless Otherwise Provided


MASTERCARD INTERNATIONAL INCORPORATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page
     ARTICLE I   
     DEFINITIONS   

1.1

     Definitions    1

1.2

     Rules of Construction    6
     ARTICLE II   
     ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION   

2.1

     Eligibility    7

2.2

     Notice    7

2.3

     Participation    7
     ARTICLE III   
     RETIREMENT BENEFIT AND DEATH BENEFIT   

3.1

     Determination of Retirement Benefit    9

3.2

     Death Benefit    9
     ARTICLE IV   
     FORM AND TIMING OF PAYMENT   

4.1

     Retirement Benefit    10

4.2

     Acceleration or Delay in Payment    10
     ARTICLE V   
     VESTING   

5.1

     General Rule    11

5.2

     Exceptions    11

5.3

     Active Employment    11

 

i


       ARTICLE VI     
     ADMINISTRATION   

6.1

     Committee    12

6.2

     Claim and Appeal Procedures    12
     ARTICLE VII   
     FUNDING   

7.1

     General Rule    15
     ARTICLE VIII   
     AMENDMENT; TERMINATION   

8.1

     Amendment    16

8.2

     Termination    16
     ARTICLE IX   
     GENERAL PROVISIONS   

9.1

     Payments to Minors and Incompetents    17

9.2

     No Contract    17

9.3

     Non-Alienation of Benefits    17

9.4

     Tax Withholding    17

9.5

     Captions    17

9.6

     Severability    17

9.7

     Notices    17

9.8

     Construction    17

9.9

     Governing Law    18

Appendix A – Calculation of the Offset

Appendix B – Actuarial Assumptions and Factors

Appendix C – Hypothetical Prior Employer Benefit for Sample Participant

 

ii


PREAMBLE

Effective November 18, 1999, MasterCard International Incorporated (the “ Company ”) established a nonqualified defined benefit pension plan referred to as the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “ Plan ” or “ SERP ”) for the benefit of key executives of the Company. Various amendments to the Plan were adopted in December 2004 and December 2005. Effective as of January 1, 2008, the Plan is amended and restated pursuant to the Applicable Transition Relief to clarify certain provisions relating to time of payment and to adopt amendments intended to avoid the imposition on any person of any tax or interest payment pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions . The following words and phrases when used in the Plan shall have the meanings indicated in this Article I. Capitalized terms defined in MAP and not otherwise defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned thereto in MAP and capitalized terms defined in the Restoration Program and not otherwise defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned thereto in the Restoration Program, if so indicated in the Plan.

Actuarial Equivalent ” means a benefit of equal value, in accordance with the actuarial assumptions and factors set forth in Appendix B.

Administrator ” means the person designated by the Committee in accordance with Article VI.

Affiliate ” means all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code) and all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code), provided that, for purposes of a Separation from Service, in applying Section 1563(a)(1), (2), and (3) of the Code for purposes of determining a controlled group of corporations under Section 414(b) of the Code the language “at least 50 percent” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in Section 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) of the Code, and in applying Section 1.414(c)-2 of the Treasury Regulations, for purposes of determining trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) that are under common control for purposes of Section 414(c) of the Code, “at least 50 percent” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in Section 1.414(c)-2 of the Treasury Regulations.

Applicable Transition Relief ” means the following transition guidance, as applicable, with respect to the application of Section 409A (i) I.R.S. Notice 2005-1, I.R.B. 274 (published as modified on January 6, 2005), (ii) the preamble to the proposed Treasury Regulations under Section 409A (70 F.R. 57930; October 4, 2005), (iii) I.R.S. Notice 2006-79, I.R.B. 2006-43 and (iv) I.R.S. Notice 2007-86, I.R.B. 2007-46.

Beneficiary ” means the Participant’s Spouse or other person who is designated by the Participant as eligible to receive the Participant’s Retirement Benefit upon the death of the Participant; provided , however , that if the Participant does not designate a Beneficiary prior to his death or there is no surviving Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s spouse, if he is married on the date of his death and the Participants estate, if he is not married on the date of his death.

Benefit Starting Date ” means the date on which a Retirement Benefit or Pre-Vesting Date Benefit, as the case may be, is paid pursuant to Article IV.

Board ” means the Global Board of Directors of the Company.

CAO ” means the Chief Administrative Officer (Central Resources) of the Company.

 

1


Cause ” means (a) the willful failure by the Participant to perform his duties or responsibilities (other than due to Disability), (b) the Participant’s engaging in serious misconduct that is injurious to the Company or an Affiliate including, but not limited to, damage to its reputation or standing in its industry; (c) the Participant’s having been convicted of, or entered a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony, or a crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, (d) the material breach by the Participant of any written covenant or agreement with the Company or an Affiliate not to disclose any information pertaining to the Company and/or its Affiliates, or (e) the breach by the Participant of the Code of Conduct, or any material provision of the following Company policies: non-discrimination, substance abuse, workplace violence, nepotism, travel and entertainment, corporation information security, antitrust/competition law, foreign corrupt practices act, enterprise risk management, accounting, contracts, purchasing, communications, investor relations, immigration, privacy, insider trading, and similar policies, whether currently in effect or later adopted.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events, but shall specifically exclude a Public Offering:

(i) The acquisition by any individual entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of equity securities of the Company representing more than 30 percent of the voting power of the then outstanding equity securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”), provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i) the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (A) any acquisition by the Company, (B) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, and (C) an acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B), and (C) of subsection (iii); or

(ii) A change in the composition of the Board as of the Effective Date (the “Incumbent Board”) that causes less than a majority of the directors of the Company then in office to be members of the Incumbent Board, provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or

(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger, or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the purchase of assets or stock of another entity (“A Business Combination”), in each case, unless immediately following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50 percent of the then outstanding combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities

 

2


entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent governing body, if applicable) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all of substantially all of the Company’s assets directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, (B) no person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such entity resulting from such Business Combination) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such entity except to the extent that such ownership of the Company existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body, if applicable) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination will have been members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the initial agreement, or action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(iv) Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

For purposes of this definition, “Public Offering” means any public offering of any class or series of the Company’s equity securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act or Exchange Act.

Chief Administrative Officer ” means the Chief Administrative Officer of the Company.

Chief Executive Officer ” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rulings and regulations thereunder.

Committee ” means the committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer the Plan. Unless the Board shall determine otherwise, the Committee shall be Compensation Committee.

Company ” means MasterCard International Incorporated, and its Affiliates. Wherever the context of the Plan so states or requires, “Company” also means “Affiliate”.

Disability ” means a “disability” as such term or a similar term is defined under the long-term disability plan of the Company or an Affiliate applicable to the Participant at the time of determination.

Eligible Employee ” means an Employee of the Company who satisfies the requirements of Section 2.1.

Effective Date ” means January 1, 2008.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rulings and regulations thereunder.

 

3


Final 48-Month Average Base Pay ” means an annual amount, determined in accordance with the formula P/4, where “ P ” is the sum of a Participant’s Base Pay earned during the forty-eight consecutive months immediately preceding the month in which the Participant’s Separation from Service occurs. Notwithstanding anything in this definition to the contrary, if a Retirement Benefit is payable prior to completion of forty-eight months of SERP service as a Participant on account of (a) accelerated vesting pursuant to Section 5.2 or the Participant’s Disability, if earlier, or (b) the termination of the Plan pursuant to Section 8.2, “ P ” shall be an amount equal to the sum of “ X ” and “ Y ” where: “ X ” is the Participant’s actual aggregate Base Pay earned through the date on which the applicable event described in (a) or (b) above occurs; and

 

   

Y ” is the assumed aggregate Base Pay earned for the N future months. For purposes of determining Y ,

 

  > N ” is equal to the difference between forty-eight and the number of months of earned Base Pay included in X; and

 

  > the assumed aggregate Base Pay is the sum of the monthly Base Pay that would be earned for N months, using the rate of Base Pay in effect on the applicable date set forth in (a) or (b) above, which rate of Base Pay is increased by 5% on each March 1 occurring between such applicable date and the date on which the Participant would have earned forty eight months of Base Pay as a Participant.

Good Reason ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Termination for Good Reason.

MAP ” means the MasterCard Accumulation Plan, effective as of January 1, 2000, and as the same may be amended from time to time.

Notice ” means the Notice of Participation that is sent to an Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 2.2.

Offset ” means an amount equal to the sum of the (a) Participant’s Account Balance under MAP, (b) Participant’s Restoration-Related Benefit, (c) lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s Social Security Primary Insurance Amount and (d) Participant’s Prior Employer Benefit. The Offset shall be determined in accordance with Appendix A.

Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who has received a Notice pursuant to Article II.

Plan ” or “ SERP ” means the MasterCard International Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.

Pre-Age 60 Death Benefit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c).

 

4


Prior Employer Benefit ” means a hypothetical retirement benefit designed to represent the lump-sum retirement benefit that a Participant would have received from a prior employer, as set forth in Appendix A and Appendix C.

Retirement Benefit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

Restoration Program ” means the MasterCard International Incorporated Restoration Program, effective February 1, 1995, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2007, and as the same may be amended from time to time and any successor thereto.

Restoration-Related Benefit ” means an aggregate amount equal to the sum of the following amounts:

(a) the amount that is the difference between the (i) lump-sum value of a Participant’s accrued benefit, as of December 31, 1999, under the Prior Plan Terms, without regard to the limits of Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code, as determined by the Company and (ii) such Participant’s Initial Account Balance in MAP; and

(b) the amount that is the sum of each amount that shall be determined annually, beginning as of January 1, 2000, in accordance with the formula A-B, where “ A ” is the sum of (i) the vested Pay Credit that a Participant would have received for the calendar year, if the Limits (as defined under the Restoration Program) did not apply to the Participant for such year and (ii) the MAP Adjustment Bonus, if any (as defined under the Retirement Restoration Plan), for such calendar year; and “ B ” is the Pay Credit actually credited to the Participant’s MAP Account for such calendar year.

The amounts determined in paragraphs (a) and (b) are each accumulated with 8% interest to the Participant’s Separation from Service, or 60 th birthday, if later.

Section 409A Compliance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

Separation from Service ” means a separation from service with the Company and its Affiliates that meets the requirements of the default provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-(1)(h) or the successor thereto.

SERP Service ” means an Employee’s Service while a Participant, commencing on such Employee’s first day of participation in the Plan as set forth in the Notice.

Social Security Primary Insurance Amount ” means the annual primary insurance amount that would be paid to a Participant under the Social Security Act, based on such Participant’s available compensation, at age sixty-two (62), without regard to whether such amount is actually paid. If a Participant incurs a Separation from Service either before or after attaining age sixty-two (62), the Social Security Primary Insurance Amount shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of such Participant’s age sixty-two (62) Social Security Primary Insurance Amount. In determining the Social Security Primary Insurance Amount for a Participant, the Committee shall assume that the Participant’s earnings for purposes of Social Security were greater than the Social Security wage base for all years through the earliest of the Participant’s:

 

 

(a)

60 th birthday or Separation from Service, if later;

 

5


  (b) date of death;

 

  (c) date of Termination Due to a Change of Control; and

 

  (d) attainment of age sixty-two (62).

Termination Due to a Change of Control ” means a Termination Without Cause or a Termination for Good Reason, in each during the period beginning on the date that is six months before and ending on the date that is two years after a Change of Control.

Termination for Good Reason ” means a Participant’s Separation from Service for one or more of the following reasons: the occurrence of the following without the Participant’s prior written consent: (a) assignment to a position for which the Participant is not qualified or a lesser position than the position held by the Participant six months before the Change in Control (although duties may differ without giving rise to a Termination for Good Reason), (b) a reduction in the Participant’s annual base salary from that in effect six months before the Change in Control; (c) the relocation of the Participant’s principal place of employment to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Participant’s principal place of employment (unless such relocation does not increase the Participant’s commute by more than twenty (20) miles) six months before the Change in Control, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Participant’s business travel obligations as of such day; or (d) the failure by the Company to obtain an agreement from any successor to the Company to assume and agree to perform any employment agreement between Participant and the Company or any Affiliate.

Termination Without Cause ” means a Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason other than Good Reason, death, retirement, Disability or Cause.

Vesting Date ” means the date, determined in accordance with Article V, as of which a Participant’s Retirement Benefit is fully vested and non-forfeitable.

1.2 Rules of Construction . The masculine gender shall be construed to include the feminine gender, and the singular form of a word shall be deemed to include the plural form, unless the context requires otherwise. Unless indicated otherwise, references herein to articles and sections are to articles and sections of the Plan.

 

6


ARTICLE II

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

2.1 Eligibility . An Employee of the Company, other than the Chief Executive Officer, shall become an Eligible Employee if (a) such Employee is a participant in MAP and (b) the Chief Executive Officer, with the approval of the Committee, selects and approves the Employee for participation in the Plan. The Chief Executive Officer shall become an Eligible Employee upon the approval of the Committee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, an Employee who incurs an Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Date after June 30, 2007 or is otherwise not eligible to participate in MAP shall not be an Eligible Employee. Any individual who is not an Eligible Employee shall not participate in, or accrue any benefit under, the Plan

2.2 Notice . An Eligible Employee’s participation in the Plan shall be evidenced by a Notice addressed to such Eligible Employee that shall comply with, and be subject to, the provisions of the Plan.

2.3 Participation .

(a) Continuing Participants . Any individual on January 1, 2008 who was a participant in the Plan immediately prior to January 1, 2008 shall be a Participant in the Plan on January 1, 2008, subject to the terms and provisions hereof. An individual who is not an Eligible Employee shall not participate in or receive any benefit under the Plan.

(b) New Participants . An Eligible Employee who does not become a Participant in accordance with Section 2.3(a) and who incurs an Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Date prior to June 30, 2007 and who receives a Notice pursuant to Section 2.2 shall become a Participant as of the date specified in the Notice, subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

(c) Duration . Except as may otherwise be provided in the Notice or in Section 2.3(d) or Section 2.3(e), an individual shall continue to be a Participant as long as such individual is entitled to a Retirement Benefit under the Plan, notwithstanding that such Participant may have incurred a Separation from Service.

(d) Cessation . Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary:

(i) an Employee, other than the Chief Executive Officer, shall cease to be a Participant and shall forfeit all rights to any Retirement Benefit if the Chief Executive Officer makes the decision to terminate the Participant’s employment, for any reason, with or without Cause, unless a written agreement between such Participant and the Company in effect at the time the Participant terminates employment provides otherwise; and

(ii) the Chief Executive Officer shall cease to be a Participant and shall forfeit all rights to a Retirement Benefit if the Board makes the decision to terminate the Chief Executive Officer’s employment for any reason, with or

 

7


without Cause, unless a written agreement between the Chief Executive Officer and the Company in effect at the time he terminates employment provides otherwise.

(e) Effect of Reemployment . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service for any reason and subsequently incurs a Reemployment Date shall not become an Eligible Employee and shall not earn any benefit under the Plan by reason of such Reemployment Date.

 

8


ARTICLE III

RETIREMENT BENEFIT AND DEATH BENEFIT

3.1 Determination of Retirement Benefit .

(a) Chief Executive Officer . The Retirement Benefit payable to a Participant who is the Chief Executive Officer is an amount equal to the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of a life annuity equal to 100% of the Chief Executive Officer’s Final 48-Month Average Base Pay, reduced by the amount of such Chief Executive Officer’s Offset, determined in accordance with Appendix A.

(b) Participants Other than Chief Executive Officer . The Retirement Benefit payable to a Participant, other than the Chief Executive Officer, , is an amount equal to the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of a life annuity equal to 80% of the Participant’s Final 48-Month Average Base Pay, reduced by the amount of such Participant’s Offset, determined in accordance with Appendix A.

3.2 Death Benefit .

(a) Following Age 60 and Prior to Benefit Starting Date . In the event of the death of a Participant after his 60 th birthday who, as of the date of death has not incurred a Benefit Starting Date, the Retirement Benefit that would have been payable to such Participant as of the date of death in accordance with Section 3.1 shall be payable to such Participant’s Beneficiary.

(b) Following Benefit Starting Date . In the event of the death of a Participant who has incurred a Benefit Starting Date and has received payment of his entire Retirement Benefit, no death benefit shall be payable from the Plan to such Participant’s Beneficiary.

(c) Pre-Age 60 Death Benefit . In the event that a Participant who is an Eligible Employee dies prior to his 60 th birthday (regardless of whether his Separation from Service is due to his death), the Pre-Age 60 Death Benefit payable to the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be equal to:

(i) if the Participant is the Chief Executive Officer, as of the date of his death or was the Chief Executive Officer as of his Separation from Service, 75% of the Actuarial Equivalent of the Retirement Benefit calculated in accordance with Section 3.1(a); provided , however , that the Offset shall be determined in accordance with Appendix A and

(ii) if the Participant is not the Chief Executive Officer as of the date of his death or was not the Chief Executive Officer as of his Separation from Service, 75% of the Actuarial Equivalent of the Retirement Benefit calculated in accordance with Section 3.1(b); provided , however , that the Offset shall be determined in accordance with Appendix A.

 

9


ARTICLE IV

FORM AND TIMING OF PAYMENT

4.1 Retirement Benefit . Subject to Section 4.2, effective for Benefit Starting Dates on or after January 1, 2008:

(a) Form . For Benefit Starting Dates due to a Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason, his Retirement Benefit, if vested pursuant to Article V, shall be paid in the form of a single lump sum.

(b) Benefit Starting Date . Subject to Section 4.2, the Benefit Starting Date with respect to the vested Retirement Benefit of a Participant who has incurred a Separation from Service for any reason shall be on the first day of the month following the date that is the later of (i) six months after the Participant’s Separation from Service and (ii) the Participant’s 60 th birthday or, in the event of the Participant’s death, the date that would have been the Participant’s 60 th birthday. If, pursuant to Appendix A, the Offset is determined as of a date prior to the Participant’s Benefit Starting Date, the Participant’s Retirement Benefit shall include interest at the Thirty-Year Treasury Rate for the period between the Separation from Service and Benefit Starting Date. Except as set forth in this Section 4.1(b), payment of a Participant’s Retirement Benefit shall not include interest.

4.2 Acceleration or Delay in Payment . Notwithstanding anything in Article IV to the contrary, neither the Committee nor the CAO shall have the discretionary authority to accelerate or delay payment of a Retirement Benefit except to the extent that the Committee or the CAO determines in its discretion, that any such acceleration or delay, as the case may be, will not cause a Participant or other person to incur any tax, interest payment or penalty pursuant to Section 409A (“ Section 409A Compliance ”). For purposes of acceleration upon the termination of the Plan following a change in control event, pursuant to this Section 4.2, “change in control event” shall have the meaning assigned thereto under the default definitions set forth in Section 409A.

 

10


ARTICLE V

VESTING

5.1 General Rule . Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.2 or as may be established by the Committee, in its discretion:

(a) a Participant shall be vested in his Retirement Benefit on the Vesting Date, which shall be the first of the month coinciding with or next following both his completion of four (4) years of SERP Service while actively employed by the Company and his 60 th birthday while actively employed by the Company; and

(b) a Participant who ceases to be actively employed by the Company prior to his completion of four (4) years of SERP Service or prior to his 60 th birthday in accordance with this Article V shall forfeit his Retirement Benefit.

5.2 Exceptions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.1, a Participant’s Retirement Benefit shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable upon a Participant’s:

(a) a Termination Without Cause or a Termination for Good Reason, solely to the extent that a written agreement between the Participant and the Company in effect on the date of such Termination expressly provides for such accelerated vesting;

(b) Termination Due to a Change of Control;

(c) Separation from Service due to his Disability; and

(d) Separation from Service due to his death.

5.3 Active Employment . For purposes of this Article V only, a Participant shall cease to be actively employed by the Company upon the occurrence of a Separation from Service.

 

11


ARTICLE VI

ADMINISTRATION

6.1 Committee .

(a) Responsibilities . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall be responsible for the interpretation of the Plan and establishment of the rules and regulations governing the administration thereof, which responsibilities shall include: (a) to determine eligibility to participate in, and the amount of benefit to be provided to any Participant under, the Plan; (b) to make and enforce such rules and regulations as it shall deem necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan; (c) to determine all questions arising in connection with the Plan, to interpret and construe the Plan, to resolve ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions in the text of the Plan, to correct any defects in the text of the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary or advisable for the orderly administration of the Plan; (d) to make any and all legal and factual determinations in connection with the administration and implementation of the Plan; (e) to review actions taken by any other person to whom authority is delegated under the Plan; and (f) to employ and rely on legal counsel, actuaries, accountants and any other agents as may be deemed to be advisable to assist in the administration of the Plan. The Committee’s decision in any matter involving the administration, interpretation and application of this Plan shall be final and binding on all parties. Neither the Committee nor any member thereof nor the Company shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the rights of any person under the Plan.

(b) Authority of Members . The members of the Committee may authorize one or more of their number to execute or deliver any instrument, make any payment or perform any other act that the Plan authorizes or requires the Committee to do, including, without limitation, the retention of counsel and other agents as it may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.

(c) Authority to Delegate . Any responsibility or authority assigned to the Committee under the Plan may be delegated to any other person or persons, by name or in the case of a delegation to an employee of the Company by title or position with the Company, consistent with the by-laws or other procedures of the Committee; provided that such delegation is revocable by the Committee at any time, in its discretion.

(d) Records and Expenses . The Committee or its designees shall keep such records as may be necessary for the administration of the Plan and shall furnish such periodic information to Participants as may be necessary or desirable, in the sole discretion of the Committee. All expenses of administering the Plan shall be paid by the Company and shall not affect a Participant’s right to, or the amount of, benefits.

6.2 Claim and Appeal Procedures .

(a) Benefit Claims . In the event any person or his authorized representative (the “ Claimant ”) disputes the amount of or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their

 

12


method of payment, such person shall be required to file a claim in writing with the Administrator for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to the claim. The Administrator will consider the claim and within ninety days of receipt of such claim, unless special circumstances exist, the Administrator will inform such person of its decision with respect to the claim. In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional ninety days, as long as the Claimant receives before the end of the initial ninety-day period, written notice advising of the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to make a determination (the “ Extension Notice ”). If the Administrator denies the claim, the Administrator will give to such person (i) a written notice setting forth the specific reason or reasons for the denial of the claim, including references to the applicable provisions of the Plan on which the determination was based, (ii) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect such claim along with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, (iii) appropriate information as to the procedure to be followed for review of such claim by the Committee, including time limits applicable to such procedures, and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to commence a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on appeal.

(b) Appeal of Denial . Any Claimant whose claim is denied by the Administrator and who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Administrator’s decision by filing a written request with the Committee for such review within sixty days after his receipt of the written denial of the claim. Such request for review shall contain and the review by the Committee shall consider all comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim that the Claimant wishes the Committee to review, without regard as to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the claim by the Administrator. In connection with that review, the Claimant shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to the claim. Written notice of the Committee’s decision shall be provided to the Claimant within sixty days following receipt of the request for review by the Committee. In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional sixty days, as long as the Claimant receives an Extension Notice before the end of the initial sixty-day period. Any decision of the Committee shall be in writing and shall include (i) the specific reasons for the adverse determination, (ii) references to applicable Plan provisions on which the determination was based, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review and a description of the applicable limitations period under the Plan.

(c) Limitation of Action . A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or legal action, including, without limitation, a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA, within one year of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination on review is issued or should have been issued under Section 6.2(b) or lose any rights to bring such an action. If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented shall be strictly limited to the

 

13


evidence timely presented to the Benefits Committee. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative remedies available to such Claimant under the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review pursuant to this Section 6.2(c) and Section 502(a) of ERISA.

(d) Authority of Administrator . In carrying out its responsibilities under Section 6.2(a), the Administrator shall have the authority set forth in Sections 6.1(a), 6.1(c) and 6.1(d).

 

14


ARTICLE VII

FUNDING

7.1 General Rule . The Plan is an unfunded arrangement and is subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Company. No portion of any funds set apart for a Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to this Article shall be the property of such Participant or Beneficiary until distribution thereof has been made to such individual. Further, the rights of a Participant or Beneficiary shall be limited to those of a general, unsecured creditor of the Company who has a claim equal to the value of the Participant’s Retirement Benefit. Retirement Benefits shall be payable from the general assets of the Company, or from such other funding vehicle established for such purpose as described above, or both. Except as may be otherwise determined by the Board in its sole discretion pursuant to this Article VII, neither the Company, the Committee nor any other person shall have any duty to set apart or invest any funds for the purpose of providing benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

 

15


ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT; TERMINATION

8.1 Amendment .

(a) General Rule . The Committee shall have the right to amend the Plan for any reason, at any time and from time to time; provided , however , that an amendment shall not cause a reduction in the Retirement Benefit that would have been payable to a Participant prior to such amendment.

(b) Section 409A . Each of the Committee and the Chief Administrative Officer shall have the unilateral right, without the consent of any Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent that the Committee or Chief Administrative Officer deems necessary, appropriate or desirable to ensure Section 409A Compliance, to amend or modify the Plan; provided that such amendments or modifications do not materially increase Retirement Benefits under the Plan or materially increase costs for the Company and may be effected in a manner that results in Section 409A Compliance. Any determinations made by the Committee or the Chief Administrative Officer under this Section 8.1(b) shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.

8.2 Termination . The Committee may terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason. Any such action by the Committee shall be undertaken by a resolution duly adopted at a meeting of the Committee, or by written consent of the Committee, in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be. In the event of a termination of the Plan, each Participant shall be eligible to receive a Retirement Benefit, notwithstanding that the Participant may not satisfy the requirements of Article V as of such date; provided , however , that the determination date for purposes of the Offset shall be the date on which the Plan is terminated. If the Plan is terminated, payment of benefits under the Plan shall be in accordance with Article IV, unless the Committee, in its discretion, determines to accelerate payment and such acceleration may be effected in a manner that will result in Section 409A Compliance.

 

16


ARTICLE IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1 Payments to Minors and Incompetents . If any Participant or Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefits hereunder is a minor or is deemed by the Committee or is adjudged to be legally incapable of giving valid receipt and discharge for such benefits, they will be paid to such person or institution as the Committee may designate or to a duly appointed guardian. Such payment shall, to the extent made, be deemed a complete discharge of any such payment under the Plan.

9.2 No Contract . This Plan shall not be deemed a contract of employment with any Participant, and no provision hereof shall affect the right of the Company to terminate a Participant’s employment.

9.3 Non-Alienation of Benefits . No amount payable to, or held under the Plan for the account of, any Participant or Beneficiary shall be subject, in any manner, to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to so anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No amount payable to, or held under the Plan for the account of, any Participant shall be subject to any legal process of levy or attachment.

9.4 Tax Withholding . The Company may withhold from any payments hereunder such amount as it may be required to withhold under applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, and transmit such withheld amounts to the appropriate taxing authority. In lieu thereof, the Company shall have the right, to the extent permitted by law, to withhold the amount of such taxes from any other sums due from the Company to the Participant upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe.

9.5 Captions . The captions contained in the Plan are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit, enlarge or describe the scope or intent of the Plan or in any way affect the construction of any provision of the Plan.

9.6 Severability . If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

9.7 Notices . Each Participant shall be responsible for furnishing the Committee with the current and proper address for the mailing of notices and delivery of agreements and payments. Any notice required or permitted to be given shall be deemed given if directed to the person to whom addressed at such address and mailed by regular United States first class mail, postage prepaid. If any item mailed to such address is returned as undeliverable to the addressee, mailing shall be suspended until the Participant furnishes the proper address.

9.8 Construction . The Plan is intended to be an unfunded deferred compensation arrangement for a select group of management or highly compensated employees and therefore exempt from the requirements of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA. Whenever the terms of the Plan require the payment of an amount by a specified date, the Company shall

 

17


use reasonable efforts to make the payment by that date. The Company shall not be (i) liable to the Participant or any other person if such payment is delayed for administrative or other reasons to a date that is later than the date so specified by the Plan or (ii) required to pay interest or any other amount in respect of such delayed payment. In no event shall the Company permit the delay of a payment unless such delay may be effected in a manner that will result in Section 409A Compliance.

9.9 Governing Law . The provisions of the Plan shall be interpreted, construed and administered under the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts entered into and performed in such state, and to the extent that ERISA, Section 409A of the Code and other federal laws do not apply.

 

18


APPENDIX A

CALCULATION OF THE OFFSET

A.1. General Rule . Subject to Section A.2 of this Appendix A, the following provisions apply with respect to calculation of the Offset:

A.1(a) Account Balance . The Account Balance under MAP is determined as of the later of the Participant’s (i) Separation from Service and (ii) 60 th birthday, or the date that would have been the Participant’s 60 th birthday.

A.1(b) Retirement Restoration -Related Benefit . The Retirement Restoration-Related Benefit is an amount equal to the bonuses, accumulated with interest, as recorded for each Participant, as of the later of the Participant’s (i) Separation from Service and (ii) 60 th birthday, or the date that would have been the Participant’s 60 th birthday.

A.1(c) Social Security Primary Insurance Amount . The Actuarial Equivalent of the Social Security Primary Insurance Amount is the lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent of the Social Security Primary Insurance Amount, as defined in Section 1.1 of the Plan, as of the later of the Participant’s (i) Separation from Service and (ii) 60 th birthday, or the date that would have been the Participant’s 60 th birthday.

A.1(d) Prior Employer Benefit .

(i) The Prior Employer Benefit shall be equal to an amount determined as of the later of the Participant’s (i) Separation from Service and (ii) 60 th birthday, or the date that would have been the Participant’s 60 th birthday:

 

Years of Service

   % of Prior
Base Pay

1–2

   3.25

3–4

   4.00

5–9

   5.00

10–14

   6.00

15–19

   8.00

20–34

   11.00

All amounts are assumed to be allocated to the Participant on December 31 of each year and are credited with the Interest Crediting Rate, as defined in Section A.1(d)(ii). A calculation of the hypothetical Prior Employer Benefit for a sample Participant is set forth in Appendix C.

 

A-1


(ii) Definitions . For purposes of determining the Prior Employer Benefit, the following definitions shall apply:

Interest Crediting Rate ” means the rate at which a Participant’s Prior Employer Benefit accumulates. For purposes of the Plan, an interest rate of 8.0% per year, up to the Participant’s Vesting Date, shall be used.

Prior Base Pay ” means the assumed prior earnings of a Participant during his Years of Service. The Prior Base Pay for a calendar year is determined by taking an Eligible Employee’s annual rate of Base Pay from the Company as of the Participant’s Employment Commencement Date or, if applicable, Reemployment Date (adjusted for prior service with the Company), and multiplying such annual rate by the factor [(1.10)^(A–B)], where “ A ” is the prior calendar year for which Base Pay is being determined and “ B ” is the date of participation in the Plan.

Years of Service ” means each calendar year beginning with the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 25 through the calendar year preceding the Participant’s Employment Commencement Date or, if applicable, Reemployment Date (adjusted for prior service with the Company).

 

A-2


APPENDIX B

ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS AND FACTORS

B.1 Prior to December 31, 2002, the Actuarial Equivalent shall be determined by the following assumptions:

(a) Mortality : the mortality table prescribed by the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service for purposes of Revenue Ruling 95-6.

(b) Interest : the average annual interest rate on thirty-year Treasury securities, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent, for the month of August preceding the first day of the calendar year in which the determination is made.

B.2 Effective as of December 31, 2002, the Actuarial Equivalent shall be determined by the following assumptions:

(a) Mortality : the mortality table in effect under MAP for purposes of determining the Annuity Factor under MAP as of the date on which the determination is made.

(b) Interest : the average annual interest rate in effect under MAP for purposes of determining the Annuity Factor under MAP as of the date on which the determination is made.

 

B-1


APPENDIX C

HYPOTHETICAL PRIOR EMPLOYER BENEFIT

FOR A SAMPLE PARTICIPANT

 

Name

   Sample
Participant

Date of Birth

   1/1/45

Date of Hire

   7/1/98

Date of SERP Entry

   1/1/00

Base Pay at Hire

   $300,000

Date Vested in SERP

   1/1/05

Salary Regression

   10.00%

Interest on Account

   8.00%

 

                            Hypothetical Prior Employer Benefit

Year

     Age
Attained
     Assumed
Prior Base
Pay
     Prior ER
Service
at EOY
     Allocation
Percentage
    Beginning
of Year
Balance
     End of Year
Allocation
     Interest
on
Account
     End of Year
Balance

1970

     25      $ 20,805      1      3.25 %   $ 0      $ 676      $ 0      $ 676

1971

     26      $ 22,885      2      3.25 %   $ 676      $ 744      $ 54      $ 1,474

1972

     27      $ 25,173      3      4.00 %   $ 1,474      $ 1,007      $ 118      $ 2,599

1973

     28      $ 27,690      4      4.00 %   $ 2,599      $ 1,108      $ 208      $ 3,915

1974

     29      $ 30,459      5      5.00 %   $ 3,915      $ 1,523      $ 313      $ 5,751

1975

     30      $ 33,505      6      5.00 %   $ 5,751      $ 1,675      $ 460      $ 7,886

1976

     31      $ 36,855      7      5.00 %   $ 7,886      $ 1,843      $ 631      $ 10,360

1977

     32      $ 40,540      8      5.00 %   $ 10,360      $ 2,027      $ 829      $ 13,216

1978

     33      $ 44,594      9      5.00 %   $ 13,216      $ 2,230      $ 1,057      $ 16,503

1979

     34      $ 49,053      10      6.00 %   $ 16,503      $ 2,943      $ 1,320      $ 20,766

1980

     35      $ 53,958      11      6.00 %   $ 20,766      $ 3,237      $ 1,661      $ 25,664

1981

     36      $ 59,354      12      6.00 %   $ 25,664      $ 3,561      $ 2,053      $ 31,278

1982

     37      $ 65,289      13      6.00 %   $ 31,278      $ 3,917      $ 2,502      $ 37,697

1983

     38      $ 71,818      14      6.00 %   $ 37,697      $ 4,309      $ 3,016      $ 45,022

1984

     39      $ 79,000      15      8.00 %   $ 45,022      $ 6,320      $ 3,602      $ 54,944

1985

     40      $ 86,900      16      8.00 %   $ 54,944      $ 6,952      $ 4,396      $ 66,292

1986

     41      $ 95,590      17      8.00 %   $ 66,292      $ 7,647      $ 5,303      $ 79,242

1987

     42      $ 105,149      18      8.00 %   $ 79,242      $ 8,412      $ 6,339      $ 93,993

1988

     43      $ 115,664      19      8.00 %   $ 93,993      $ 9,253      $ 7,519      $ 110,765

1989

     44      $ 127,230      20      11.00 %   $ 110,765      $ 13,995      $ 8,861      $ 133,621

1990

     45      $ 139,953      21      11.00 %   $ 133,621      $ 15,395      $ 10,690      $ 159,706

1991

     46      $ 153,948      22      11.00 %   $ 159,706      $ 16,934      $ 12,776      $ 189,416

1992

     47      $ 169,343      23      11.00 %   $ 189,416      $ 18,628      $ 15,153      $ 223,197

1993

     48      $ 186,277      24      11.00 %   $ 223,197      $ 20,490      $ 17,856      $ 261,543

1994

     49      $ 204,905      25      11.00 %   $ 261,543      $ 22,540      $ 20,923      $ 305,006

1995

     50      $ 225,395      26      11.00 %   $ 305,006      $ 24,793      $ 24,400      $ 354,199

1996

     51      $ 247,934      27      11.00 %   $ 354,199      $ 27,273      $ 28,336      $ 409,808

1997

     52      $ 272,727      28      11.00 %   $ 409,808      $ 30,000      $ 32,785      $ 472,593

1998

     53      $ 300,000           0.00 %   $ 472,593      $ 0      $ 37,807      $ 510,400

1999

     54        N/A           0.00 %   $ 510,400      $ 0      $ 40,832      $ 551,232

2000

     55        N/A           0.00 %   $ 551,232      $ 0      $ 44,099      $ 595,331

2001

     56        N/A           0.00 %   $ 595,331      $ 0      $ 47,626      $ 642,957

2002

     57        N/A           0.00 %   $ 642,957      $ 0      $ 51,437      $ 694,394

2003

     58        N/A           0.00 %   $ 694,394      $ 0      $ 55,552      $ 749,946

2004

     59        N/A           0.00 %   $ 749,946      $ 0      $ 59,996      $ 809,942

2005

     60        N/A           0.00 %   $ 809,942      $ 0      $ 0      $ 809,942

Balance at 01/01/2005 = $809,942

                          

 

C-1

Exhibit 10.22

RESTORATION PROGRAM

(As amended and restated as of January 1, 2007,

unless otherwise provided)

 

1. Purpose.

This document describes the Company’s payroll practices and procedures applicable to the payment of Restoration Bonuses to Participants whose benefits are curtailed under the MAP and the Savings Plan by operation of the Limits, effective January 1, 2007, unless otherwise provided. The Restoration Program (the “ Practices and Procedures ”) is not intended to be, and shall be not construed as, an “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

2. Eligibility.

The Human Resources Department of the Company will advise Eligible Employees of their continuing eligibility to receive a Restoration Bonus. A Participant’s receipt of a Restoration Bonus for one Bonus Year will not obligate the Company to award a Restoration Bonus for any succeeding Bonus Year.

An individual who is not an Eligible Employee shall not be eligible to receive a Restoration Bonus for a Bonus Year.

 

3. Definitions and Rules of Construction.

(a)     Definitions . The following capitalized words shall have the meanings set forth below:

Accumulation Interest Rate ” means an interest rate, which may differ between classes of employees, determined each Bonus Year by the Committee.

Additional Pay Credit Bonus ” means the portion of the Restoration Bonus determined in accordance with Section 4(b).

Base Pay ” (i) for purposes of the Additional Pay Credit Bonus, has the meaning set forth in MAP and (ii) for purposes of the Net Savings Plan Match Bonus and, for Plan Year beginning prior to January 1, 2007, the Net Profit-Sharing Bonus, has the meaning set forth in the Savings Plan, but without regard to the exclusion therein for amounts deferred into the MasterCard Deferral Plan or any other non-qualified deferred compensation plan of the Company.

Benefit Limit ” means the limit on benefits under the MAP or the Savings Plan imposed by Section 415 of the Code.


Board ” means the Global Board of Directors of the Company.

Bonus Payment Year ” means, with respect to a Participant’s Additional Pay Credit Bonus, Net Savings Plan Match Bonus and Net Profit Sharing Bonus, the later of (i) the Bonus Year immediately following the Bonus Year in which an Eligible Employee performs the services for the Companies for which such bonus is payable and (ii) the Bonus Year immediately following the Bonus Year in which such bonus satisfies the MAP Vesting Requirement or the Savings Plan Vesting Requirement, as applicable.

Bonus Year ” means the calendar year.

Brokerage Account ” means, effective for Restoration Bonuses granted in respect of Bonus Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, the brokerage account established by the Company in the name of a Participant in which the Company shall deposit such Participant’s Restoration Bonus for a Bonus Year.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the applicable rulings and regulations thereunder.

Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

Company ” means MasterCard International Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, and any entity that succeeds to all or substantially all of its business or assets.

Companies ” means the Company and each other corporation that has elected, with the consent of the Board or the Committee, to award Restoration Bonuses in accordance with the Practices and Procedures.

Compensation Limit ” means the limit on compensation under the MAP and the Savings Plan imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

Disability ” means a “disability” as such term or a similar term is defined under the long-term disability plan of the Companies applicable to the Participant at the time of determination.

Effective Date ” means January 1, 2007.

Eligible Employee ” means, for a Bonus Year, an employee of any of the Companies who (i) was paid Base Pay and bonus compensation during such Bonus Year, that, in the aggregate, exceeded $400,000 or (ii) was paid Base Pay in such Bonus Year in excess of the limit under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for such Bonus Year.

Enrollment Deadline ” means March 14 of a Bonus Payment Year or such earlier date as may be established by the Committee or a delegate thereof.

Initial Account Balance ” has the meaning set forth in the MAP.

 

2


Limits ” means the Compensation Limit and the Benefit Limit.

MAP ” means the MasterCard Accumulation Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time.

MAP Adjustment Bonus ” means the amount determined in accordance with Section 4(c).

MAP Vesting Requirement ” means the vesting schedule then in effect under MAP; provided , however , that if a change to the MAP Vesting Requirement that becomes effective after the Effective Date would have the effect of delaying the date on which an Additional Pay Credit Bonus would vest, such change to the MAP Vesting Requirement shall be disregarded.

Net Profit Sharing Bonus ” means the portion of the Restoration Bonus determined in accordance with Section 4(f).

Net Savings Plan Match Bonus ” means the portion of the Restoration Bonus determined in accordance with Section 4(d).

Participant ” means an Eligible Employee selected by the Company to receive a Restoration Bonus for a given Bonus Year.

Pay Credit ” has the meaning set forth in the MAP.

Practices and Procedures ” means the practices and procedures set forth in the MasterCard International Incorporated Restoration Program, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Profit Sharing Adjustment Bonus ” means the amount determined in accordance with Section 4(g).

Record Keeper ” means person or entity appointed by the Committee to administer the Brokerage Accounts.

Retirement ” has the meaning set forth in MAP in effect as of January 1, 2007, without consideration of clause (b) of such definition.

Restoration Bonus ” means the amount determined in accordance with Section 4(a).

Savings Plan ” means the MasterCard Shared Profit and Savings Plan (renamed the MasterCard Savings Plan, effective January 1, 2008), as the same may be amended from time to time.

Savings Plan Match Adjustment Bonus ” means the amount determined in accordance with Section 4(e).

 

3


Savings Plan Vesting Requirement ” means the vesting schedule under the Savings Plan applicable to matching contributions or profit sharing contributions, as the case may be, then in effect under the Savings Plan; provided , however , that if a change to the Savings Plan Vesting Requirement that becomes effective after the Effective Date would have the effect of delaying the date on which the Net Savings Plan Match Bonus or Net Profit Sharing Bonus for such Bonus Year would vest, such change to the Savings Plan Vesting Requirement shall be disregarded.

(b)     Rules of Construction . Unless the context requires otherwise, the use of the masculine form of a word shall include the feminine form and the use of the singular form shall include the plural form.

 

4. Restoration Bonus.

(a)     Calculation . Subject to Section 5(d), the amount of a Participant’s Restoration Bonus, if any, for a Bonus Year shall equal the sum of (i) the Additional Pay Credit Bonus (if any), (ii) the Net Savings Plan Match Bonus, and (iii) the Net Profit Sharing Bonus (for the 2003-2006 Bonus Years). Notwithstanding anything in the Practices and Procedures to the contrary, an Eligible Employee who is not eligible to participate in MAP shall not receive an Additional Pay Credit Bonus or a MAP Adjustment Bonus.

(b)     Additional Pay Credit Bonus . If the sum of a Participant’s Base Pay and Bonus Compensation for a Bonus Year exceed $400,000, such Participant shall be eligible to receive an Additional Pay Credit Bonus for such Bonus Year. The Additional Pay Credit Bonus for a Bonus Year shall be an amount determined in accordance with the formula (A—B), where “ A ” is the sum of (i) the vested Pay Credits (determined pursuant to the MAP Vesting Requirement) the Participant would have received for the Bonus Year under the MAP if the Limits did not apply to the Participant for such Year and (ii) the MAP Adjustment Bonus, if any, for such Bonus Year and “ B ” is the Pay Credit actually credited to the Participant for the Bonus Year, as illustrated by the following example, which assumes Base Pay of $300,000 and Bonus Compensation of $150,000:

 

Example

      

Service

     6 years  

Pay Credit Multiplier from MAP

     5.75 %

Base Pay Plus AICP Incentive

   $ 450,000  

Applicable Compensation Limit in 2006

   $ 220,000  

Pay Credit without Limits

   $ 25,875  

($450,000 x .0575)

  

Pay Credit from MAP

   $ 12,650  

($220,000 x .0575)

  

Additional Pay Credit Bonus

   $ 13,225  

($25,875—$12,650)

  

 

4


(c)     MAP Adjustment Bonus . If a Participant who was not fully vested in the MAP would have received an Additional Pay Credit Bonus in a prior Bonus Year but for the MAP Vesting Requirement in Section 4(b) and subsequently becomes vested in his MAP account in a later Bonus Year and entitled to an Additional Pay Credit Bonus as part of such Participant’s Restoration Bonus, then the calculation of “ A ” in Section 4(b) for such Participant for the Bonus Year in which the Participant satisfies the MAP Vesting Requirement shall include a MAP Adjustment Bonus. The “ MAP Adjustment Bonus ” shall equal the portion of the Pay Credits that were not taken into account for each such prior Bonus Year as a result of the MAP Vesting Requirements and that first becomes vested pursuant to the MAP Vesting Requirement during the current Bonus Year, together with interest at the Accumulation Interest Rate, applied from the end of such prior Bonus Year to the end of the current Bonus Year, as illustrated by the following example:

 

Example

      

Year of Vesting

     2006  

Additional Pay Credit Bonus for 2004

   $ 8,000  

Additional Pay Credit Bonus for 2005

   $ 10,000  

Accumulation Interest Rate for 2005 Bonus Year

     5.06 %

Accumulation Interest Rate for 2006 Bonus Year

     4.46 %

MAP Adjustment Bonus for 2006

   $ 19,226  

[($8,000 x 1.0506 x 1.0446) + ($10,000 x 1.0446)]

  

(d)     Net Savings Plan Match Bonus . A Participant’s Net Savings Plan Match Bonus for each Bonus Year shall be an amount determined in accordance with the formula (X—Y), where “ X ” is the sum of (i) the vested employer matching contribution (determined pursuant to the Savings Plan Vesting Requirement) that the Participant would have received for the Bonus Year under the Savings Plan if the Limits did not apply and assuming that, for such Bonus Year, the Participant’s tax deferred contributions and Roth contributions under the Savings Plan were not limited by the dollar limits under Section 402(g) of the Code (including catch-up contributions for eligible Savings Plan participants) and (ii) the Savings Plan Match Adjustment Bonus, if any, for such Bonus Year and “ Y ” is an offset equal to the product of the Compensation Limit for such Bonus Year and the percentage under the Savings Plan applicable to such Participant for purposes of determining the amount of his employer matching contribution.

 

Example

      

Assumed Savings Plan Match Rate

     6.0 %

Base Pay

   $ 300,000  

Applicable Compensation Limit in 2007

   $ 225,000  

Vested Savings Plan Match without Limits

   $ 18,000  

($300,000 x .06)

  

Offset

   $ 13,500  

($225,000 x .06)

  

Net Savings Plan Match Bonus

   $ 4,500  

($18,000—$13,500)

  

 

5


(e)     Savings Plan Match Adjustment Bonus . If a Participant who was not fully vested in the Savings Plan (determined pursuant to the Savings Plan Vesting Requirement) would have received a Net Savings Plan Match Bonus in a prior Bonus Year but for the Savings Plan Vesting Requirement and subsequently becomes vested in his Savings Plan account in a later Bonus Year and entitled to a Net Savings Plan Match Bonus as part of such Participant’s Restoration Bonus, then the calculation of “ X ” in Section 4(c) for such Participant for the Bonus Year in which the Participant satisfies the Savings Plan Vesting Requirement shall include a Savings Plan Match Adjustment Bonus. The “ Savings Plan Match Adjustment Bonus ” shall equal the portion of the employer matching contribution that was not taken into account for each prior Bonus Year as a result of the Savings Plan Vesting Requirement and that first becomes vested pursuant to the Savings Plan Vesting Requirement during the current Bonus Year, together with interest at the Accumulation Interest Rate for the then current Bonus Year, applied from the end of such prior Bonus Year to the end of the current Bonus Year, following the same procedures set forth in the example in Section 4(c).

(f)     Net Profit-Sharing Bonus . A Participant’s Net Profit-Sharing Bonus for a Bonus Year shall be an amount determined in accordance with the formula (C—D), where “ C ” is the sum of (i) the vested profit-sharing contribution (determined pursuant to the Savings Plan Vesting Requirement) that the Participant would have received for a Bonus Year beginning prior to January 1, 2008 under the Savings Plan if the Limits did not apply and assuming that, for such Bonus Year, the Participant’s profit sharing contributions under the Savings Plan were not limited by the Limits and (ii) the Profit Sharing Adjustment Bonus, if any, for such Bonus Year and “ D ” is an offset equal to the product of the Compensation Limit for such Bonus Year and the percentage used by the Savings Plan to determine the amount of a Participant’s profit sharing contributions for such Bonus Year actual employer profit sharing contribution received by the Participant for the Bonus Year under the Savings Plan, as illustrated by the following example. Effective for Bonus Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, no Participant shall earn a Net Profit-Sharing Bonus.

 

Example

      

Assumed Profit Sharing Contribution Rate

     8.0 %

Base Pay

   $ 300,000  

Applicable Compensation Limit in 2007

   $ 225,000  

Vested Profit Sharing Contribution without Limits

   $ 24,000  

($300,000 x .08)

  

Offset

   $ 18,000  

($225,000 x .08)

  

Net Profit Sharing Bonus

   $ 6,000  

($24,000—$17,600)

  

 

6


(g)      Profit Sharing Adjustment Bonus . If a Participant who was not fully vested in the Savings Plan would have received a Net Profit Sharing Bonus in a prior Bonus Year but for the Savings Plan Vesting Requirement and subsequently becomes vested in his profit-sharing account in Savings Plan in a later Bonus Year and entitled to a Net Profit-Sharing Bonus as part of such Participant’s Restoration Bonus, then the calculation of “ C ” in Section 4(f) for such Participant for the Bonus Year in which the Participant becomes vested in his profit-sharing account in the Savings Plan shall include a Profit Sharing Adjustment Bonus. The “ Profit Sharing Adjustment Bonus ” shall equal the portion of the employer profit-sharing contribution that was not taken into account for each prior Bonus Year as a result of the Savings Plan Vesting Requirement and that first becomes vested pursuant to the Savings Plan Vesting Requirement during the current Bonus Year, together with interest at the Accumulation Interest Rate for the then current Bonus Year, applied from the end of such prior Bonus Year to the end of the current Bonus Year, following the same procedures set forth in the example in Section 4(c).

(h)      Form and Time of Payment of Restoration Bonuses . Subject to Section 5(d), on March 1 of a Bonus Payment Year and, in no event later than March 15 of such Bonus Payment Year, the Company shall, subject to Section 5, deposit the full amount of a Participant’s Restoration Bonus for the applicable Bonus Year in the Brokerage Account.

 

5. General Provisions.

(a)      Administration . The Committee shall have the right (i) to construe and interpret the Practices and Procedures and all rules, regulations, agreements and other documents related thereto, (ii) to promulgate rules, regulations and agreements related to the Practices and Procedures, (iii) to approve all calculations necessary for the administration and implementation of the Practices and Procedures, (iv) to make factual and other determinations, (v) to delegate administrative authority to one or more officers or employees of the Companies or to one or more third-party administrators, (vi) to determine the amount of any Restoration Bonus, (vii) to correct errors in any previous calculation, and (viii) to rely upon the reports of third parties, including the actuaries, attorneys and accountants of the Company.

(b)      Participant Rights and Obligations . A Participant will have the ability to direct the investment of the Restoration Bonus held in his Brokerage Account. The actual accumulations in the Brokerage Account will be dependent upon investment decisions made by the Participant and consequently will not have any direct relationship to any assumptions that may be used in calculating the Restoration Bonus each year. A Participant is solely responsible for (i) reviewing the information (including the prospectus) provided by the Brokerage Account for information on investment choices available and (ii) consulting with a personal investment adviser before making a decision to invest in the Restoration Bonus held in the Brokerage Account.

(c)    Brokerage Account Charges.

Participants are responsible for reviewing the documents (including the prospectus) related to the Brokerage Account to determine the amount of the investment management fees, administrative charges and any other fee, charge or expense related to the

 

7


Brokerage Account. The Participant, and not the Company, shall be responsible for all such fees, charges and expenses with respect to the Brokerage Account.

(d)      Circumstances of Forfeiture; Cessation of Future Restoration Bonuses . The provisions of this Section 5(d) shall apply, notwithstanding anything in the Practices and Procedures to the contrary.

1.     Withdrawals . A Participant will have the ability to withdraw any amount from his Brokerage Account; provided , however , if a Participant withdraws any amount from his Brokerage Account for reasons other than Retirement, termination of employment with the Company or Disability of the Participant, no Restoration Bonus shall be deposited in such Participant’s Brokerage Account or otherwise paid for the Bonus Year in which such withdrawal occurs or any subsequent Bonus Year and all rights thereto for the Bonus Year in which such withdrawal occurs and any subsequent Bonus Year shall be forfeited. Whether a withdrawal is by reason of termination of employment or disability shall be determined by the Committee.

2.     Not Actively Employed . If, on the date on which a Restoration Bonus for a Bonus Year would otherwise be paid, an Eligible Employee is not actively employed for any reason (unless otherwise provided in this first sentence of Section 5(d)(2)) by one of the Companies, as determined by the Administrator, or the employment of an Eligible Employee with the Companies otherwise terminates his employment with the Companies for any reason except death, Disability or Retirement, no Restoration Bonus shall be deposited in such Participant’s Brokerage Account or otherwise paid for such Bonus Year or any subsequent Bonus Year and all rights thereto shall be forfeited. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, for purposes of this Section 5(d), an individual who is in a notice period is not actively employed by one of the Companies.

3.     Enrollment Deadline . By no later than the Enrollment Deadline, a Participant shall be required to submit a completed enrollment form to the Record Keeper in accordance with procedures established by the Committee or its delegate. If a Participant fails to submit a completed enrollment form in accordance with procedures established by the Committee or its delegate by the Enrollment Deadline, such Participant shall forfeit all rights to the Restoration Bonus that would otherwise have been deposited in such Participant’s Brokerage Account in such Bonus Payment Year.

(e)      Death . If a Participant’s employment with the Companies terminates during a Bonus Year as a result of the Participant’s death, any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant for the portion of the Bonus Year prior to the Participant’s death, shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in cash within 60 days following date of death. “ Beneficiary ” shall mean the individual designated in writing by the Participant in accordance with these Practices and Procedures to receive any amounts after the date of death of the Participant or, if no such designation has been made or if no such individual survives the Participant, the Participant’s estate. A Beneficiary designation shall be effective only if it is in writing and received by the Company prior to the date of death of the Participant.

(f)      Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law each member of the Committee and each director, officer and

 

8


employee of any of the Companies who are delegated or exercise duties or responsibilities under the Practices and Procedures in respect of any act or omission by any such person in connection with the administration or implementation of the Practices and Procedures.

(g)     Amendment and Termination .

1.    The Company shall have no obligation to make any payments or to provide any benefits under the Practices and Procedures after the date the Committee and the Board indicate that no further Restoration Bonuses are to be awarded by the Company. The Company may amend or terminate the Practices and Procedures in whole or in part at any time and without prior notice to any person by action of either the Committee or the Board.

2.    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chief Administrative Officer of the Company shall have the unilateral right, without the consent of any Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent that the Chief Administrative Officer deems necessary, appropriate or desirable to ensure that any payment under the Practices and Procedures continues to qualify as a short-term deferral for purposes of Section 409A of the Code (i) to adopt amendments to the Practices and Procedures; provided that such amendments do not materially increase benefits under the Practices and Procedures or materially increase costs for the Company and (ii) to change the form or manner of payment of any benefit under the Practices and Procedures. Any determinations made by the Chief Administrative Officer under this Section 5(g)(2) shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

9

Exhibit 10.25

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

D E F E R R A L    P L A N

A S A MENDED AND R ESTATED E FFECTIVE F OR A CCOUNT B ALANCES E STABLISHED A FTER D ECEMBER  31, 2004


FOREWORD

Effective as of September 30, 1998, MasterCard Incorporated adopted the MasterCard Incorporated Deferral Plan (the “Plan”) for the benefit of non-employee members of its Board of Directors, and a select group of management or highly compensated employees. The Plan was amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2000, as of August 1, 2000, as of July 25, 2001, and as of January 1, 2003. Amendments to comply with section 409A of the Code, and to reflect transitional relief permitted to Participants, were made in June 2007 by means of an amended and restated Plan effective for balances established after December 31, 2004. Further clarifying amendments to assure compliance with section 409A of the Code were made in December 2008. The Plan was operated in good faith compliance with section 409A of the Code before the Plan document was amended to conform with section 409A, consistent with the election and distribution rules set forth in the amended and restated Plan. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan of deferred compensation. The purpose of the Plan is to permit the Directors and a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, to defer, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, a portion of certain items of income otherwise payable to them.


ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 “Administrative Committee” means the committee that is responsible for administering the Plan. Unless the composition of the Administrative Committee is otherwise changed by the Committee, the Administrative Committee shall consist of the following three officers of the Company, or their functional successors: the Chief Administrative Officer, the General Counsel, and the Head of Executive Compensation.

1.2 “Additional Deferral Election” means the election by a Participant under Section 3.4(b) to further defer distribution from his or her Deferred Account.

1.3 “Affiliated Employer” means all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under section 414(b) or section 414(c) of the Code, except that, for purposes of determining whether there is a controlled group or common control, the language “at least 50 percent” is used instead of “at least 80 percent.”

1.4 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.5 “Change in Control” means any of the following events, but shall not include a public offering:

(a) The acquisition by any individual entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of equity securities of the Company representing more than 30 percent of the voting power of the then outstanding equity securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”), provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a) the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition by the Company, (ii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, and (iii) an acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of subsection (c); or

(b) A change in the composition of the Board as of any date (the “Incumbent Board”) that causes less than a majority of the directors of the Company then in office to be members of the Incumbent Board, provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to a date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or


(c) Consummation of a reorganization, merger, or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the purchase of assets or stock of another entity (“A Business Combination”), in each case, unless immediately following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50 percent of the then outstanding combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent governing body, if applicable) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all of substantially all of the Company’s assets directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, (ii) no person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such entity resulting from such Business Combination) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such entity except to the extent that such ownership of the Company existed prior to the Business Combination, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body, if applicable) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination will have been members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the initial agreement, or action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(d) Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

In the event any Deferred Account becomes payable upon a Change in Control, or at a different time or in a different form upon Termination from Service in connection with a Change in Control, then upon Termination from Service not in connection with a Change in Control, or where a section 409A definition of Change in Control is otherwise required, the above definition will include only events that qualify as a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or as a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to section 409A(a)(2)(v) of the Code.

1.6 “Change-of-Form Election” means the election by a Participant under Section 3.4(a) to change the Form of Distribution with respect to the portion of his or her Deferred Account with the same Deferral Period.

1.7 “Change-of-Investment Return Election” means the election by a Participant under Section 3.5(b) to change the Investment Return Option to apply to the Participant’s Deferred Account.

 

2


1.8 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute, along with related rules, regulations, and interpretations.

1.9 “Committee” means the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board.

1.10 “Company” means MasterCard Incorporated and includes any successor or assignee corporation.

1.11 “Deferral Election” means that separate notice, provided in a form prescribed by the Administrative Committee that indicates a Participant’s Deferred Salary Election, Deferred Variable Compensation Election, and/or Deferred Director Compensation Election.

1.12 “Deferral Period” means the period of time over which a Participant elects, or is mandated by the Plan or an amendment thereto, to defer receipt of Salary, Variable Compensation, or Director Compensation pursuant to Section 3.1(e) and 3.2(e).

1.13 “Deferral Period Election” means the election by a Participant under Section 3.1(e) or 3.2(e) of the Deferral Period to apply to the Participant’s Deferral Election.

1.14 “Deferred Account” means the bookkeeping entry established on behalf of a Participant with respect to Deferral Elections and any Non-Elective Deferrals under this Plan, together with any adjustments for earnings and losses and any payments. For purposes herein, Deferred Accounts shall also include any separate subaccounts that may be established under a Participant’s Deferred Account to the extent necessary for the administration of the Plan.

1.15 “Deferred Director Compensation Election” means the election by a Director under Section 3.1 to defer until a later year receipt of some or all of his or her Director Compensation.

1.16 “Deferred Salary Election” means the election by an Executive under Section 3.2 to defer until a later year receipt of some of his or her Salary.

1.17 “Deferred Variable Compensation Election” means the election by an Executive under Section 3.2 to defer until a later year receipt of some or all of his or her Variable Compensation.

1.18 “Director” means a non-employee member of the Board.

1.19 “Director Compensation” means the amount of a Director’s compensation for being a member of the Board or a member of a committee thereof, or for being the chairman of the Board or any committee thereof that the Administrative Committee in a timely manner determines is eligible for deferral under this Plan.

 

3


1.20 “Effective Date” means the effective date of the Plan set forth in Section 6.4.

1.21 “Employer” means the Company or any Affiliated Employer that adopts the Plan with the approval of the Administrative Committee.

1.22 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.23 “Executive” means an employee of an Employer who meets the criteria for eligibility to participate in the Plan that are set by the Administrative Committee for a particular period.

1.24 “Form of Distribution” means the term and frequency over which distributions from a Participant’s Deferred Account will be paid pursuant to Section 3.6.

1.25 “Form of Distribution Election” means the election by a Participant under Section 3.1(f) or 3.2(f) of the Form of Distribution to apply to a Participant’s Deferral Election.

1.26 “Investment Return” means the amounts that are credited to (or charged against, as the case may be) a Participant’s Deferred Account from time to time pursuant to Section 3.5.

1.27 “Investment Return Options” means the investment funds, indices or crediting rates selected by the Administrative Committee that serve as a means to measure increases or decreases in value with respect to a Participant’s Deferred Account pursuant to Section 3.5.

1.28 “Investment Return Option Election” means the election by a Participant under Section 3.1(g) or 3.2(g) of the Investment Return Option(s) to apply to the Participant’s Deferral Election.

1.29 “Non-Elective Deferral” means an amount awarded by the Company under Section 3.3.

1.30 “Participant” means a Director or an Executive who is both eligible to participate and who has elected to participate in the Plan as evidenced by submission and acceptance of a Deferral Election under Section 3.1 or 3.2, respectively.

1.31 “Performance-Based Compensation” means compensation the amount of which or entitlement to which is contingent on the satisfaction of preestablished organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least twelve consecutive months, as defined in section 409A(a)(4)(B)(iii) of the Code.

1.32 “Plan” means the MasterCard Incorporated Deferral Plan, as from time to time amended.

 

4


1.33 “Qualified Retirement” means Termination from Service by an Executive occurring on or after the earliest of: (i) attaining age 65 while in service and completing two (2) years of service, (ii) attaining age 60 while in service and completing five (5) years of service, and (iii) attaining age 55 while in service and completing ten (10) years of service.

1.34 “Salary” means the amount of an Executive’s regular annual base salary.

1.35 “Termination from Service” means a “separation from service” as defined in section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code, except that a reduction in the level of services performed by an Executive to a level equal to 21 percent or less of the average level of services performed by the Executive during the immediately preceding 36 months (or such shorter period as the Executive shall have performed services for the Company) shall be presumed to be a Termination from Service.

1.36 “Variable Compensation” means the amount of an Executive’s annual bonus under the Company’s Annual Incentive Compensation Plan, the amount of an annual or long-term bonus under any other plan the Administrative Committee determines is eligible for deferral under this Plan, or any other form of non-Salary compensation the Administrative Committee in a timely manner determines is eligible for deferral under this Plan.

 

5


ARTICLE 2

PARTICIPATION

2.1 Participation

(a) Participation in the Plan shall be limited to an individual who, as of the Effective Date of the Plan and/or any subsequent first day of any month, is:

 

  (i) a Director, as defined in Section 1.18, or

 

  (ii) an Executive, as defined in Section 1.23.

(b) The Administrative Committee may designate the Directors and Executives who are eligible to participate and the category or categories of income that eligible Participants may defer.

(c) In no event will the Administrative Committee expand the eligible employees beyond a select group of management or highly-compensated employees within the meaning of Title I of ERISA.

 

6


ARTICLE 3

DEFERRAL ELECTIONS, ACCOUNTS, AND DISTRIBUTIONS

3.1 Directors’ Deferral Elections.

(a) An individual who is eligible to participate in this Plan in accordance with Section 2.1(a)(i) is entitled to make an election, pursuant to this Section 3.1, to defer all or part of his or her Director Compensation; provided , however , that if the individual has been designated as eligible to participate in the Plan only with respect to a limited category or categories of compensation, that individual is entitled to make an election only with respect to that limited category or categories of compensation.

(b) A Director’s Deferral Election shall be made in a written or electronic form prescribed by the Administrative Committee and furnished by the Administrative Committee or its delegate. Any such Deferral Election shall apply only to the Director Compensation to be earned in the particular calendar year specified in the election. A Participant may elect to defer portions of his or her Director Compensation (in 1% increments), the minimum and maximum limits of which will be prescribed by the Administrative Committee from time to time.

(c) A Director’s Deferral Election with respect to Director Compensation earned for a particular calendar year must be made during such period prescribed by the Administrative Committee, which period shall end no later than the December 31 preceding such calendar year or, if elections are allowed in the case of a newly-elected or newly-eligible Director, thirty (30) days following the date on which he or she becomes eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 2.1. If elections are allowed in the case of a newly-elected or newly-eligible Director, a Deferral Election shall apply only to amounts that are both paid after the date the election is made and earned for services performed after the date the election is made. A Deferral Election under this Section 3.1 cannot be changed or revoked after the last date of the period prescribed by the Administrative Committee for making such Deferral Election.

(d) Director Compensation deferred pursuant to this Section 3.1 generally shall be credited to the Participant’s Deferred Account (or, if none, to a new such account established in the Participant’s name) as of the date on which the Director Compensation would otherwise have been paid.

(e) Deferral Period. A Director who makes a Deferral Election with respect to Director Compensation shall, at the time of such election, submit a Deferral Period Election that indicates when payment of such deferred Director Compensation and any Investment Return credited thereon pursuant to Section 3.5 shall commence. Such Deferral Period Election shall be (i) January 15 of any year three to fifteen years following the year in which the Director Compensation would have been paid, absent the Deferral Election, or such other period prescribed in a timely manner

 

7


by the Administrative Committee, or (ii) within 90 days following the date the Participant has a Termination from Service as a Director. However, if a Director who has elected a Deferral Period under this Section 3.1(e)(ii) is a specified employee for purposes of section 409A of the Code on his Termination from Service as a Director, payment shall be made six months following the Director’s Termination from Service. If no Deferral Period Election is made, the Deferral Period Election shall be deemed to be within 90 days following the date the Participant has a Termination from Service as a Director. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4(b), such Deferral Period Election shall not be changed or revoked.

(f) Form of Distribution. A Director who makes a Deferral Election with respect to Director Compensation shall, at the time of such election, submit a Form of Distribution Election that indicates the manner in which balances will be distributed. Such Form of Distribution Election shall be (i) a lump sum payment, or (ii) from two to fifteen approximately equal annual installments. A separate Form of Distribution Election may be made with respect to each Deferral Period Election as provided under Section 3.1(e), provided, however, that if no Form of Distribution Election is made, such election shall be deemed to be a lump sum. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4(a), such Form of Distribution Election shall not be changed or revoked.

(g) Investment Return. A Director who makes a Deferral Election with respect to Director Compensation shall, at the time of such election, submit Investment Return Option Elections indicating the Investment Return Options to be used to determine the Investment Return to be credited to his or her Deferred Account as provided under Section 3.5. Separate Investment Return Option Elections may be made with respect to each Deferral Period Election as provided under Section 3.1(e), provided that each Investment Return Option allocated in such election must be in increments of 1%. If no Investment Return Election is made, the Investment Return credited will be based on the return earned by the money market or equivalent fund within the Investment Return Options selected by the Administrative Committee. Except as provided in Section 3.5(b), such Investment Return Option Elections shall not be changed or revoked.

3.2 Executives’ Deferral Elections

(a) An individual who is eligible to participate in this Plan in accordance with Section 2.1(a)(ii) is entitled to make an election to defer his or her Salary and Variable Compensation, as provided in this Section 3.2; provided , however , that if the individual has been designated as eligible to participate only with respect to a limited category or categories of compensation, that individual is entitled to make an election only with respect to that limited category or categories of compensation.

(b) Deferral Elections with respect to Salary and Variable Compensation shall be made in a written or electronic form prescribed by the Administrative Committee and furnished by the Administrative Committee or its delegate. A Deferred Salary Election and/or Deferred Variable Compensation Election

 

8


shall apply only to the Executive’s Salary and Variable Compensation otherwise payable or earned in the particular calendar year specified in the election. A Participant may elect to defer a minimum of 10% or more each of his or her Salary and Variable Compensation (in 1% increments), subject to limits on the maximum deferrable percentage and the minimum Salary remaining after deferral, as established by the Administrative Committee from time to time.

(c) A Deferred Salary Election with respect to Salary earned for a particular calendar year must be made during such period prescribed by the Administrative Committee, which period shall end no later than the December 31 preceding the commencement of such calendar year (or, if elections are allowed in the case of a new or newly-eligible Executive, thirty (30) days following the date on which the Executive becomes eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 2.1). If elections are allowed in the case of a new or newly eligible Executive, the Deferred Salary Election will apply only to amounts that are both paid after the election is made and earned for services performed after the election is made. A Deferral Election under this Section 3.2 cannot be changed or revoked after the last date of the period prescribed by the Administrative Committee for making such Deferral Election. The amount of Salary that is deferred pursuant to this Deferred Salary Election may be taken from the Executive’s Salary and credited to the Executive’s Deferred Account proportionately throughout the year or, in the case of the first Plan year or a new or newly eligible Executive, throughout the portion of the year to which the Deferred Salary Election is applicable, or in any other manner determined by the Administrative Committee; provided that the amount deferred during a year shall reflect the Executive’s Deferred Salary Election for the year.

(d) A Deferred Variable Compensation Election with respect to Variable Compensation to be paid or earned in a particular calendar year must be made during such period prescribed by the Administrative Committee, which period shall end no later than December 31 of the year preceding the year in which the services are performed to earn the Variable Compensation or, in the case of Performance-Based Compensation, the date that is six months before the end of the pertinent performance period with respect to Performance-Based Compensation that is not ascertainable as of that date. Except to the extent otherwise allowed in connection with Performance-Based Compensation, if elections are allowed in the case of a new or newly-eligible Executive, a Deferred Variable Compensation Election may be made no later than thirty (30) days after the Executive becomes eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 2.1 and will apply only to amounts that are both paid after the election is made and earned for services performed after the election is made. A Deferral Election under this Section 3.2 cannot be changed or revoked after the last date of the period prescribed by the Administrative Committee for making such Deferral Election. Variable Compensation deferred pursuant to this Section 3.2 generally shall be credited to the Executive’s Deferred Account (or, if none, to a new such account established in the Executive’s name) as of the date on which it otherwise would have been paid.

 

9


(e) Deferral Period. An Executive who makes a Deferral Election with respect to Salary and/or Variable Compensation shall, at the time of such election, submit a Deferral Period Election that indicates when payments of such deferred Salary and/or Variable Compensation and any Investment Return credited thereon pursuant to Section 3.5 shall commence. Such Deferral Period Election shall be: (i) January 15 of any year three to fifteen years following the year in which the Salary and/or Variable Compensation would have been paid, absent the Deferral Election, or such other period prescribed by the Administrative Committee, or (ii) six months following the Executive’s Qualified Retirement. If no Deferral Period Election is made, the Deferral Period Election shall be deemed to be six months following Qualified Retirement. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4(b), such election shall not be changed or revoked.

(f) Form of Distribution. An Executive who makes a Deferral Election with respect to Salary and/or Variable Compensation shall, at the time of such election, submit a Form of Distribution Election that indicates the period and frequency of payments. Such Form of Distribution Election shall be (i) a lump sum payment, or (ii) from two to fifteen approximately equal annual installments. A separate Form of Distribution Election may be made with respect to each Deferral Period Election as provided under Section 3.2(e), provided, however, that if no Form of Distribution Election is made, such election shall be deemed to be lump sum. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4(a), such Form of Distribution Election shall not be changed or revoked.

(g) Investment Return Options. An Executive who makes a Deferral Election with respect to Salary and/or Variable Compensation shall, at the time of such election, submit Investment Return Option Elections indicating the Investment Return Options to be used to determine the Investment Return to be credited to his or her Deferred Account as provided under Section 3.5. Separate Investment Return Option Elections may be made with respect to each Deferral Period Election as provided under Section 3.2(e), provided that each Investment Return Option allocated in such election must be in increments of 1%. If no Investment Return Option Election is made, the Investment Return credited will be based on the return earned by the money market or equivalent fund within the Investment Return Options selected by the Administrative Committee. Except as provided in Section 3.5(b), such Investment Return Option Elections shall not be changed or revoked.

3.3 Non-Elective Deferral

The Company may, in its sole discretion award to a Participant Non-Elective Deferral Amounts. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan or a written agreement between the Company and the Participant any such award shall be subject to the terms and conditions as amounts credited to a Participant’s Deferred Account pursuant to a Deferral Election.

3.4 Change-of-Form Elections and Additional Deferral Elections

(a) Any Participant who has made a Deferral Election may make an additional election to change the Form of Distribution under rules prescribed by the

 

10


Administrative Committee. Any such Change-of-Form Election(s) is permitted with respect to the portion of the balance in a Deferred Account that shares the same Deferral Period and Form of Distribution Election. The Form of Distribution may be changed to any acceptable form of distribution under Section 3.1(f) or 3.2(f). No such Change-of-Form Election will be effective with respect to any such balance in any Participant’s Deferred Account until twelve months following the date of the Change-of-Form Election. In the case of a Deferral Period under Section 3.1(e)(i) or Section 3.2(e)(i) (January 15 of a specified year), the Change-of-Form Elections must be made no less than twelve months prior to the date, as elected under Section 3.1(e) or Section 3.2(e), to which the portion of the Deferred Account is to be paid or, in the case of installments, is to begin to be paid. A Change-of-Form Election shall result in the deferral of the distribution by an additional five years after the original Deferral Period.

(b) Any Participant who has made a Deferral Election and has made a Deferral Period Election under Section 3.1(e)(i) or Section 3.2(e)(i) (January 15 of a specified year) may make an additional election to change the initial starting date for distributions of such balance in his or her Deferred Account under rules prescribed by the Administrative Committee. Separate Additional Deferral Elections may be made with respect to each portion of the balance in a Deferred Account that is attributable to Deferral Elections with the same elected Deferral Period and Form of Distribution. The Additional Deferral Election(s) may change the initial starting date for distributions to a later year, but not to an event set forth in Section 3.1(e)(ii) or 3.2(e)(ii). No such Additional Deferral Election will be effective with respect to any such balance in any Participant’s Deferred Account until twelve months following the date of the Additional Deferral Election. The Additional Deferral Elections must be made no less than twelve months prior to the date, as elected under Section 3.1(e)(i) or Section 3.2(e)(i), to which the portion of the Deferred Account is to be deferred. The Additional Deferral Election must defer payment or, in the case of installments, the beginning date for payment, not less than five years after the original Deferral Period.

3.5 Investment Return on Deferred Accounts and Change-of-Investment Return Option Election

(a) The Administrative Committee or its delegate shall credit the entire balance in each Participant’s Deferred Account during the year with an Investment Return, in accordance with the Participant’s Investment Return Option Elections pursuant to Section 3.1(g) or 3.2(g) hereunder. Such balance shall include all Investment Returns credited to the Deferred Account in previous years.

(b) Participants will be entitled to change the Investment Return to be applied to his or her Deferral Account. Separate reallocations may be made with respect to balances attributable to Deferral Elections with the same Deferral Period and same Form of Distribution Election, provided, however, that no more than twelve (12) changes may be made to any balance in any calendar year. Such Change-of-Investment Return Elections shall be made on a written or electronic form to be prescribed and furnished by, or in a manner established by, the Administrative Committee or its delegate. Change-of-Investment Return Elections will be effective on a prospective basis only as soon as practicable after the Change-of-Investment Return Election is made.

 

11


(c) Within 60 days following the end of each calendar quarter, the Administrative Committee or its delegate shall furnish each Participant with a statement of account, either in writing or electronic form, which shall set forth the balance in the individual’s Deferred Account as of the end of such calendar year, inclusive of cumulative Investment Return.

3.6 Distributions and Cessation of Deferrals

(a) Except as provided below, upon occurrence of the date or event specified in the Participant’s Deferral Period Election, as modified by any applicable subsequent Additional Deferral Election under Section 3.4(b), or, in the event no Deferral Period Election is made, upon the date prescribed in Section 3.1(e) or 3.2(e), the amount of a Participant’s Deferred Account shall be paid or begin to be paid in cash to the Participant or beneficiary, as applicable. Such payment(s) shall be from the general assets of the Company or, in the case of an employee of an Affiliated Employer, from the general assets of the Company or the Affiliated Employer.

(b) Except as provided below, deferred amounts shall be paid in the form elected by the Participant under Section 3.1(f) and 3.2(f) and modified by any applicable subsequent Change-of-Form Elections under Section 3.4(a), or in the event no Form of Distribution Election is made, in the form prescribed in Section 3.1(f) or Section 3.2(f).

(c) Notwithstanding Sections 3.6(a) and (b) above, in the event of an Executive or Director’s death, the Participant’s entire Deferred Account balance shall be valued and distributed in a lump sum within 90 days of death, notwithstanding the Participant’s Deferral Period Elections and Form of Distribution Elections then in effect.

(d) Notwithstanding Sections 3.6(a) and (b) above, in the event of an Executive Participant’s Termination from Service other than by Qualified Retirement, the Participant’s entire Deferred Account balance shall be valued and distributed in a lump sum six months following Termination from Service, notwithstanding the Participant’s Deferral Period Elections and Form of Distribution Elections then in effect.

(e) Annual installment payments shall be valued and begin to be distributed on January 15 of the year specified in the Deferral Election or, in the case of installments payable on a Director’s Termination from Service, the first January 15 following the Director’s Termination from Service; provided , however , that if a Director is a specified employee under section 409A of the Code on his Termination from Service, the installment payments shall be valued and begin to be distributed on the first January 15 or July 15 that is at least six months following the Director’s Termination from Service. In the case of annual installments payable by reason of an

 

12


Executive Participant’s Qualified Retirement, the payments shall be valued and begin to be distributed on the first January 15 or July 15 that is at least six months following the Qualified Retirement. In the event that the present value of a Participant’s remaining annual installments is less than $10,000, the entire remaining balance shall be paid in the form of a lump sum at least six months after the Executive’s Qualified Retirement.

(f) Notwithstanding Sections 3.6(a) and (b) above, in the event the Company reasonably anticipates that a distribution according to the Participant’s Deferral Period Elections and Form of Distribution Election, as modified by any applicable subsequent Change-of-Form Elections or Additional Deferral Period Elections under Section 3.4, or in the event no Deferral Period Election or Form of Distribution Election is made, in the time and form prescribed in Sections 3.1(e) and (f) or Sections 3.2(e) and (f), would result in a deduction disallowance under section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrative Committee shall have the discretion to delay the distribution to the extent necessary to avoid the application of section 162(m). Any distribution delayed under this Section 3.6(f) shall be made during the first year that the Company reasonably anticipates the deduction will not be barred by section 162(m) of the Code.

(g) In case of an unforeseeable emergency, a Participant may request the Administrative Committee, on a form to be provided by the Administrative Committee or its delegate, that payment be made earlier than the date to which it was deferred or that there be a cessation of deferrals under the Plan.

For purposes of this Section 3.6(g), an “unforeseeable emergency” shall mean a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent (as defined in section 152 of the Code (without regard to section 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)), spouse, or beneficiary of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The circumstances that will constitute an unforeseeable emergency will depend upon the facts of each case, but, in any case, payment may not be made and a cessation of deferrals may not occur to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved: (i) through reimbursement or compensation by available insurance or otherwise or (ii) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship. Distributions made under this Section 3.6(g) will be limited to the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need, including to satisfy any tax obligations arising out of the distribution. Moreover, payment of a deferred amount may not be made ahead of the date to which the amount was deferred to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved by cessation of deferrals under the Plan.

The Administrative Committee shall consider any requests for payment on the basis of an unforeseeable emergency under this Section 3.6(g) on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis and in accordance with the standards of interpretation described in section 409A of the Code. In the event there is a payment or a

 

13


cessation of deferrals under this Section 3.6(g) on the basis of an unforeseeable emergency, the Participant shall be ineligible to make further Deferral Elections for one year from the date of the Administrative Committee action approving the payment or cessation of deferral.

(h) In the event a Participant receives a hardship distribution pursuant to the regulations under section 401(k) of the Code, from the Company’s 401(k) plan, deferrals under this Plan shall cease for a period of six months.

(i) In the event a Participant becomes disabled and receives benefits under an Employer-provided long-term disability plan as a consequence of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment resulting in the Participant’s inability to perform duties of his or a substantially similar position, where such impairment can be expected to result in death or for a continuous period of not less than six months, previously elected deferrals will cease. The cessation of deferrals shall begin by the later of 2  1 / 2 months after, or by the end of the year in which, the Participant incurs the disability and shall continue during the entire period the Participant receives benefits under the long-term disability plan. Distributions will be made as scheduled and as provided under this Section 3.6 unless an election is made under Section 3.4(a) to change the Form of Distribution or under Section 3.4(b) to change the Deferral Period, or a request is made under Section 3.6(g) to receive payment as a consequence of an unforeseeable emergency.

(j) The Company or Employer shall deduct from all payments under the Plan federal, state and local income and employment taxes, as required by applicable law. Amounts deferred will be taken into account for purposes of any tax or withholding obligation under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act and Federal Unemployment Tax Act, not in the year distributed, but at the later of the year the services are performed or the year in which the rights to the amounts are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, as required by sections 3121(v)(2) and 3306(r)(2) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Amounts required to be withheld pursuant to sections 3121(v)(2) and 3306(r)(2) generally shall be withheld out of other current wages paid by the Employer, but, alternatively, may be paid by the Participant’s delivery of cash or a check, or by such other method, satisfactory to the Administrative Committee.

3.7 Transition Relief Elections.

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Service Notice 2006-79, section 3.02, the Administrative Committee has discretion to permit some or all of the Participants to make Transitional Relief Elections in 2007 with respect to Deferred Account balances established after December 31, 2004, that are scheduled to be paid after 2007. A Transitional Relief Election under this Section 3.7 is allowed to change the Deferral Period and/or the Form of Distribution for such account balances so long as all distributions of the Deferred Account balance, after the Transitional Relief Election is taken into account, are scheduled to be made after 2007. Transitional Relief Elections under this Section 3.7 shall only be effective for a Participant if the Participant does not have a Termination from Service in 2007.

 

14


3.8 General Provisions

(a) The Company shall make no provision for the funding of any Deferred Accounts payable hereunder that (i) would cause the Plan to be a funded plan for purposes of section 404(a)(5) of the Code or for purposes of Title I of ERISA, or (ii) would cause the Plan to be other than an “unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money or other property in the future” under Treasury Regulations § 1.83-3(e); and, except in the case of a Change in Control, as defined in Section 1.5 above, the Company shall have no obligation to make any arrangement for the accumulation of funds to pay any amounts under this Plan. Subject to the restrictions of this paragraph and in Section 3.8(c), the Company, in its sole discretion, may establish one or more grantor trusts described in Treasury Regulations § 1.677(a)-1(d) to accumulate funds to pay amounts under this Plan, provided that the assets of such trust(s) accumulated to pay amounts to Company employees shall be required to be used to satisfy the claims of the Company’s general creditors in the event of the Company’s bankruptcy or insolvency and the assets of such trusts(s) accumulated to pay amounts to employees of an Affiliated Employer shall be required to be used to satisfy the claims of the Company’s and the Affiliated Employer’s general creditors in the event of the Affiliated Employer’s bankruptcy or insolvency. In the case of a Change in Control, the Company shall, subject to the restrictions in this paragraph and in Section 3.8(c), irrevocably set aside funds in one or more such grantor trusts in an amount that is sufficient to pay each Participant (or beneficiary) the net present value as of the date on which the Change in Control occurred, of the benefits to which Participants (or their beneficiaries) who have Deferred Accounts under the Plan would be entitled pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

(b) In the event that the Company shall decide to establish an advance accrual reserve on its books against the future expense of payments from any Deferred Account, such reserve shall not under any circumstances be deemed to be an asset of this Plan but, at all times, shall remain a part of the general assets of the Company and/or the Affiliated Employer, subject to claims of the Company’s and/or the Affiliated Employer’s creditors.

(c) A person entitled to any amount under this Plan as an Executive or Director of the Company shall be a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to such amount. A person entitled to any amount under this Plan as an Executive of an Affiliated Employer shall be a general unsecured creditor of the Company and the Affiliated Employer with respect to such amount. Furthermore, a person entitled to a payment or distribution with respect to a Deferred Account shall have a claim upon the Company and/or Affiliated Employer only to the extent of the balance in his or her Deferred Account.

(d) The Participant’s beneficiary under this Plan with respect to the balance in his or her Deferred Account shall be the person designated to receive benefits on account of the Participant’s death on a form provided by the Administrative Committee.

 

15


(e) All commissions, fees and expenses that may be incurred in operating the Plan and any related trust(s) established in accordance with Section 3.8(a) will be paid by the Company.

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, elections under this Plan may only be made by Participants while they serve as Directors of the Company or as Executives of an Employer.

(g) This Plan is intended to comply with section 409A of the Code and shall be administered and construed consistent with section 409A of the Code.

3.9 Non-Assignability

Participants, their legal representatives and their beneficiaries shall have no right to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, transfer, pledge or encumber their interests in the Plan, nor shall such interests be subject to attachment, garnishment, levy or execution by or on behalf of creditors of the Participants or of their beneficiaries.

 

16


ARTICLE 4

CLAIMS

4.1 Claims Procedure

If any Participant or his or her beneficiary has a claim for benefits which is not being paid, such claimant may file with the Administrative Committee a written claim setting forth the amount and nature of the claim, supporting facts, and the claimant’s address. The Administrative Committee shall notify each claimant of its decision in writing by registered or certified mail within sixty (60) days after its receipt of a claim or, under special circumstances, within ninety (90) days after its receipt of a claim. If a claim is denied, the written notice of denial shall set forth the reasons for such denial, refer to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, describe any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to realize the claim, and explain the claims review procedure under the Plan.

4.2 Claims Review Procedure

A claimant whose claim has been denied, or such claimant’s duly authorized representative, may file, within sixty (60) days after notice of such denial is received by the claimant, a written request for review of such claim by the Administrative Committee. If a request is so filed, the Administrative Committee shall review the claim and notify the claimant in writing of its decision within sixty (60) days after receipt of such request. In special circumstances, the Administrative Committee may extend for up to sixty (60) additional days the deadline for its decision. The notice of the final decision of the Administrative Committee shall include the reasons for its decision and specific references to the Plan provisions on which the decision is based. The decision of the Administrative Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.

4.3 Disability Benefits Claims and Review Procedures

If a Participant’s claim is a claim for disability benefits under Department of Labor (“DOL”) regulations, the procedures in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 above shall be modified to comply with the DOL regulations governing disability claims.

 

17


ARTICLE 5

ADMINISTRATION

5.1 Plan Administrator

(a) Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Administrative Committee shall have the exclusive right to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, including the determination under Section 2.1(b) herein. The decisions, actions and records of the Administrative Committee shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company, an Employer, and all persons having or claiming to have any right or interest in or under the Plan.

(b) The Administrative Committee may delegate to such officers, employees or departments of the Company such authority, duties, and responsibilities of the Administrative Committee as it, in its sole discretion, considers necessary or appropriate for the proper and efficient operation of the Plan, including, without limitation, (i) interpretation of the Plan, (ii) approval and payment of claims, and (iii) establishment of procedures for administration of the Plan.

(c) No member of the Administrative Committee shall be directly or indirectly responsible or otherwise liable for any action taken or any failure to take action as a member of the Administrative Committee, except for such action, default, exercise or failure to exercise resulting from such member’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. No member of the Administrative Committee shall be liable in any way for the acts or defaults of any other member of the Administrative Committee, or any of its advisors, agents or representatives.

(d) The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Administrative Committee against any and all expenses and liabilities arising out of his or her own activities relating to the Administrative Committee, except for expenses and liabilities arising out of a member’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(e) The Company shall furnish to the Administrative Committee all information the Administrative Committee may deem appropriate for the exercise of its powers and duties in the administration of the Plan. The Administrative Committee shall be entitled to rely on any information provided by the Company without any investigation thereof.

(f) No member of the Administrative Committee may act, vote or otherwise influence a decision of such Administrative Committee relating to his or her benefits, if any, under the Plan.

 

18


ARTICLE 6

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

6.1 Amendment of the Plan

Subject to the provisions of Section 6.3, the Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified at any time by written action of the Committee.

6.2 Termination of the Plan

Subject to the provisions of Section 6.3, the Plan may be terminated by written action of the Committee at any time and in its sole discretion. On termination of the Plan, the Committee may (but shall not be required to) immediately pay out all benefits under the Plan.

6.3 No Impairment of Benefits

Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, no amendment to or termination of the Plan shall impair any rights to benefits which theretofore accrued hereunder. An immediate payout of all Plan benefits on termination of the Plan, pursuant to Section 6.2, shall not, however, constitute an impairment of any rights or benefits.

6.4 Effective Date

The Plan is effective as of September 30, 1998. Unless otherwise stated, amendments to the Plan are effective on approval by the Committee. The first amendments to the Plan are effective January 1, 2000. The second amended and restated plan is effective August 1, 2000. The amendments approved by the Committee in June 2003, shall be effective as of January 1, 2003. The amendments made to comply with section 409A of the Code, and approved by the Committee in June 2007 and December 2008 are effective for account balances established after December 31, 2004.

 

19

Exhibit 10.26

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

 

 

2006 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

Amended and Restated October 13, 2008


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE    1
1.1      Establishment.    1
1.2      Purposes.    1
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS    1
2.1      “Affiliated Employer”    1
2.2      “Agreement”    1
2.3      “Award”    1
2.4      “Beneficiary”    2
2.5      “Board of Directors” or “Board”    2
2.6      “Cause”    2
2.7      “Change in Control”    2
2.8      “Code”    3
2.9      “Commission”    3
2.10      “Committee”    3
2.11      “Common Shares”    4
2.12      “Company”    4
2.13      “Covered Employee”    4
2.14      “Disability”    4
2.15      “Effective Date”    4
2.16      “Exchange Act”    4
2.17      “Exercise Price”    4
2.18      “Fair Market Value”    4
2.19      “Good Reason”    5
2.20      “Grant Date”    5
2.21      “Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO”    5
2.22      “Non-Employee Director”    5
2.23      “Non-Qualified Stock Option” or “NQSO”    5
2.24      “Option”    5
2.25      “Option Period”    5
2.26      “Other Stock-Based Award”    5
2.27      “Outside Director”    5
2.28      “Participant”    6
2.29      “Performance Period”    6
2.30      “Performance Unit”    6
2.31      “Plan”    6
2.32      “Public Offering”    6
2.33      “Restricted Stock”    6
2.34      “Restricted Stock Unit”    6
2.35      “Restriction Period”    6
2.36      “Retirement”    6
2.37      “Rule 16b-3”    6
2.38      “Securities Act”    6
2.39      “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR”    6

 

- i -


2.40      “Stock Option”    6
2.41      “Termination of Employment”    6
ARTICLE III ADMINISTRATION    7
3.1      Committee Structure.    7
3.2      Committee Actions.    7
3.3      Committee Authority.    7
3.4      Committee Determinations and Decisions.    8
ARTICLE IV SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN    9
4.1      Number of Shares.    9
4.2      Release of Shares.    9
4.3      Restrictions on Shares.    9
4.4      ISO Restriction.    10
4.5      Shareholder Rights.    10
4.6      Adjustment Provision.    10
ARTICLE V ELIGIBILITY    11
5.1      Eligibility.    11
ARTICLE VI STOCK OPTIONS    11
6.1      General.    11
6.2      Grant.    11
6.3      Required Terms and Conditions.    12
6.4      Standard Terms and Conditions.    13
6.5      Termination.    14
6.6      Notice of Disposition of Common Shares Prior to the Expiration of Specified ISO Holding Periods.    14
ARTICLE VII STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS    15
7.1      General.    15
7.2      Grant.    15
7.3      Required Terms and Conditions.    15
7.4      Standard Terms and Conditions.    16
7.5      Termination.    16
ARTICLE VIII RESTRICTED STOCK    17
8.1      General.    17
8.2      Grant, Awards and Certificates.    17
8.3      Required Terms and Conditions.    17
8.4      Standard Terms and Conditions.    18
8.5      Termination.    18
8.6      Price.    19
8.7      Section 83(b) Election.    19
ARTICLE IX RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS    19
9.1      General.    19
9.2      Grant.    20
9.3      Required Terms and Conditions.    20
9.4      Standard Terms and Conditions.    20

 

- ii -


9.5      Termination.    21
ARTICLE X PERFORMANCE UNITS    21
10.1      General.    21
10.2      Earning Performance Unit Awards.    21
10.3      Performance Period and Vesting in Performance Unit Award.    21
10.4      Termination of Employment.    22
10.5      Nontransferability.    22
ARTICLE XI OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS    22
11.1      Other Stock-Based Awards.    22
ARTICLE XII NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT    23
12.1      Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement.    23
ARTICLE XIII CHANGE IN CONTROL    23
13.1      Impact of Event.    23
13.2      Additional Discretion.    23
ARTICLE XIV PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO SHARES ACQUIRED UNDER THIS PLAN    24
14.1      No Company Obligation.    24
ARTICLE XV MISCELLANEOUS    24
15.1      Amendments and Termination.    24
15.2      Form of Awards.    24
15.3      No Reload Rights.    25
15.4      Loans.    25
15.5      Unfunded Status of Plan.    25
15.6      Provisions Relating to Code Section 162(m).    25
15.7      Additional Compensation Arrangements.    29
15.8      Withholding.    29
15.9      Controlling Law.    30
15.10      Offset.    30
15.11      Nontransferability; Beneficiaries.    30
15.12      No Rights with Respect to Continuance of Employment.    31
15.13      Awards in Substitution for Awards Granted by Other Corporations.    31
15.14      Delivery of Stock Certificate.    31
15.15      Indemnification.    32
15.16      No Guarantee of Tax Consequences.    32
15.17      Foreign Employees and Foreign Law Consideration.    32
15.18      Section 409A Savings Clause.    32
15.19      No Fractional Shares.    33
15.20      Severability.    33
15.21      Successors and Assigns.    33
15.22      Entire Agreement.    33
15.23      Term.    33
15.24      Gender and Number.    33
15.25      Headings.    34

 

- iii -


ARTICLE I

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

1.1 Establishment .

The MasterCard Incorporated 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan (“Plan”) is hereby established by MasterCard Incorporated (the “Company”), effective as of the Effective Date. The Plan, as amended and restated to increase the number of shares that may be issued under the Plan and to extend the term of the Plan, and to make other clarifying changes, was approved by the Company’s Board on April 5, 2007, effective upon approval of the amended and restated plan by shareholders. The Plan amendments approved by the Committee, October 13, 2008, are applicable for all grants outstanding under the Plan as of Committee approval, as well as future grants.

1.2 Purposes .

The purpose of the Plan is to foster and promote the long-term financial success of the Company and materially increase shareholder value by motivating performance through incentive compensation. The Plan also is intended to encourage Participant ownership in the Company, attract and retain talent, and enable Participants to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company. The Plan and the grant of Awards thereunder are expressly conditioned upon the Plan’s approval by the shareholders of the Company.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below:

2.1 “Affiliated Employer” means all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Code, except that, for purposes of determining whether there is a controlled group or common control the language “at least 50 percent” is used instead of “at least 80 percent.”

2.2 “Agreement” means any agreement entered into pursuant to the Plan by which an Award is granted to a Participant.

2.3 “Award” means any Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit, or Other Stock-Based Award granted to a Participant under the Plan. Awards shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and shall be evidenced by an Agreement containing such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable.


2.4 “Beneficiary” means any person or other entity, which has been designated by a Participant in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Committee to receive the compensation, specified under the Plan to the extent permitted. If there is no designated beneficiary, then the term means any person or other entity entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such compensation.

2.5 “Board of Directors” or “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.6 “Cause” means (i) the willful failure by the Participant to perform his duties or responsibilities (other than due to Disability), (ii) the Participant’s engaging in serious misconduct that is injurious to the Company or an Affiliated Employer including, but not limited to, damage to its reputation or standing in its industry; (iii) the Participant’s having been convicted of, or entered a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony, or a crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, (iv) the material breach by the Participant of any written covenant or agreement with the Company or an Affiliated Employer not to disclose any information pertaining to the Company and/or its Affiliated Employers, or (v) the breach by the Participant of the Company’s Code of Conduct, or any material provision of the following Company policies: non-discrimination, substance abuse, workplace violence, nepotism, travel and entertainment, corporation information security, antitrust/competition law, anti-corruption, enterprise risk management, accounting, contracts, purchasing, communications, investor relations, immigration, privacy, insider trading, and similar policies, whether currently in effect or later adopted.

2.7 Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events, but shall specifically exclude a Public Offering:

(i) The acquisition by any individual entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of equity securities of the Company representing more than 30 percent of the voting power of the then outstanding equity securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”), provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i) the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (A) any acquisition by the Company, (B) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, and (C) an acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B), and (C) of subsection (iii); or

(ii) A change in the composition of the Board as of the Effective Date (the “Incumbent Board”) that causes less than a majority of the directors of the Company then in office to be members of the Incumbent Board, provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or

 

- 2 -


threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or

(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger, or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the purchase of assets or stock of another entity (“A Business Combination”), in each case, unless immediately following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50 percent of the then outstanding combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent governing body, if applicable) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all of substantially all of the Company’s assets directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, (B) no person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such entity resulting from such Business Combination) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such entity except to the extent that such ownership of the Company existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body, if applicable) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination will have been members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the initial agreement, or action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(iv) Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

In the case of an Award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code and is payable upon a Change in Control, or at a different time or in a different form upon Termination of Employment in connection with a Change in Control, then upon Termination of Employment not in connection with a Change in Control, or where a Section 409A definition of Change in Control is otherwise required, the above definition will include only events that qualify as a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or as a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(v) of the Code.

2.8 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor, along with related rules, regulations and interpretations.

2.9 “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

2.10 “Committee” means the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, or such other committee, or subcommittee of the

 

- 3 -


Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan, provided that the Committee shall be composed of not less than two directors each of whom is a Non-Employee Director, an independent director as required by the rules of the national securities exchange on which the Company’s Common Shares are listed, and in the case of an Award subject to Section 15.6 an Outside Director.

2.11 “Common Shares” means shares of the Company’s Class A or Class B Common Shares, $0.0001 par value (as such par value may be amended from time to time), whether presently or hereafter issued, and any other stock or security resulting from adjustment thereof as described hereinafter, or the Common Shares of any successor to the Company which is designated for the purpose of the Plan.

2.12 “Company” means MasterCard Incorporated, and includes any successor or assignee corporation or corporations into which the Company may be merged, changed or consolidated; any corporation for whose securities the securities of the Company shall be exchanged; and any assignee of or successor to substantially all of the assets of the Company. Wherever the context of the Plan so admits or requires, “Company” also means “Affiliated Employer”.

2.13 “Covered Employee” means a Participant the deductibility of whose compensation in the year of payment of an Award is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.14 “Disability” means disability in accordance with the Company’s or an Affiliated Employer’s long-term disability plan, as determined by the Committee.

2.15 “Effective Date” means when approved by shareholders.

2.16 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.17 “Exercise Price” means the price at which the Common Shares may be purchased under an Option or may be obtained under a Stock Appreciation Right. In no event may the Exercise Price per share of Common Shares covered by an Option, or the Exercise Price of a Stock Appreciation Right, be reduced through “repricing,” as defined in Section 15.1.

2.18 “Fair Market Value” means, if the Common Shares are listed on a national securities exchange, as of any Grant Date, the closing price for the Common Shares on the principal exchange on which the shares are traded for that date, all as reported by such source as the Committee may select. If the Common Shares are not traded as of any Grant Date, the Fair Market Value means the closing price for the Common Shares on the principal exchange on which the shares are traded for the immediately preceding date on which shares were traded. If the Common Shares are not listed on a national securities exchange as of any Grant Date, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in its good faith discretion.

 

- 4 -


2.19 “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following events without the Participant’s prior written consent: (i) assignment to a position for which the Participant is not qualified or a lesser position than the position held by the Participant (although duties may differ without giving rise to a termination by the Participant for Good Reason), (ii) a material reduction in the Participant’s annual Base Salary, except, in the case of a Participant whose employment agreement so provides, a ten (10) percent reduction in the aggregate over the term of such employment agreement shall not be treated as a material reduction; (iii) the relocation of the Participant’s principal place of employment to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Participant’s principal place of employment (unless such relocation does not increase the Participant’s commute by more than twenty (20) miles), except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Participant’s business travel obligations as of such day; or (iv) the failure by the Company to obtain an agreement from any successor to the Company to assume and agree to perform any employment agreement between Participant and the Company or any Affiliated Employer. The Participant is required to give notice to the Company of the occurrence of an event constituting Good Reason within sixty (60) days after such event occurs, failing which the Participant shall be deemed to have waived the Participant’s rights regarding such event. The Company shall be provided a period of ninety (90) days after its receipt of notice from the Participant during which it may remedy the grounds for Good Reason given in the notice.

2.20 “Grant Date” means the date as of which an Award is determined to be effective and designated in a resolution by the Committee and is granted pursuant to the Plan. The Grant Date shall not be earlier than the date of the resolution and action thereon by the Committee. In no event shall the Grant Date be earlier than the Effective Date.

2.21 “Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO” means any Option intended to be and designated as an “incentive stock option,” which qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

2.22 “Non-Employee Director” shall have the meaning provided for in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) under the Exchange Act, 17 CFR §240.16b-3(b)(3), as amended.

2.23 “Non-Qualified Stock Option” or “NQSO” means an Option to purchase Common Shares in the Company granted under the Plan, the taxation of which is pursuant to Section 83 of the Code.

2.24 “Option” means a right to purchase Common Shares granted to a Participant in accordance with Article VI. An Option may be either an ISO or NQSO.

2.25 “Option Period” means the period during which the Option shall be exercisable in accordance with an Agreement and Article VI.

2.26 “Other Stock-Based Award” means a right granted under Article XI.

2.27 “Outside Director” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or an Affiliated Employer and who qualifies as an outside director for purposes of Section 162(m)(4)(C)(i) of the Code.

 

- 5 -


2.28 “Participant” means a person who satisfies the eligibility conditions of Article V and to whom an Award has been granted by the Committee under the Plan.

2.29 “Performance Period” shall mean that period established by the Committee, which may be as short as a calendar quarter, during which any performance goals specified by the Committee with respect to such Awards are to be measured.

2.30 “Performance Unit” means a right granted under Article X.

2.31 “Plan” means the MasterCard Incorporated 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan, as herein set forth and as may be amended from time to time.

2.32 “Public Offering” means any public offering of any class or series of the Company’s equity securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act or Exchange Act.

2.33 “Restricted Stock” means Common Shares granted to a Participant subject to terms and conditions, including a risk of forfeiture, established by the Committee pursuant to Article VIII of this Plan and evidenced by an Award Agreement.

2.34 “Restricted Stock Unit” means a right granted under Article IX.

2.35 “Restriction Period” means the period of time during which restrictions established by the Committee shall apply to an Award.

2.36 “Retirement” means Termination of Employment by a Participant occurring on or after the earliest of: (i) attaining age 65 while in service and completing two (2) years of service, (ii) attaining age 60 while in service and completing five (5) years of service, and (iii) attaining age 55 while in service and completing ten (10) years of service.

2.37 “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in effect and applicable to the Plan and Participants, promulgated by the Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or any successor rule.

2.38 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.39 “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right granted under Article VII.

2.40 “Stock Option” means an Option.

2.41 “Termination of Employment” means a “separation from service” as defined in Code section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i), except that a reduction in the level of services performed by a Participant to a level equal to 21 percent or less of the average level of services performed by the Participant during the immediately preceding 36 months (or such shorter period as the Participant shall have performed services for the Company), shall be presumed to be a Termination of Employment.

 

- 6 -


In addition, certain other terms used herein have definitions given to them in the first place in which they are used.

ARTICLE III

ADMINISTRATION

3.1 Committee Structure .

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum at any meeting thereof (including telephone conference) and the acts of a majority of the members present, or acts approved in writing by the entire Committee without a meeting, shall be the acts of the Committee for purposes of this Plan. Any member of the Committee may resign upon notice to the Board. The Board shall have the authority to remove, replace or fill any vacancy of any member of the Committee in accordance with the terms of the Committee’s Charter.

3.2 Committee Actions .

The Committee may authorize any one or more of its members or an officer of the Company to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee. The Committee may allocate among one or more of its members, or may delegate to one or more of its agents, such duties and responsibilities as it determines.

3.3 Committee Authority .

Subject to applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws, and the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall have the discretionary authority:

(1) to determine eligibility and to select those persons to whom Awards may be granted from time to time, including to limit eligibility to persons who execute a non-competition and/or non-solicitation agreement;

(2) to determine the nature and amount of each Award;

(3) to determine the terms and conditions of each Award granted hereunder, based on such factors as the Committee shall determine, including terms conditioning vesting, payment, or any other benefit under the Plan on execution and compliance with a non-competition and/or non-solicitation agreement; provided that the Exercise Price of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than the Fair Market Value per share as of the Grant Date;

(4) to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled in cash, Common Shares, or other property, either at the time of grant or thereafter,

(5) to modify, amend, or adjust the terms and conditions, at any time or from time to time, of any Award, subject to the limitations of Section 15.1;

 

- 7 -


(6) to cancel, with the consent of the Participant or as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Agreement, outstanding Awards;

(7) to provide for the forms of Agreement to be utilized in connection with this Plan;

(8) to determine the permissible methods of Award exercise and payment within the terms and conditions of the Plan and the particular Agreement;

(9) to determine what legal requirements are applicable to the Plan, Awards, and the issuance of Common Shares, and to require of a Participant that appropriate action be taken with respect to such requirements;

(10) to establish any “blackout” period that the Committee in it sole discretion deems necessary or advisable;

(11) to determine the restrictions or limitations on the transfer of Common Shares;

(12) to supply any omission, reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award, determine whether any Award is to be adjusted, modified or purchased, or is to become fully exercisable, under the Plan or the terms of an Agreement;

(13) to adopt, amend and rescind such administrative rules, guidelines, and practices as, in its opinion, may be advisable in the administration of this Plan;

(14) to appoint and compensate agents, counsel, auditors or other specialists to aid it in the discharge of its duties; and

(15) to interpret this Plan and any instrument or agreement under the Plan, and undertake such actions and make such determinations and decisions as it deems necessary and advisable to administer the Plan intent.

The Committee shall have discretionary authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall, from time to time, deem advisable, to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any Agreement) and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. The Committee’s policies and procedures may differ with respect to Awards granted at different times and may differ with respect to a Participant from time to time, or with respect to different Participants at the same or different times.

3.4 Committee Determinations and Decisions .

Any determination made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be made in its sole discretion, and in the case of any determination relating to an Award may be made at the time of the grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan or an Agreement, at any time thereafter. All decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company and Participants. Any determination shall not be subject to de novo review if challenged in court.

 

- 8 -


ARTICLE IV

SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN

4.1 Number of Shares .

Subject to the adjustment under Section 4.6, the total number of newly issued Common Shares reserved and available for distribution pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be 11,550,000 Class A Common Shares. Such shares may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares or shares acquired from a third party.

4.2 Release of Shares .

Subject to Section 4.1, the Committee shall have full authority to determine the number of Common Shares available for Awards. In its discretion the Committee may include (without limitation), as available for distribution, (a) Common Shares subject to any Award that have been previously forfeited; (b) Common Shares under an Award that otherwise terminates, expires, or lapses without issuance of Common Shares being made to a Participant; (c) Common Shares subject to any award that settles in cash, or (d) Common Shares that are received, retained, or not issued by the Company in connection with the exercise of an Award, including the satisfaction of any tax liability or tax withholding obligation. Any Common Shares that are available immediately prior to the termination of the Plan, or any Common Shares returned to the Company for any reason subsequent to the termination of the Plan, may be transferred to a successor plan.

4.3 Restrictions on Shares .

Common Shares issued upon exercise or settlement of an Award shall be subject to the terms and conditions specified herein and to such other terms, conditions and restrictions as the Committee in its discretion may determine or provide in the Award Agreement. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for Common Shares, cash or other property prior to (i) the completion of any registration or qualification of such shares under federal, state or other law, or any ruling or regulation of any government body which the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable; and (ii) the satisfaction of any applicable withholding obligation in order for the Company or an Affiliated Employer to obtain a deduction or discharge its legal obligation with respect to the Award. The Company may cause any certificate (or other representation of title) for any Common Shares to be delivered to be properly marked with a legend or other notation reflecting the limitations on transfer of such Common Shares as provided in this Plan or as the Committee may otherwise require. The Committee may require any person exercising or vesting in an Award to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of the Common Shares in compliance with applicable law or otherwise. Fractional shares shall not be delivered, but shall be rounded to the next lower whole number of shares.

 

- 9 -


4.4 ISO Restriction .

Solely for purposes of determining whether shares are available for the issuance of ISOs, and notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued through ISOs under this Plan shall be 500,000. The terms of Section 4.2 shall apply equally for purposes of the number of shares available under this Section 4.4 for issuance through ISOs, except that shares subject to ISOs that settle in cash shall not be available for distribution through issuance of ISOs.

4.5 Shareholder Rights .

Other than voting rights, no person shall have any rights of a shareholder as to Common Shares subject to an Award until, after proper transfer of the Common Shares subject to the Award or other action required, such shares shall have been recorded on the Company’s official shareholder records as having been issued and transferred. Upon grant of Restricted Stock, or exercise of an Option or a SAR, or payment of any other Award or any portion thereof, the Company will have a reasonable period in which to issue and transfer the shares, and the Participant will not be treated as a shareholder for any purpose whatsoever prior to such issuance and transfer, except as provided in Section 8.4(3). No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are recorded as issued and transferred in the Company’s official shareholder records, except as provided herein or in an Agreement.

4.6 Adjustment Provision .

(1) Adjustment . In the event of any Company share dividend, share split, combination or exchange of shares, recapitalization or other change in the capital structure of the Company, corporate separation or division of the Company (including, but not limited to, a split-up, spin-off, split-off or distribution to Company stockholders other than a normal cash dividend), reorganization, rights offering, a partial or complete liquidation, or any other corporate transaction, Company securities offering or event involving the Company and having an effect similar to any of the foregoing, then the Committee shall make appropriate adjustments or substitutions as described below in this Section. The adjustments or substitutions may relate to the number of Common Shares available for Awards under the Plan, the number of Common Shares covered by outstanding Awards, the exercise price per share of outstanding Awards, and any other characteristics or terms of the Awards as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate to reflect equitably the effects of such changes to the Participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment shall be eliminated by rounding to the next lower whole number of shares with appropriate payment for such fractional share as shall reasonably be determined by the Committee.

 

- 10 -


(2) Section 409A. Any adjustments or substitutions made pursuant to Section 4.6(1) to Awards that are considered “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A. Any adjustments or substitutions made pursuant to Section 4.6(1) to Awards that are not considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in such manner as to ensure that after such adjustment or substitution, the Awards either continue not to be subject to Section 409A of the Code or comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

ARTICLE V

ELIGIBILITY

5.1 Eligibility .

Any employee of the Company or an Affiliated Employer, and any individual covered by Section 15.13, shall be eligible to be designated, in the discretion of the Committee, a Participant of this Plan, provided such eligibility would not jeopardize this Plan’s compliance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule. The Committee may require that, in order to be eligible to be designated a Participant, an employee must execute, in a form prescribed by the Company, a non-competition and/or non-solicitation agreement. Only an employee of the Company, or any parent corporation or subsidiary of the Company (as such terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code) on the Grant Date shall be eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK OPTIONS

6.1 General .

The Committee shall have authority to grant Options under the Plan at any time or from time to time. An Option shall entitle the Participant to receive Common Shares upon exercise of such Option, subject to the Participant’s satisfaction in full of any conditions, restrictions or limitations imposed in accordance with the Plan or an Agreement (the terms and provisions of which may differ from other Agreements) including, without limitation, payment of the Option Price. The Committee may provide for grant or vesting of Options conditioned upon the performance of services, the achievement of performance goals pursuant to Section 15.6, or the execution of, and/or compliance with, a non-competition or non-solicitation agreement, or any combination of the above. Options may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan.

6.2 Grant .

The grant of an Option shall occur as of the Grant Date determined by the Committee provided that the Grant Date shall not be earlier than the date of the resolution and action thereon by the Committee. An Award of Options shall be evidenced by, and

 

- 11 -


subject to the terms of, an Agreement. To the extent that any Option is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option or is so designated, but does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

6.3 Required Terms and Conditions .

Options shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and to such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable:

(1) Exercise Price . The Exercise Price per share for an Award shall not be less than the Fair Market Value per share as of the Grant Date. If an Option which is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option is granted to an individual (a “10% Owner”) who owns or who is deemed to own shares possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company, a corporation which is a parent corporation of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company (each as defined in Section 424 of the Code), the Exercise Price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of such Fair Market Value per share as of the Grant Date.

(2) Option Period . The Option Period fixed by the Committee for any Award shall be no longer than ten (10) years from the Option’s Grant Date. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a 10% Owner, the Option Period shall not exceed five (5) years. No Option which is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted more than ten (10) years from the date the Plan is adopted by the Company or the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company, whichever is earlier.

(3) Exercisability . In no event shall an Option be exercisable earlier than six (6) months after the Grant Date (except in the case of the Participant’s death or in the case of an Option granted in lieu of or replacement of compensation that is subject to vesting restrictions, in which case the Option may be exercisable pursuant to the same vesting restrictions as was the compensation) or later than ten (10) years from the Grant Date. The Committee may provide in an Option Agreement or thereafter for an accelerated exercise of all or part of an Option upon such events or standards that it may determine, including one or more performance measures. If the Committee intends that an Option be able to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Option’s Grant Date) of the Common Shares as to which such Incentive Stock Option is exercisable for the first time during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.

(4) Method of Exercise . Subject to the provisions of this Article VI and the Agreement, a Participant may exercise Options, in whole or in part, during the Option Period by giving notice of exercise on a form provided by the Committee to the Company specifying the number of whole shares of Common Shares subject to the Option to be purchased. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price. Payment of the purchase price shall be by (i) delivery of cash or certified check, (ii) delivery of Common Shares already owned by the Participant (for any minimum period

 

- 12 -


required by the Committee) having a total value equal to the Exercise Price, (iii) by means of delivery of cash by a broker-dealer as a “cashless” exercise, (iv) any combination of the foregoing, or (v) any other method approved by the Committee.

(5) Form of Settlement . The Committee may provide, at the time of grant, that the shares to be issued upon an Option’s exercise shall be in the form of Restricted Stock or other similar securities.

(6) Conditions for Issuance of Shares . No Common Shares shall be issued until full payment therefore has been made. A Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company holding the class of shares that is subject to such Option (including, if applicable, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive dividends) when the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such shares, and such shares have been recorded on the Company’s official shareholder records as having been issued and transferred.

(7) No Deferral Features . To the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A, no Option Agreement shall include any features allowing the Participant to defer recognition of income past the date on which taxation occurs under section 83 of the Code.

6.4 Standard Terms and Conditions .

Unless the Committee specifies otherwise in the Award Agreement, the terms set forth in this Section 6.4 shall apply to all Options granted under the Plan. Any Option Award Agreement that incorporates the terms of the Plan by reference shall be deemed to have incorporated the terms set forth in this Section 6.4.

(1) Exercise Price . The standard Exercise Price per share shall be the Fair Market Value per share as of the Grant Date.

(2) Option Period . The standard Option Period of each Option shall be ten (10) years from the Option’s Grant Date.

(3) Exercisability . Subject to Section 13.1, the standard rate at which an Option shall be exercisable shall be twenty five (25) percent on each of the first four (4) anniversaries of the grant.

(4) Method of Exercise . The standard form of payment of the Exercise Price shall be by means of delivery of cash by a broker-dealer as a “cashless” exercise.

(5) Form of Settlement . The standard form of settlement shall be in unrestricted Common Shares.

(6) Non-transferability of Options . The standard terms of an Agreement shall provide that no Option shall be sold, assigned, margined, transferred, encumbered, conveyed, gifted, alienated, hypothecated, pledged, or otherwise disposed of, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Options shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.

 

- 13 -


(7) No Deferral Features . The standard terms of an Agreement shall provide for no deferral of recognition of income past the date on which taxation occurs under Section 83 of the Code.

6.5 Termination .

Unless otherwise specifically provided in an Agreement, or determined by the Committee, and except as is otherwise provided in this Section 6.5 below, Options that are not otherwise exercisable on the date of Termination of Employment shall be forfeited upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment. A Participant shall have the right to exercise Options that were otherwise exercisable on Termination of Employment only during a period not exceeding one hundred and twenty (120) days, or such other period specified in the Agreement, after the date of such Termination of Employment (but no later than the end of the Option Period).

(1) Termination by Death . Unless otherwise specifically provided in an Agreement or determined by the Committee, on a Participant’s Termination of Employment due to death during the Option Period, Options held by the Participant shall become immediately exercisable and shall thereafter be fully exercisable throughout the original Option Period.

(2) Termination by Disability or Retirement . Unless otherwise specifically provided in an Agreement or determined by the Committee, and subject to Article XII below, on a Participant’s Termination of Employment due to Disability or Retirement more than six (6) months after the Grant Date (unless circumstances exist at the time of termination that would constitute Cause under Section 2.6), any Option held by the Participant shall continue to be exercisable by the Participant as if there was no Termination of Employment.

(3) Termination for Cause . Unless otherwise specifically provided in an Agreement or determined by the Committee, on a Participant’s Termination of Employment for Cause, the Participant shall forfeit all Options whether those Options are otherwise exercisable as of the date of Termination of Employment or otherwise would not be exercisable on the date of Termination of Employment.

6.6 Notice of Disposition of Common Shares Prior to the Expiration of Specified ISO Holding Periods .

The Company may require that a Participant exercising an ISO give a written representation to the Company, satisfactory in form and substance, upon which the Company may rely, that the Participant will report to the Company any disposition of shares acquired via an ISO exercise prior to the expiration of the holding periods specified by Section 422(a)(1) of the Code.

 

- 14 -


ARTICLE VII

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7.1 General .

The Committee shall have authority to grant Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs) under the Plan at any time or from time to time. A SAR shall entitle the Participant to receive Common Shares upon exercise of such SAR, subject to the Participant’s satisfaction in full of any conditions, restrictions, or limitations imposed in accordance with the Plan or any Agreement. The Committee may provide for grant or vesting of SARs conditioned upon the performance of services, the achievement of performance goals pursuant to Section 15.6, or the execution of, and/or compliance with, a non-competition or non-solicitation agreement, or any combination of the above. SARs may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan.

7.2 Grant .

The grant of a SAR shall occur as of the Grant Date determined by the Committee provided that the Grant Date shall not be earlier than the date of the resolution and action thereon by the Committee. A SAR entitles a Participant to receive Common Shares or cash as described in Section 7.3(5). An Award of SARs shall be evidenced by, and subject to the terms of an Agreement.

7.3 Required Terms and Conditions .

SARs shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and to such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable.

(1) Exercise Price . The Exercise Price of a SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Shares on the Grant Date.

(2) Term . The term of a SAR shall be no longer than ten (10) years from the Grant Date.

(3) Exercisability . In no event shall a SAR be exercisable earlier than six (6) months after the Grant Date (except in the case of the Participant’s death or in the case of a SAR granted in lieu of or replacement of compensation subject to vesting restrictions, in which case the SAR may be exercisable pursuant to the same vesting restrictions as was the compensation) or later than ten (10) years from the Grant Date. The Committee may provide in a SAR Agreement or thereafter for an accelerated exercise of all or part of a SAR upon such events or standards that it may determine, including one or more performance measures.

(4) Method of Exercise . SARs shall be exercised by the Participant’s giving notice of exercise on a form provided by the Committee to the Company specifying in whole shares the portion of the SAR to be exercised.

 

- 15 -


(5) Amount. Upon the exercise of a SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount in Common Shares or cash equal in value to the excess of the value per share of Common Shares over the Exercise Price per share of Common Shares specified in the related Agreement, multiplied by the number of shares in respect of which the SAR is exercised, less any amount retained or not issued to cover tax withholdings, if necessary. The value per share of Common Shares shall be determined as of the date of exercise of such SAR.

(6) No Deferral Features . To the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A, the SAR Agreement shall not include any features allowing the Participant to defer recognition of income past the date of exercise.

7.4 Standard Terms and Conditions .

Unless the Committee specifies otherwise in the SAR Agreement, the terms set forth in this Section 7.4 shall apply to all SARs granted under the Plan. A SAR Agreement that incorporates the terms of the Plan by reference shall be deemed to have incorporated the terms set forth in this Section 7.4

(1) Exercise Price . The standard Exercise Price of a SAR shall be 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Shares on the Grant Date.

(2) Term . The standard term of a SAR shall be ten (10) years from the Grant Date. The term of a SAR shall be no longer than ten (10) years from the Grant Date.

(3) Exercisability . Subject to Section 13.1, the standard rate at which a SAR shall be exercisable shall be twenty five (25) percent on each of the first four anniversaries of the Grant Date.

(4) Non-transferability of Stock Appreciation Rights . The standard SAR Agreement shall provide that no SAR shall be sold, assigned, margined, transferred, encumbered, conveyed, gifted, alienated, hypothecated, pledged or otherwise disposed of, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and all SARs shall be exercisable during the Participant’s life time only by the Participant.

(5) No Company or Affiliate Repurchase . The standard SAR Agreement shall stipulate that the Company and/or an Affiliate may not, under any circumstances, repurchase the Common Shares delivered in settlement of the exercise of the SAR or enter into an arrangement that has a similar effect.

(6) No Deferral Features . The standard SAR Agreement shall not include any features allowing the Participant to defer recognition of income past the date of exercise.

7.5 Termination .

A Stock Appreciation Right shall be forfeited or terminated under the same circumstances, as set forth in Section 6.5, as Options would be forfeited or terminated under the Plan, unless otherwise specifically provided in an Agreement.

 

- 16 -


ARTICLE VIII

RESTRICTED STOCK

8.1 General .

The Committee shall have authority to grant Restricted Stock under the Plan at any time or from time to time. The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Restricted Stock to be awarded to any Participant, the Restriction Period within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture, and any other terms and conditions of the Awards including without limitation providing for either grant or vesting conditioned upon the achievement of performance goals pursuant to Section 15.6 or the execution of, and/or compliance with, a non-competition or non-solicitation agreement, or both. Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to the terms of, an Agreement containing the applicable terms and conditions of the Award, including the Restriction Period. The Committee may provide in an Agreement for an accelerated lapse of the Restriction Period upon such events or standards that it may determine, including the achievement of one or more performance goals set forth in Section 15.6. Restricted Stock may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan.

8.2 Grant, Awards and Certificates .

The grant of an Award of Restricted Stock shall occur as of the Grant Date determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding the limitations on issuance of Common Shares otherwise provided in the Plan, each Participant receiving an Award of Restricted Stock shall be issued a certificate (or other representation of title, such as book entry registration) in respect of such Restricted Stock. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of such Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award as determined by the Committee. The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the Restriction Period shall have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a share power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Common Shares covered by such Award.

8.3 Required Terms and Conditions .

Restricted Stock shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and to such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable:

(1) Restriction Period . Restricted Stock shall be subject to restrictions for a period set forth in the Agreement, which Restriction Period generally shall be a minimum of three years from the Grant Date (except in the case of Restricted Stock granted in lieu of or replacement of compensation that is subject to vesting restrictions, in which case the Restricted Stock may be subject to the same vesting restrictions as was the compensation). No more than five (5) percent of the total Awards granted under Articles VIII, IX, and X of the Plan in any year shall be subject to restrictions for a period of less than three years from the Grant Date.

 

- 17 -


(2) Restrictions . The Committee may condition the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock on the performance of services for the Company, the attainment of performance goals, the execution of and/or compliance with a non-competition and/or non-solicitation agreement, or any combination of the aforementioned items.

(3) Limitations on Transferability . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Agreement, during the Restriction Period set by the Committee, commencing with the Grant Date of such Award, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, margin, transfer, encumber, convey, gift, alienate, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise dispose of unvested Restricted Stock.

(4) Delivery . If a share certificate is issued in respect of Restricted Stock, the certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant but shall be held by the Company for the account of the Participant until the end of the Restriction Period. If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock subject to such Restriction Period, unlegended certificates (or other representation of title) for such shares shall be delivered to the Participant.

8.4 Standard Terms and Conditions .

Unless the Committee specifies otherwise in the Restricted Stock Agreement, the terms set forth in this Section 8.4 shall apply to all Restricted Stock granted under the Plan. A Restricted Stock Agreement that incorporates the terms of the Plan by reference shall be deemed to have incorporated the terms set forth in this Section 8.4.

(1) Restriction Period . The standard Restriction Period shall be four (4) years from the Grant Date.

(2) Restrictions . The standard restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock are continued service of the Participant for the Company during the Restriction Period.

(3) Rights . The standard terms of a Restricted Stock Agreement shall provide that the Participant shall have, with respect to the Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company holding the class of Common Shares that is the subject of the Restricted Stock, including, if applicable, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive any cash dividends, subject to Section 8.3(3).

8.5 Termination .

Unless otherwise provided in an Agreement or determined by the Committee, and except as is otherwise provided in this Section 8.5 below, Restricted Stock shall be forfeited upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment.

 

- 18 -


(1) Termination by Death . Unless otherwise provided in an Agreement or determined by the Committee, Restricted Stock shall vest upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment by reason of death during the Restriction Period.

(2) Termination by Disability or Retirement . Unless otherwise provided in an Agreement or determined by the Committee, and subject to Article XII below, on a Participant’s Termination of Employment due to Disability or Retirement more than six months following the Grant Date (unless circumstances exist at the time of termination that would constitute Cause under Section 2.6), any Restricted Stock held by the Participant shall continue to vest as if there was no Termination of Employment.

8.6 Price .

The Committee may require a Participant to pay a stipulated purchase price for each share of Restricted Stock.

8.7 Section 83(b) Election .

The Committee may prohibit a Participant from making an election under Section 83(b) of the Code. If the Committee has not prohibited such election, and if the Participant elects to include in such Participant’s gross income in the year of transfer the amounts specified in Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall notify the Company (or an Affiliated Employer) of such election within 10 days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service, and will provide the required withholding pursuant to Section 15.8, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to regulations issued under the authority of Section 83(b) of the Code.

ARTICLE IX

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

9.1 General .

The Committee shall have authority to grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan at any time or from time to time. A Restricted Stock Unit Award is denominated in Common Shares that will be settled either by delivery of Common Shares or the payment of cash based upon the value of a specified number of Common Shares. The Committee shall determine the number of Restricted Stock Units to be awarded to any Participant, the Restriction Period within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture, and any other terms and conditions of the Awards including without limitation providing for either grant or vesting conditioned upon the achievement of performance goals pursuant to Section 15.6, or the execution of, and/or compliance with, a non-competition or non-solicitation agreement, or both. Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to the terms of, an Agreement which contain the applicable terms and conditions of the Award, including the Restriction Period. The Committee may provide in an Agreement for an accelerated lapse of the Restriction Period upon such events or standards that it may determine, including the achievement of one or more performance goals set forth in Section 15.6. Restricted Stock Units may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan.

 

- 19 -


9.2 Grant .

The grant of a Restricted Stock Unit shall occur as of the Grant Date determined by the Committee. An Award of Restricted Stock Units shall be evidenced by, and subject to the terms of an Agreement.

9.3 Required Terms and Conditions .

Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and to such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable:

(1) Restriction Period . Restricted Stock Unit shall be subject to restrictions for a period set forth in the Agreement, which Restriction Period generally shall be a minimum of three (3) years from the Grant Date (except in the case of a Restricted Stock Unit granted in lieu of other compensation that is subject to vesting restrictions, in which case the Restricted Stock Units may be subject to the same vesting restrictions as was the compensation). No more than five (5) percent of the total Awards granted under Article VIII, IX, and X of the Plan in any year shall be subject to restrictions for a period of less than three (3) years from the Grant Date.

(2) Restrictions . The Committee may condition the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock Units on the performance of services for the Company, the attainment of performance goals, the execution of, and/or compliance with, a non-competition and/or non-solicitation agreement, or any combination of the aforementioned items.

(3) Limitations on Transferability . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Agreement, during the Restriction Period set by the Committee, commencing with the Grant Date of such Award, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, margin, transfer, encumber, convey, gift, alienate, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise dispose of the Restricted Stock Units.

(4) Rights . The Committee shall be entitled to specify in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement the extent to which and on what terms and conditions the applicable Participant shall be entitled to receive current or deferred payments corresponding to the dividends payable on the Common Shares.

9.4 Standard Terms and Conditions .

Unless the Committee specifies otherwise in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, the terms set forth in this Section 9.4 shall apply to all Restricted Stock Units granted under the Plan. A Restricted Stock Unit Agreement that incorporates the terms of the Plan by reference shall be deemed to have incorporated the terms set forth in this Section 9.4:

(1) Restriction Period . The standard Restriction Period shall be four (4) years from the Grant Date.

 

- 20 -


(2) Restrictions . The standard restrictions applicable to a Restricted Stock Unit are continued service of the Participant for the Company during the Restriction Period.

(3) Rights . The standard terms of the Restricted Stock Units shall provide that the Participant is entitled to receive current payments corresponding to the dividends payable on the Common Shares.

9.5 Termination .

A Restricted Stock Unit shall be forfeited under the same circumstances, as set forth in Section 8.5, as Restricted Stock would be forfeited under the Plan, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Agreement.

ARTICLE X

PERFORMANCE UNITS

10.1 General .

The Committee shall have authority to grant Performance Units under the Plan at any time or from time to time. A Performance Unit consists of the right to receive Common Shares or cash, as provided in the particular Award Agreement, upon achievement of a performance goal or goals (as the case may be) under Section 15.6. The Committee may condition grant or vesting of Performance Units upon the performance of services, the execution of, and/or compliance with, a non-competition or non-solicitation agreement, or both. The Committee shall have complete discretion to determine the number of Performance Units granted to each Participant. Each Performance Unit Award shall be evidenced by, and be subject to the terms of, an Agreement. The Performance Unit Award shall be earned in accordance with the Agreement over a Performance Period. Performance Units may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan.

10.2 Earning Performance Unit Awards .

Unless expressly waived in the Award Agreement, vesting of Performance Unit Awards must be contingent on the attainment of one or more performance goals set forth in Section 15.6 and in such case shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein.

10.3 Performance Period and Vesting in Performance Unit Award .

Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, the Performance Period shall be a three (3) year period and the Performance Unit Awards shall be subject to restrictions a minimum of three (3) years from the Grant Date. No more than five (5)

 

- 21 -


percent of the total Awards granted under Article VIII, IX, and X of the Plan in any year shall be subject to restrictions for a period of less than three (3) years from the Grant Date.

10.4 Termination of Employment .

Unless otherwise provided in an Agreement or determined by the Committee, and except as is otherwise provided in this Section 10.4 below, unvested Performance Units shall be forfeited upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment.

(1) Termination by Death . In the event of a Termination of Employment during a Performance Period due to Death, Performance Units for the Performance Period shall immediately vest and be paid out at a target level of performance.

(2) Termination by Disability or Retirement . Unless otherwise provided in an Agreement or determined by the Committee, and subject to Article XII below, in the event of a Termination of Employment due to Disability or Retirement during a Performance Period and more than six (6) months following the Grant Date (unless circumstances exist at the time of termination that would constitute Cause under Section 2.6), Performance Units shall continue to vest as if there had been no Termination of Employment and shall be payable based on achievement of performance goals. Distribution of earned Performance Units may be made at the same time payments are made to Participants who did not incur a Termination of Employment during the applicable Performance Period.

10.5 Nontransferability .

Unless otherwise specifically provided in an Agreement, Performance Units may not be sold, assigned, margined, transferred, encumbered, conveyed, gifted, alienated, hypothecated, pledged, or otherwise disposed of, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

ARTICLE XI

OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS

11.1 Other Stock-Based Awards .

Other Awards of Common Shares and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based upon or settled in, Common Shares, may be granted under the Plan either alone or in addition to other Awards under the Plan. The Committee shall have authority to grant such Other Stock-Based Awards under terms and conditions determined by the Committee.

 

- 22 -


ARTICLE XII

NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

12.1 Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement .

The Committee, in its discretion, may condition eligibility to be designated a Participant in the Plan and receipt of benefits specified in the Agreement, such as vesting, payment, and exercisability of Awards, on the Participant’s execution of, compliance with, and/or certification of compliance with a non-competition and/or non-solicitation agreement in a form prescribed by the Company.

ARTICLE XIII

CHANGE IN CONTROL

13.1 Impact of Event .

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary and unless otherwise specifically provided in an Agreement, in the event of a Participant’s Termination of Employment by the Company without Cause or by the Participant with Good Reason (after having given written notice to the Company of the grounds for Termination of Employment for Good Reason, which grounds specified in the written notice have not been cured by the Company within 90 days of the written notice) within six months preceding or two years following a Change in Control:

 

  (1) any Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding as of the date of such Change in Control and not then exercisable shall become fully exercisable to the full extent of the original grant;

 

  (2) the restrictions applicable to any Restricted Stock Awards shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall become free of all restrictions and become fully vested and transferable to the full extent of the original grant;

 

  (3) the restrictions applicable to any Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled; and

 

  (4) any Performance Goal or other condition with respect to any Performance Units or any other Awards shall be deemed to have been satisfied in full at the target performance level, and such Award shall be fully distributable six months following Termination of Employment.

13.2 Additional Discretion .

The Committee shall have full discretion, notwithstanding anything herein or in an Agreement to the contrary, with respect to an outstanding Award upon a Change in Control to provide that the securities of another entity be substituted hereunder for the Common Shares and to make equitable adjustment with respect thereto.

 

- 23 -


ARTICLE XIV

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO SHARES ACQUIRED UNDER THIS PLAN

14.1 No Company Obligation .

Except to the extent required by applicable securities laws, none of the Company, an Affiliated Employer or the Committee shall have any duty or obligation to affirmatively disclose material information to a record or beneficial holder of Common Shares or an Award, and such holder shall have no right to be advised of any material information regarding the Company or an Affiliated Employer at any time prior to, upon, or in connection with receipt or the exercise or distribution of an Award. The Company makes no representation or warranty as to the future value of the Common Shares issued or acquired in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

ARTICLE XV

MISCELLANEOUS

15.1 Amendments and Termination .

The Committee may amend, alter, or discontinue the Plan, or the terms of any Award Agreement under the Plan, at any time, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of a Participant under an Award theretofore granted without the Participant’s consent, unless such an amendment is made to comply with applicable law (including Code Section 409A), stock exchange rules, or accounting rules. Repricing of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights shall not be permitted. For this purpose, a “repricing” means any of the following (or any action that has the same effect as any of the following): (1) changing the terms of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right to lower its Exercise Price; (2) any other action that is treated as a “repricing” under generally accepted accounting principles; and (3) repurchasing for cash or cancelling an Option or Stock Appreciation Right at a time when its Exercise Price is greater than the fair market value of the underlying stock in exchange for another Award, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with an event set forth in Section 4.6. A cancellation and exchange described in this Section 15.1(3) shall be considered a “repricing” regardless of whether it is treated as a “repricing” under generally accepted accounting principles and regardless of whether it is voluntary on the part of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any material amendments to the Plan shall require shareholder approval to the extent required by the rules of the New York Stock Exchange or other national securities exchange or market that regulates the securities of the Company.

15.2 Form of Awards .

All Awards shall be subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations of the Plan. The Committee may subject any Award to such other terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations (including without limitation the time and conditions of

 

- 24 -


exercise, vesting or payment of an Award and restrictions on transferability of any Common Shares issued or delivered pursuant to an Award), provided they are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan. The Committee may subject an Award to such conditions as it determines are necessary or appropriate to ensure that an Award constitutes “qualified performance based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Awards under a particular Article of the Plan need not be uniform, and Awards under more than one Article of the Plan may be combined in a single Award Agreement. Any combination of Awards may be granted at one time and on more than one occasion to the same Participant. An Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units or Performance Units may provide that a Participant may elect to defer receipt of income attributable to the Award. In the event no such election is provided or made, and the Award Agreement does not otherwise provide, the Restricted Stock Units and Performance Units shall be payable to the Participant within 2  1 / 2 months of the end of the Company’s or the Participant’s year of vesting in the Award.

15.3 No Reload Rights .

Options shall not contain any provisions entitling the Participant to an automatic grant of additional Options in connection with any exercise of the original Option.

15.4 Loans .

The Committee may approve the extension of a loan by the Company to a Participant who is an Employee for the sole purpose of assisting the participant in paying the exercise price of an Option exercised by means of a cashless exercise program established by the Company, provided, however, that no loan shall be permitted if the extension of such loan would violate any provision of applicable law. Any loan will be made upon such terms and conditions that the Committee shall determine.

15.5 Unfunded Status of Plan .

It is intended that the Plan be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. The Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Common Shares or make payments; provided, however, that, unless the Committee otherwise determines, the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan.

15.6 Provisions Relating to Code Section 162(m) .

Where expressly provided in writing by the Committee, Awards granted to persons who are (or may become) Covered Employees within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, shall constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” satisfying the relevant requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code. Accordingly, in the case of such Awards, the Plan shall be administered and the provisions of the Plan shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code. If any provision of the Plan or any Agreement relating to such an Award does not comply or is inconsistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, such provision shall be

 

- 25 -


construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements. In addition, the following provisions shall apply to the Plan or an Award to the extent necessary to obtain a tax deduction for the Company or an Affiliated Employer:

 

  (1) Awards subject to this Section must vest (or may be granted or vest) contingent on the attainment of one or more objective performance goals unrelated to term of employment. Awards will also be subject to the general vesting provisions provided in the Award Agreement and this Plan.

 

  (2) Prior to completion of 25% of the Performance Period or such earlier date as required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee must establish performance goals (in accordance with (5) below) in writing (including but not limited to Committee minutes) for Covered Employees who will receive Awards that are intended as qualified performance-based compensation. The outcome of the goal must be substantially uncertain at the time the Committee actually established the goal.

 

  (3) The performance goal must state, in terms of an objective formula or standard, the method for computing the Award payable to the Participant if the performance goal is attained.

 

  (4) The terms of the objective formula or standard must prevent any discretion being exercised by the Committee to later increase the amount payable that otherwise would be due upon attainment of the goal, but may allow discretion to decrease the amount payable.

 

  (5) The material terms of the performance goal must be disclosed to and subsequently approved in a separate vote by the stockholders before the payout is executed, unless they conform to one or any combination of the following goals/targets each determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or similar objective standards (and/or each as may appear in the annual report to stockholders, Form10-K, or Form10-Q):

 

  a) revenue;

 

  b) earnings (including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, earnings before interest and taxes, and earnings before or after taxes);

 

  c) operating income;

 

  d) net income;

 

  e) profit margins;

 

  f) earnings per share;

 

- 26 -


  g) return on assets;

 

  h) return on equity;

 

  i) return on invested capital;

 

  j) economic value-added;

 

  k) stock price;

 

  l) gross dollar volume;

 

  m) total shareholder return;

 

  n) market share;

 

  o) book value;

 

  p) expense management;

 

  q) cash flow; and

 

  r) customer satisfaction.

The foregoing criteria may relate to the Company, one or more of its Affiliated Employers or subsidiaries or one or more of its divisions or units, or any combination of the foregoing, and may be applied on an absolute basis and/or be relative to one or more peer group companies or indices, or any combination thereof, all as the Committee shall determine.

 

  (6) A combination of the above performance goals may be used with a particular Award Agreement.

 

  (7) The Committee in its sole discretion in setting the goals/targets in the time prescribed in paragraph (2) of this Section 15.6 may provide for the making of equitable adjustments (singularly or in combination) to the goals/targets in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events for the following qualifying objective items:

 

  a) asset impairments under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, as amended or superceded;

 

  b) acquisition-related charges;

 

  c) accruals for restructuring and/or reorganization program charges;

 

  d) merger integration costs;

 

- 27 -


  e) any profit or loss attributable to the business operations of any entity or entities acquired during the period of service to which the performance goal relates;

 

  f) tax settlements;

 

  g) any extraordinary, unusual in nature, infrequent in occurrence, or other non-recurring items (not otherwise listed) as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30;

 

  h) any extraordinary, unusual in nature, infrequent in occurrence, or other non-recurring items (not otherwise listed) in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition results of operations, selected financial data, financial statements and/or in the footnotes each as appearing in the annual report to stockholders, Form 10-K, or Form 10-Q;

 

  i) unrealized gains or losses on investments;

 

  j) charges related to derivative transactions contemplated by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, as amended or superceded;

 

  k) compensation charges related to FAS 123 (Revised) or its successor provision.

 

  (8) The Committee must certify in writing prior to payout that the performance goals and any other material terms were in fact satisfied. In the manner required by Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall, promptly after the date on which the necessary financial and other information for a particular Performance Period becomes available, certify the extent to which performance goals have been achieved with respect to any Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, the Committee may, in its discretion, reduce or eliminate the amount of any Award payable to any Participant, based on such factors as the Committee may deem relevant.

 

  (9) Limitation on Awards.

 

  a) If an Option is canceled, the canceled Option continues to be counted against the maximum number of shares for which Options may be granted to the Participant under the Plan, but not towards the total number of shares reserved and available under the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1.

 

- 28 -


  b) In no event shall the number of Restricted Stock shares awarded to any one participant for any fiscal year exceed 500,000 shares.

 

  c) During any fiscal year, the maximum number of Common Shares for which Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, and Other Stock-Based Compensation in the aggregate, may be granted to any Covered Employee shall not exceed 650,000 shares.

 

  d) For cash Performance Unit Awards that are intended to be “performance-based compensation” (as that term is used in Code Section 162(m)), the maximum payment for all awards payable for any three-year performance period, at a target level of performance shall be $10,000,000. In the case of higher levels of performance, the maximum payment for all awards for a three-year Performance Period shall be twice that amount. In the case of a longer or shorter Performance Period, correlative adjustments shall be made to the maximum payment. If, after amounts have been earned with respect to Performance Unit Awards, the payment of such amounts is deferred, any additional amounts attributable to earnings during the deferral period shall be disregarded for purposes of this limit. The limitations on Awards under this Section are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.6 to the extent consistent with tax deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

  (10) In the case of an outstanding Award intended to qualify for the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall not, without approval of a majority of the shareholders of the Company, amend the Plan or the Award in a manner that would adversely affect the Award’s continued qualification for the performance-based exception.

15.7 Additional Compensation Arrangements .

Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or an Affiliated Employer from adopting other or additional compensation or benefit arrangements for its employees.

15.8 Withholding .

No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant or Beneficiary for income tax purposes with respect to any

 

- 29 -


Award, or becomes subject to employment taxes, the Participant shall pay to the Company (or other entity identified by the Committee), or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company or other entity identified by the Committee regarding the payment of, any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind (including any employment taxes) required by law to be withheld with respect to such income. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company and its Affiliated Employers shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Participant. Subject to approval by the Committee, a Participant may elect to have such tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) the delivery of cash or a certified check, (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold from Common Shares to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate value that would satisfy the required statutory minimum (but no more than such required minimum) with respect to the Company’s withholding obligation, (iii) authorizing the Company to effect a net issuance of Common Shares to satisfy the required statutory minimum withholding (but no more than the minimum), (iv) transferring to the Company Common Shares owned by the Participant with an aggregate value that would satisfy the required statutory minimum (but no more than such required minimum) with respect to the Company’s withholding obligation, or (v) in the case of Options, by means of delivery of cash by a broker-dealer as a “cashless exercise.”

15.9 Controlling Law .

The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York (other than its law respecting choice of law).

15.10 Offset .

Any amounts owed to the Company or an Affiliated Employer by the Participant of whatever nature may be offset by the Company from the value of any Award to be transferred to the Participant, and no Common Shares, cash or other thing of value under this Plan or an Agreement shall be transferred unless and until all disputes between the Company and the Participant have been fully and finally resolved and the Participant has waived all claims to such against the Company or an Affiliate. To the extent that any offset under this section of the Plan causes the Participant to become subject to taxes under Section 409A of the Code, the responsibility for payment of such taxes lies solely with the Participant.

15.11 Nontransferability; Beneficiaries .

No Award or Common Shares subject to an Award shall be assignable or transferable other than (i) by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a beneficiary designation, (ii) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, or (iii) as expressly permitted by the Committee, pursuant to a transfer to the Participant’s family member. Awards shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant, by the Participant’s legal representatives in the event of the Participant’s

 

- 30 -


incapacity, or by a permitted transferee of the Award. Each Participant may designate a Beneficiary to exercise any Option or Stock Appreciation Right or receive any Award held by the Participant at the time of the Participant’s death or to be assigned any other Award outstanding at the time of the Participant’s death. No Award or Common Shares subject to an Award shall be subject to the debts of a Participant or Beneficiary or subject to attachment or execution or process in any court action or proceeding unless otherwise provided in this Plan. If a deceased Participant has named no Beneficiary, any Award held by the Participant at the time of death shall be transferred as provided in his or her will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

15.12 No Rights with Respect to Continuance of Employment .

The Plan shall not constitute a contract of employment, and adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or an Affiliated Employer to terminate the employment of any employee at any time.

15.13 Awards in Substitution for Awards Granted by Other Corporations .

Awards may be granted under the Plan from time to time in substitution for awards held by employees, directors or service providers of other corporations who are about to become officers or employees of the Company or an Affiliated Employer as the result of a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or an Affiliated Employer, or the acquisition by the Company or an Affiliated Employer of the assets of the employing corporation, or the acquisition by the Company or Affiliated Employer of the shares of the employing corporation, as the result of which it becomes an Affiliated Employer under the Plan. The Grant Date of such an Award shall be no earlier than the date the employee, director, or service provider becomes an employee, director, or service provider of the Company or an Affiliated Employer. The terms and conditions of the Awards so granted may vary from the terms and conditions set forth in this Plan at the time of such grant as the majority of the members of the Committee may deem appropriate to conform, in whole or in part, to the provisions of the awards in substitution for which they are granted. Any substitutions or exchanges shall be accomplished in a manner that complies with the limitations on exchanges of such Awards imposed under Section 409A of the Code.

15.14 Delivery of Stock Certificate .

To the extent the Company uses certificates to represent Common Shares, certificates to be delivered to Participants under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the Participant, at the Participant’s last known address on file with the Company. Any reference in this Section or elsewhere in the Plan or an Agreement to actual stock certificates and/or the delivery of actual stock certificates shall be deemed satisfied by the electronic record-keeping and electronic delivery of Common Shares or other mechanism then utilized by the Company and its agents for reflecting ownership of such shares.

 

- 31 -


15.15 Indemnification .

To the maximum extent permitted under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and by-laws, each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee, or of the Board, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (a) any loss, cost, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under this Plan or any Award Agreement, and (b) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s prior written approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit or proceeding against him or her; provided, however, that he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or by-laws, by contract, as a matter of law or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

15.16 No Guarantee of Tax Consequences .

No person connected with the Plan in any capacity makes any representation, commitment or guarantee that any tax treatment, including without limitation federal, state and local income, excise, estate, and gift tax treatment, will be applicable with respect to any Awards or payments thereunder made to or for the benefit of a Participant under the Plan or that such tax treatment will apply to or be available to a Participant on account of participation in the Plan.

15.17 Foreign Employees and Foreign Law Consideration .

The Committee may grant Awards to Participants who are foreign nationals, who are located outside the United States or who are not compensated from a payroll managed in the United States, or who are otherwise subject to (or could cause the Company to be subject to) legal or regulatory provisions of countries or jurisdictions outside the United States, on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan, and in furtherance of such purposes, the Committee may make such modifications, amendments, procedures, or subplans as may be necessary or advisable to comply with such legal or regulatory provisions.

15.18 Section 409A Savings Clause .

(1) It is the intention of the Company that no Award shall be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, unless and to the extent that the Committee specifically determines otherwise as provided below, and the Plan and the terms and conditions of all Awards shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

- 32 -


(2) The terms and conditions governing any Awards that the Committee determines will be subject to Section 409A of the Code, including any rules for elective or mandatory deferral of the delivery of cash or Common Shares pursuant thereto and any rules regarding treatment of such Awards in the event of a Change in Control, shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and shall comply in all respects with Section 409A of the Code, including the six-month delay required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B) in the case of specified employees.

(3) Following a Change in Control, no action shall be taken under the Plan that will cause any Award that the Committee has previously determined is subject to Section 409A of the Code to fail to comply in any respect with Section 409A of the Code without the written consent of the Participant.

15.19 No Fractional Shares .

No fractional shares shall be issued or delivered under the Plan or any Award granted hereunder, provided that the Committee in its sole discretion may round fractional shares down to the nearest whole share or settle fractional shares in cash.

15.20 Severability .

If any provision of this Plan shall for any reason be held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not effect any other provision hereby, and this Plan shall be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

15.21 Successors and Assigns .

This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon each successor and assign of the Company. All obligations imposed upon a Participant, and all rights granted to the Company hereunder, shall be binding upon the Participant’s heirs, legal representatives and successors.

15.22 Entire Agreement .

This Plan and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, provided that in the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Plan shall control.

15.23 Term .

No Award shall be granted under the Plan after December 31, 2016.

15.24 Gender and Number .

Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

 

- 33 -


15.25 Headings .

The headings of the Articles and their subparts contained in this Plan are for the convenience of reading and reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning, interpretation or be meant to be of substantive significance of this Plan.

 

- 34 -

Exhibit 10.31

MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

 

 

2006 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

Amended and Restated as of December 1, 2008


ARTICLE I

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

1.1 Establishment .

The MasterCard Incorporated 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan (“Plan”) is hereby established by MasterCard Incorporated (the “Company”), effective on adoption by the Company’s Board of Directors, subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company.

1.2 Purposes .

The purpose of the Plan is to enable the Company to attract and retain outstanding individuals to serve as non-employee directors of the Company and to further align the interests of non-employee directors with the interests of the Company’s shareholders.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

“Administrator” means the Company’s Head of Human Resources or functional successor.

“Award” means an award of Deferred Stock Units pursuant to Article VI.

“Board” or “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor, along with related rules, regulations and interpretations.

“Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s Class A or Class B Common Stock, $0.0001 par value (as such par value may be amended from time to time), whether presently or hereafter issued, and any other stock or security resulting from adjustment thereof as described hereinafter, or the Common Stock of any successor to the Company which is designated for the purpose of the Plan.

“Company” means MasterCard Incorporated.

“Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Plan” means the MasterCard Incorporated 2006 Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Plan.

“Termination from Service” means a separation from service in connection with this Plan pursuant to the definition of separation from service in Code section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i).

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE III

ADMINISTRATION

The Plan is intended to be self-executing and operated as a formula plan. To the extent necessary for the operation of the Plan, it shall be construed, interpreted, and administered by the Administrator. The Administrator’s constructions and interpretations and actions thereunder shall be binding and conclusive on all persons for all purposes. The Administrator shall not be liable to any person for any action taken or any omission in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Plan except for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law. The Administrator may delegate his or her responsibilities and duties under the Plan.

ARTICLE IV

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

4.1 Number of Shares .

The total number of newly issued shares of Common Stock reserved and available for distribution pursuant to Awards of Deferred Stock Units under the Plan shall be 100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2. Such shares may consist, in whole or part, of authorized and unissued shares or shares acquired from a third party. Shares subject to an Award that is forfeited, terminates, expires, or lapses without the issuance of shares, including by cash settlement, shall be available for distribution pursuant to further Awards.

4.2 Adjustment .

In the event of any Company share dividend, share split, combination or exchange of shares, recapitalization or other change in the capital structure of the Company, corporate separation or division of the Company (including, but not limited to, a split-up, spin-off, split-off or distribution to Company stockholders other than a normal cash dividend), reorganization, rights offering, a partial or complete liquidation, or any other corporate transaction, Company securities offering or event involving the Company and having an effect similar to any of the foregoing, then the Administrator may make appropriate adjustments or substitutions as described below in this Section 4.2. The adjustments or substitutions may relate to the number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards under the Plan, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by outstanding Awards, and any other characteristics or terms of the Awards as the Administrator may deem necessary or appropriate to reflect equitably the effects of such changes to the Participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment shall be eliminated by rounding to the next lower whole number of shares with appropriate payment for such fractional share.

 

- 3 -


Any adjustments or substitutions made pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A.

ARTICLE V

ELIGIBILITY

Each Director who is not a current employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall be eligible to receive an Award of Deferred Stock Units in accordance with Article VI.

ARTICLE VI

DEFERRED STOCK UNITS

6.1 Automatic Award .

On the date of the Company’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders in each year for so long as the Plan remains in effect, each non-employee Director who is elected as a director at such meeting or whose term of office shall continue after the date of such meeting, automatically shall be awarded a number of Deferred Stock Units determined by dividing $100,000 ($150,000 in the case of the Chairman of the Board or lead Director) by the closing price for the Company’s Class A Common Stock on the exchange on which the shares are principally traded for the date of the Annual Meeting of Shareholders (or the immediately preceding date on which shares are traded, if shares are not traded on the date of the Annual Meeting) and rounding the results to the nearest whole Deferred Stock Unit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each non-employee Director who is elected at, or whose term of office shall continue after, the first Annual Meeting of Shareholders following the Company’s initial public offering of shares of Common Stock, shall be awarded 2,565 Deferred Stock Units (3,850 Deferred Stock Units in the case of the Chairman of the Board or lead Director). If sufficient shares do not remain available under Section 4.1 for each eligible Director to receive the full number of Deferred Stock Units, the Deferred Stock Units awarded to each eligible Director shall be proportionately reduced. Any non-employee Director who joins the Board at a time other than the Annual Meeting of shareholders shall be awarded a pro-rated number of Deferred Stock Units to correspond to the portion of the period from Annual Meeting to Annual Meeting that the non-employee Director serves on the Board.

6.2 Terms and Settlement of Awards .

Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in the Award document, and absent an election by the Director under this Section 6.2, an Award of Deferred Stock Units shall be settled in Common Stock upon the fourth anniversary of the date of grant of the Award of the Deferred Stock Units; provided, however, that, if a Director has a Termination from Service before the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, the Deferred Stock Units shall be settled within 60 days of the Director’s Termination from Service.

 

- 4 -


A Director may elect, at a time and in a form prescribed by the Company, to defer settlement of the Deferred Stock Units until a specified anniversary of the date of grant later than the fourth anniversary or until the Director’s Termination from Service after the fourth anniversary of the date of grant. Notwithstanding any such election, in the event of the Director’s Termination from Service, the Deferred Stock Units shall be settled within 60 days of the Director’s Termination from Service. In order to be effective, any such election to defer settlement until after Termination from Service must be made no later than December 31 of the year prior to the Annual Meeting of shareholders on which the Award is made. Once the December 31 deadline for electing has passed, an election as to time of payment is irrevocable.

In the event a Director is a specified employee for purposes of Code section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) at the time of his or her Termination from Service, any payment required to be made on Termination from Service shall be made on the first day of the seventh month following Termination from Service.

6.3 Dividend Equivalents .

The Administrator shall have the authority to specify in the Deferred Stock Units Award whether or not the Directors shall be entitled to receive current or deferred payments corresponding to the dividends payable on the Common Stock underlying the Award.

6.4 Beneficiary .

Each Participant may designate a Beneficiary to receive any Award held by the Participant at the time of the Participant’s death or to be assigned any Award outstanding at the time of the Participant’s death. If a deceased Participant has named no Beneficiary, any Award held by the Participant at the time of death shall be transferred as provided in his or her will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Unfunded Status of Plan .

It is intended that the Plan be an “unfunded” plan. The Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Common Stock; provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements shall not cause the Plan to be funded.

7.2 Income Reporting and Tax Withholding .

Awards hereunder shall be subject to all applicable information reporting and tax withholding required by law.

 

- 5 -


7.3 Nontransferability .

No Award or Common Shares subject to an Award shall be assignable or transferable other than (i) by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a beneficiary designation, (ii) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, or (iii) as expressly permitted by the Administrator, pursuant to a transfer to the Participant’s family member.

7.4 Controlling Law .

The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York (without regard to its choice of law provisions).

7.5 Severability .

If any provision of this Plan shall for any reason be held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not effect any other provision hereby, and this Plan shall be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

7.6 Successors and Assigns .

This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon each successor and assign of the Company. All obligations imposed upon a Participant, and all rights granted to the Company hereunder, shall be binding upon the Participant’s heirs, legal representatives and successors.

7.7 Section 409A Savings Clause .

It is the intention of the Company that Awards under this Plan that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code shall comply with Section 409A of the Code, and the Plan and the terms and conditions of all Awards shall be interpreted accordingly.

7.8 Term .

No Award shall be granted under the Plan after December 31, 2015.

7.9 Gender and Number .

Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

7.10 Headings .

The headings of the Articles and their subparts contained in this Plan are for the convenience of reading and reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning, interpretation or be meant to be of substantive significance of this Plan.

 

- 6 -


ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

The Board of Directors may amend, alter, or discontinue the Plan, including by changing the form of Awards to any form permitted under the Company’s 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan, but no amendment, alteration, or discontinuation shall be made which would impair an outstanding Award under the Plan. Without approval of the shareholders of the Company, no amendment may materially increase the benefits accruing to Directors under the Plan. Nothing in this Article VIII shall permit the Board to distribute Awards on discontinuance of the Plan if such a distribution would result in taxation under Code section 409A.

ARTICLE IX

SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL

The Plan is conditional upon shareholder approval of the Plan and the Plan shall be null and void if the Plan is not so approved by the Company’s shareholders.

 

- 7 -

Exhibit 21

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF MASTERCARD INCORPORATED

 

Name

   Jurisdiction

Bright Skies LLC

   Delaware

Cirrus System, LLC

   Delaware

Clear Skies LLC

   Delaware

EMVCo, LLC

   Delaware

euro travellers cheque International SA

   Belgium

Eurocard Limited

   United Kingdom

Eurocard U.S.A., Inc.

   New Jersey

European Payment Systems Services Sprl

   Belgium

Maestro Asia/Pacific Ltd.

   Delaware

Maestro Canada, Inc.

   Delaware

Maestro International Incorporated

   Delaware

Maestro Latin America, Inc.

   Delaware

Maestro Middle East/Africa, Inc.

   Delaware

Maestro U.S.A., Inc.

   Delaware

MAOSCO Limited

   England

MasterCard A/P Payment Services, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard Advisors, LLC

   Delaware

MasterCard Advisors, LLC APMEA

   Delaware

MasterCard Advisors, LLC Canada

   Delaware

MasterCard Advisors, LLC Europe

   Delaware

MasterCard Advisors, LLC LAC

   Delaware

MasterCard Advisors Hong Kong Limited

   Hong Kong

MasterCard Africa, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard Asia/Pacific (Australia) Pty. Ltd.

   Australia

MasterCard Asia/Pacific (Hong Kong) Limited

   Hong Kong

MasterCard Asia/Pacific Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore

MasterCard Australia Ltd.

   Delaware

MasterCard Brasil S/C Ltda.

   Brazil

MasterCard Brasil Soluções de Pagamento Ltda.

   Brazil

MasterCard Canada, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard Cardholder Solutions, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard China Holdings LLC

   Delaware

MasterCard Chip Standards Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard Colombia, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard Cono Sur S.R.L.

   Argentina

MasterCard Dominicana, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard Ecuador, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard EMEA, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard/Europay U.K. Limited

   England

MasterCard Europe Sprl

   Belgium

MasterCard Financing Solutions LLC

   Delaware

MasterCard Foreign Sales Corporation

   Barbados

MasterCard France Sas

   France

MasterCard Global Holding LLC

   Delaware

MasterCard Global Key Centre Limited

   United Kingdom

MasterCard Global Promotions & Sponsorships Annex, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard GTS Holdings Private Limited

   Mauritius

MasterCard Holding Incorporated

   Delaware

MasterCard Hong Kong Ltd.

   Delaware


MasterCard International Far East Ltd.

   Delaware

MasterCard International Global Maatschap

   Belgium

MasterCard International Holding LLC

   Delaware

MasterCard International Incorporated

   Delaware

MasterCard International Incorporated Chile Limitada

   Chile

MasterCard International Japan Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard International Korea Ltd.

   Korea, Republic of

MasterCard International Philippines, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard International Services, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard International, LLC

   Delaware

MasterCard Japan K.K.

   Japan

MasterCard Korea Ltd.

   Delaware

MasterCard Mercosur, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard Mexico, S. de R.L. de C. V.

   Mexico

MasterCard Middle East, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard Netherlands B.V.

   Netherlands

MasterCard New Zealand Limited

   New Zealand

MasterCard Originator SPC, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard Panama, S.R.L.

   Panama

MasterCard Peru, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard Puerto Rico, LLC

   Puerto Rico

MasterCard Services SPC, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard Singapore Ltd.

   Delaware

MasterCard South Asia, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard Taiwan Ltd.

   Delaware

MasterCard Travelers Cheque, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard UK Inc Pension Trustees Limited

   England

MasterCard UK Management Services Limited

   England

MasterCard UK, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard Uruguay Limitada

   Uruguay

MasterCard Venezuela, Inc.

   Delaware

MasterCard/Europay U.K. Limited

   United Kingdom

MasterManager LLC

   Delaware

MC Beneficiary Trust

   New York

MC Indonesia, Inc.

   Delaware

Mondex Asia Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore

Mondex International (Australia) Pty. Ltd.

   Victoria

Mondex International Americas, Inc.

   New Jersey

Mondex International Limited

   England

MTS Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

MXI Management Limited

   England

Orbiscom Limited

   Ireland

Orbiscom Inc.

   Delaware

Orbiscom UK Limited

   England

Orbis Patents Limited

   Ireland

Orbiscom Ireland Limited

   Ireland

Purchase Street Research, LLC

   Delaware

SET Secure Electronic Transaction LLC

   Delaware

Shanghai MasterCard Business Consulting Ltd.

   China

The Tower Group, Inc.

   Massachusetts

Towergroup Europe Limited

   England

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 dated June 30, 2006 (File No. 333-135572), August 9, 2006 (File No. 333-136460) and June 15, 2007 (File No. 333-143777) of MasterCard Incorporated of our report dated February 19, 2009 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

February 19, 2009

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a),

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Robert W. Selander, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MasterCard Incorporated;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 19, 2009
By:   / S /    R OBERT W. S ELANDER        
  Robert W. Selander
  President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a),

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Martina Hund-Mejean, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MasterCard Incorporated;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 19, 2009
By:   / S /    M ARTINA H UND -M EJEAN        
  Martina Hund-Mejean
  Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of MasterCard Incorporated (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Robert W. Selander, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

February 19, 2009

/ S /    R OBERT W. S ELANDER        
Robert W. Selander
President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of MasterCard Incorporated (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Martina Hund-Mejean, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

February 19, 2009

/ S /    M ARTINA H UND -M EJEAN        
Martina Hund-Mejean
Chief Financial Officer